From db20d80407323f40b96f98301fb1043e7d1ad25f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/40] chore: update docs/dyn/index.md --- docs/dyn/index.md | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 20979d3550..43feb9f084 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -1105,6 +1105,10 @@ * [v1beta2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.html) +## securityposture +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html) + + ## serviceconsumermanagement * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.html) From 0fbab090c86f7d713e53999fc677ccd1bd6a7d4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/40] feat(aiplatform): update the api #### aiplatform:v1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfig.properties.tokenResolution.type (Total Keys: 1) The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.reasoningEngines.methods.streamQuery (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfig.properties.mediaResolution.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelContainerSpec.properties.livenessProbe.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Probe.properties.grpc.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Probe.properties.httpGet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Probe.properties.tcpSocket.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeGrpcAction (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpGetAction (Total Keys: 9) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpHeader (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeTcpSocketAction (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest (Total Keys: 5) The following keys were changed: - endpoints (Total Keys: 1) #### aiplatform:v1beta1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig.properties.tokenResolution.type (Total Keys: 1) The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.featureGroups.methods.getIamPolicy (Total Keys: 14) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.featureGroups.methods.setIamPolicy (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.featureGroups.methods.testIamPermissions (Total Keys: 14) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigApiKeyConfig.properties.apiKeyString.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig.properties.mediaResolution.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ModelContainerSpec.properties.livenessProbe.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Probe.properties.grpc.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Probe.properties.httpGet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Probe.properties.tcpSocket.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeGrpcAction (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpGetAction (Total Keys: 9) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpHeader (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeTcpSocketAction (Total Keys: 5) The following keys were changed: - endpoints (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.datasets.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html | 6 +- ...rojects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html | 276 ++++++++++ ...atform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html | 12 +- ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 6 +- ...platform_v1.projects.locations.models.html | 483 ++++++++++++++++++ ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 6 +- ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 38 ++ ....projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html | 276 ++++++++++ docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html | 144 +++++- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.datasets.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html | 6 +- ...rojects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html | 276 ++++++++++ ...m_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html | 12 +- ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 6 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html | 18 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html | 124 +++++ ...orm_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html | 483 ++++++++++++++++++ ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 6 +- ....projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html | 276 ++++++++++ .../aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html | 282 +++++++++- .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 186 ++++++- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 235 ++++++++- 23 files changed, 3086 insertions(+), 95 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.datasets.html index 6b045493d4..1e65389981 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.datasets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`. "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/. "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`. "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/. "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`. "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/. "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a Dataset.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html
index 4a966e1829..229c117f5d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html
@@ -218,6 +218,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -278,7 +279,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -497,6 +497,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -557,7 +558,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -936,6 +936,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -996,7 +997,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
index 21208d3a5b..6b776e7fb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
@@ -374,11 +374,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -392,7 +441,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -653,11 +722,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -671,7 +789,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -974,11 +1112,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -992,7 +1179,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -1266,11 +1473,60 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
           "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
           "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
           "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
             { # Represents a network port in a container.
               "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1284,7 +1540,27 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
index 146b93bed2..30a05d5d8d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
       "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
       "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates a Dataset.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
index 92908b2d8e..39ceb9c4b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -345,7 +346,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1460,6 +1460,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1520,7 +1521,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -3329,6 +3329,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -3389,7 +3390,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
index 5e52d14041..596fe983e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
@@ -357,11 +357,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -375,7 +424,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -650,11 +719,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -668,7 +786,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -911,11 +1049,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -929,7 +1116,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -1202,11 +1409,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1220,7 +1476,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -1448,11 +1724,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1466,7 +1791,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -1693,11 +2038,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1711,7 +2105,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -2077,11 +2491,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -2095,7 +2558,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index b8c6815eeb..bd898df98a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -236,6 +236,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -296,7 +297,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -557,6 +557,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -617,7 +618,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1305,6 +1305,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1365,7 +1366,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
index 32f2f8fe9b..571b9d4604 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
@@ -103,6 +103,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   query(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Queries using a reasoning engine.

+

+  streamQuery(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Streams queries using a reasoning engine.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -390,4 +393,39 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 
 
+

+    streamQuery(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Streams queries using a reasoning engine.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.StreamQuery.
+  "classMethod": "A String", # Optional. Class method to be used for the stream query. It is optional and defaults to "stream_query" if unspecified.
+  "input": { # Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
index f080259be2..deb1d1fa34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
@@ -232,11 +232,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -250,7 +299,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -543,11 +612,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -561,7 +679,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -896,11 +1034,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -914,7 +1101,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -1221,11 +1428,60 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
           "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
           "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
           "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
             { # Represents a network port in a container.
               "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1239,7 +1495,27 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
index 307c16ae28..a11c86a897 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
@@ -221,6 +221,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -281,7 +282,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -500,6 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -560,7 +561,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -970,11 +970,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -988,7 +1037,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -1070,11 +1139,60 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
             "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
             "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+            "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+              "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+                "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
+              "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+            },
             "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
               { # Represents a network port in a container.
                 "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1088,7 +1206,27 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
           },
@@ -1334,6 +1472,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1394,7 +1533,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.datasets.html
index 82935e1b4d..4810196b24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.datasets.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
       "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
       "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates a Dataset.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
index b26863b594..b90c2c10a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
@@ -234,6 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -294,7 +295,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -545,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -605,7 +606,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1027,6 +1027,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1087,7 +1088,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
index 0cfbe96e43..01b01a2b7c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html
@@ -504,11 +504,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -522,7 +571,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -913,11 +982,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -931,7 +1049,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -1364,11 +1502,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1382,7 +1569,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -1786,11 +1993,60 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
           "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
           "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
           "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
             { # Represents a network port in a container.
               "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1804,7 +2060,27 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
index 6c162c1b69..3f0eb629c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
       "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
       "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates a Dataset.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "metadataArtifact": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Artifact that was created in MetadataStore when creating the Dataset. The Artifact resource name pattern is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadata_store}/artifacts/{artifact}`.
   "metadataSchemaUri": "A String", # Required. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing additional information about the Dataset. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 Schema Object. The schema files that can be used here are found in gs://google-cloud-aiplatform/schema/dataset/metadata/.
   "modelReference": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the public base model last used by the dataset. Only set for prompt datasets.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "savedQueries": [ # All SavedQueries belong to the Dataset will be returned in List/Get Dataset response. The annotation_specs field will not be populated except for UI cases which will only use annotation_spec_count. In CreateDataset request, a SavedQuery is created together if this field is set, up to one SavedQuery can be set in CreateDatasetRequest. The SavedQuery should not contain any AnnotationSpec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
index fb3b36a84c..2d2539a726 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
@@ -310,6 +310,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -370,7 +371,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1656,6 +1656,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1716,7 +1717,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -3689,6 +3689,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -3749,7 +3750,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
index 6f3cfb3fe9..1ffb349087 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
@@ -163,7 +163,8 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "runtimeAuthConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Optional. Auth config provided at runtime to override the default value in Extension.manifest.auth_config. The AuthConfig.auth_type should match the value in Extension.manifest.auth_config.
     "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-      "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+      "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+      "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
       "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
       "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
     },
@@ -301,7 +302,8 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
       "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
         "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
       },
@@ -463,7 +465,8 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
       "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
         "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
       },
@@ -664,7 +667,8 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
           "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-            "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+            "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+            "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
             "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
             "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
           },
@@ -843,7 +847,8 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
       "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
         "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
       },
@@ -1004,7 +1009,8 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
       "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+        "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
         "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
         "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html
index 095ea1e839..90668ad7f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single FeatureGroup.

+

+  getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

 

   list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists FeatureGroups in a given project and location.

@@ -110,6 +113,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates the parameters of a single FeatureGroup.

+

+  setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+  testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -258,6 +267,41 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 
 
+

+    getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
 

     list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists FeatureGroups in a given project and location.
@@ -387,4 +431,84 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+

+    testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  permissions: string, The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions). (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
index bd53558978..5ca1abf099 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
@@ -357,11 +357,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -375,7 +424,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -645,11 +714,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -663,7 +781,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -902,11 +1040,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -920,7 +1107,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -1189,11 +1396,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1207,7 +1463,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -1431,11 +1707,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1449,7 +1774,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -1672,11 +2017,60 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
     "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
     "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+    "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+      "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+        "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
+      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
+      "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+    },
     "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
       { # Represents a network port in a container.
         "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1690,7 +2084,27 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
+      "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+        "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+      },
+      "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+        "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+        "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+          { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+            "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+            "value": "A String", # The header field value
+          },
+        ],
+        "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+      },
       "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+      "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+        "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+        "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+      },
       "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
     },
   },
@@ -2057,11 +2471,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -2075,7 +2538,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 341b6c94c7..7950982f9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -255,6 +255,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -315,7 +316,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -608,6 +608,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -668,7 +669,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1434,6 +1434,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1494,7 +1495,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
index c3626b9756..be70aa5a5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
@@ -232,11 +232,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -250,7 +299,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -539,11 +608,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -557,7 +675,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -888,11 +1026,60 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
       "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
       "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
       "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
         { # Represents a network port in a container.
           "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -906,7 +1093,27 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
         "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
         "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
       },
     },
@@ -1209,11 +1416,60 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
           "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
           "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
           "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
             { # Represents a network port in a container.
               "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1227,7 +1483,27 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
             "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
             "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
           },
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
index 5c1e6fe5f8..e03e3a9f45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
@@ -243,6 +243,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -303,7 +304,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -554,6 +554,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -614,7 +615,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
@@ -1068,11 +1068,60 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
         "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
         "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+        "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+          "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+            "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
+          "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+        },
         "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
           { # Represents a network port in a container.
             "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1086,7 +1135,27 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
+          "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+            "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+          },
+          "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+            "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+            "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+              { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                "value": "A String", # The header field value
+              },
+            ],
+            "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+          },
           "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+          "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+            "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+            "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          },
           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
         },
       },
@@ -1168,11 +1237,60 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
             "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
             "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+            "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+              "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+                "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
+              "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+            },
             "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
               { # Represents a network port in a container.
                 "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1186,7 +1304,27 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
           },
@@ -1478,11 +1616,60 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
             "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
             "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+            "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+              "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+                "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
+              "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+            },
             "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
               { # Represents a network port in a container.
                 "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1496,7 +1683,27 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+              },
+              "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                  { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                    "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                    "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+              },
               "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+              "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              },
               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
             },
           },
@@ -1578,11 +1785,60 @@ 
Method Details

                       "A String",
                     ],
                   },
+                  "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                    "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+                  },
+                  "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                    "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                    "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                      { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                        "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                        "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+                  },
                   "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+                  "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                    "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                  },
                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
                 },
                 "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
                 "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+                "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+                  "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+                    "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                    "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+                  },
+                  "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                    "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                    "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                      { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                        "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                        "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+                  },
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+                  "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                    "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                  },
+                  "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+                },
                 "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
                   { # Represents a network port in a container.
                     "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
@@ -1596,7 +1852,27 @@ 
Method Details

                       "A String",
                     ],
                   },
+                  "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+                    "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+                  },
+                  "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+                    "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+                    "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                      { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                        "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                        "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                    "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+                  },
                   "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+                  "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+                    "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+                    "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+                  },
                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
                 },
               },
@@ -1866,6 +2142,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties.
     "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities.
     "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message.
+    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.
     "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties.
     "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response.
     "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.
@@ -1926,7 +2203,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions.
-    "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.
     "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.
     "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used.
   },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
index b34cfd8f00..f696e7098c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
@@ -186,6 +186,11 @@
 },
 {
 "description": "Locational Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://us-east7-aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east7"
+},
+{
+"description": "Locational Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://us-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "us-south1"
 },
@@ -445,7 +450,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^datasets/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -2211,7 +2216,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -15346,6 +15351,34 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"streamQuery": {
+"description": "Streams queries using a reasoning engine.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}:streamQuery",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.streamQuery",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:streamQuery",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
@@ -19294,7 +19327,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -22655,7 +22688,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -26859,6 +26892,22 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"mediaResolution": {
+"description": "Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.",
+"enum": [
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_LOW",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_HIGH"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Media resolution has not been set.",
+"Media resolution set to low (64 tokens).",
+"Media resolution set to medium (256 tokens).",
+"Media resolution set to high (zoomed reframing with 256 tokens)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "presencePenalty": {
 "description": "Optional. Positive penalties.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -26920,22 +26969,6 @@
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 },
-"tokenResolution": {
-"description": "Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.",
-"enum": [
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_LOW",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_HIGH"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Token resolution has not been set.",
-"Token resolution set to low (64 tokens).",
-"Token resolution set to medium (256 tokens).",
-"Token resolution set to high (P&S with 256 tokens)."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
 "topK": {
 "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -30070,6 +30103,10 @@ false
 "description": "Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"livenessProbe": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Probe",
+"description": "Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe."
+},
 "ports": {
 "description": "Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { \"containerPort\": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).",
 "items": {
@@ -33436,11 +33473,23 @@ false
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeExecAction",
 "description": "ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command."
 },
+"grpc": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeGrpcAction",
+"description": "GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request."
+},
+"httpGet": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpGetAction",
+"description": "HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request."
+},
 "periodSeconds": {
 "description": "How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"tcpSocket": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeTcpSocketAction",
+"description": "TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection."
+},
 "timeoutSeconds": {
 "description": "Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -33463,6 +33512,84 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeGrpcAction": {
+"description": "GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeGrpcAction",
+"properties": {
+"port": {
+"description": "Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"service": {
+"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpGetAction": {
+"description": "HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpGetAction",
+"properties": {
+"host": {
+"description": "Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set \"Host\" in httpHeaders instead.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"httpHeaders": {
+"description": "Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpHeader"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"path": {
+"description": "Path to access on the HTTP server.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"port": {
+"description": "Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"scheme": {
+"description": "Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are \"HTTP\" or \"HTTPS\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpHeader": {
+"description": "HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeHttpHeader",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "The header field value",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeTcpSocketAction": {
+"description": "TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ProbeTcpSocketAction",
+"properties": {
+"host": {
+"description": "Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"port": {
+"description": "Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PscAutomatedEndpoints": {
 "description": "PscAutomatedEndpoints defines the output of the forwarding rule automatically created by each PscAutomationConfig.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PscAutomatedEndpoints",
@@ -40750,6 +40877,25 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.StreamQuery.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest",
+"properties": {
+"classMethod": {
+"description": "Optional. Class method to be used for the stream query. It is optional and defaults to \"stream_query\" if unspecified.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"input": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamRawPredictRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for PredictionService.StreamRawPredict.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StreamRawPredictRequest",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
index 1edbe657ea..e8cf39d5fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
@@ -186,6 +186,11 @@
 },
 {
 "description": "Locational Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://us-east7-aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east7"
+},
+{
+"description": "Locational Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://us-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "us-south1"
 },
@@ -445,7 +450,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^datasets/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -2550,7 +2555,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -6195,6 +6200,37 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"getIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureGroups/{featureGroupsId}:getIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureGroups.getIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists FeatureGroups in a given project and location.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureGroups",
@@ -6274,6 +6310,65 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"setIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureGroups/{featureGroupsId}:setIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureGroups.setIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"testIamPermissions": {
+"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureGroups/{featureGroupsId}:testIamPermissions",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureGroups.testIamPermissions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"permissions": {
+"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
@@ -21869,7 +21964,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -22782,7 +22877,11 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigApiKeyConfig",
 "properties": {
 "apiKeySecret": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.",
+"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"apiKeyString": {
+"description": "Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "httpElementLocation": {
@@ -25517,7 +25616,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the Dataset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -30611,6 +30710,22 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"mediaResolution": {
+"description": "Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.",
+"enum": [
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_LOW",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM",
+"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_HIGH"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Media resolution has not been set.",
+"Media resolution set to low (64 tokens).",
+"Media resolution set to medium (256 tokens).",
+"Media resolution set to high (zoomed reframing with 256 tokens)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "presencePenalty": {
 "description": "Optional. Positive penalties.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -30672,22 +30787,6 @@
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 },
-"tokenResolution": {
-"description": "Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.",
-"enum": [
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_LOW",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM",
-"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_HIGH"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Token resolution has not been set.",
-"Token resolution set to low (64 tokens).",
-"Token resolution set to medium (256 tokens).",
-"Token resolution set to high (P&S with 256 tokens)."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
 "topK": {
 "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -34002,6 +34101,10 @@ false
 "description": "Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"livenessProbe": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Probe",
+"description": "Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe."
+},
 "ports": {
 "description": "Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { \"containerPort\": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).",
 "items": {
@@ -38332,11 +38435,23 @@ false
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeExecAction",
 "description": "ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command."
 },
+"grpc": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeGrpcAction",
+"description": "GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request."
+},
+"httpGet": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpGetAction",
+"description": "HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request."
+},
 "periodSeconds": {
 "description": "How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"tcpSocket": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeTcpSocketAction",
+"description": "TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection."
+},
 "timeoutSeconds": {
 "description": "Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -38359,6 +38474,84 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeGrpcAction": {
+"description": "GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeGrpcAction",
+"properties": {
+"port": {
+"description": "Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"service": {
+"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpGetAction": {
+"description": "HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpGetAction",
+"properties": {
+"host": {
+"description": "Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set \"Host\" in httpHeaders instead.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"httpHeaders": {
+"description": "Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpHeader"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"path": {
+"description": "Path to access on the HTTP server.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"port": {
+"description": "Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"scheme": {
+"description": "Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are \"HTTP\" or \"HTTPS\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpHeader": {
+"description": "HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeHttpHeader",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "The header field value",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeTcpSocketAction": {
+"description": "TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ProbeTcpSocketAction",
+"properties": {
+"host": {
+"description": "Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"port": {
+"description": "Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PscAutomatedEndpoints": {
 "description": "PscAutomatedEndpoints defines the output of the forwarding rule automatically created by each PscAutomationConfig.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PscAutomatedEndpoints",

From c96427663cd7586b4cfee8a27d63f5fdf1346059 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 03/40] feat(alloydb): update the api

#### alloydb:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.CsvExportOptions.properties.escapeCharacter.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CsvExportOptions.properties.fieldDelimiter.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CsvExportOptions.properties.quoteCharacter.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ExportClusterRequest.properties.sqlExportOptions.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SqlExportOptions (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainMachineConfiguration.properties.vcpuCount (Total Keys: 2)

#### alloydb:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.restoreFromCloudSQL (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainMachineConfiguration.properties.vcpuCount (Total Keys: 2)

#### alloydb:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.restoreFromCloudSQL (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainMachineConfiguration.properties.vcpuCount (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...lloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html |  19 +-
 ...oydb_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html | 206 +++++++++++++++++-
 ...v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...db_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html | 204 ++++++++++++++++-
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json |  61 +++++-
 .../documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json            |  66 +++++-
 .../documents/alloydb.v1beta.json             |  66 +++++-
 9 files changed, 595 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index f343f700c7..64768af92e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -538,12 +538,23 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Export cluster request.
-  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
-    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+    "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "fieldDelimiter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.
   },
-  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
   "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
-    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.
+  },
+  "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in SQL format. # Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type.
+    "cleanTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.
+    "ifExistTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.
+    "schemaOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, only export the schema.
+    "tables": [ # Optional. Tables to export from.
+      "A String",
+    ],
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index c3edac8b10..7e106f7c2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
AlloyDB API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
index b5b71311af..fc67ef5188 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -117,6 +117,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a new Cluster in a given project and location, with a volume restored from the provided source, either a backup ID or a point-in-time and a source cluster.

+

+  restoreFromCloudSQL(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.

 

   switchover(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.

@@ -558,15 +561,15 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Export cluster request.
-  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
     "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
     "fieldDelimiter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
     "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
-    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.
   },
-  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
   "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
-    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.
   },
   "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in SQL format. # Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type.
     "cleanTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.
@@ -1401,6 +1404,201 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    restoreFromCloudSQL(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location of the new cluster. For the required format, see the comment on Cluster.name field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for registering Restoring from CloudSQL resource.
+  "cloudsqlBackupRunSource": { # The source CloudSQL backup resource. # Cluster created from CloudSQL backup run.
+    "backupRunId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL backup run ID.
+    "instanceId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL instance ID.
+    "project": "A String", # The project ID of the source CloudSQL instance. This should be the same as the AlloyDB cluster's project.
+  },
+  "cluster": { # A cluster is a collection of regional AlloyDB resources. It can include a primary instance and one or more read pool instances. All cluster resources share a storage layer, which scales as needed. # Required. The resource being created
+    "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Message describing the user-specified automated backup policy. All fields in the automated backup policy are optional. Defaults for each field are provided if they are not set. # The automated backup policy for this cluster. If no policy is provided then the default policy will be used. If backups are supported for the cluster, the default policy takes one backup a day, has a backup window of 1 hour, and retains backups for 14 days. For more information on the defaults, consult the documentation for the message type.
+      "backupWindow": "A String", # The length of the time window during which a backup can be taken. If a backup does not succeed within this time window, it will be canceled and considered failed. The backup window must be at least 5 minutes long. There is no upper bound on the window. If not set, it defaults to 1 hour.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Whether automated automated backups are enabled. If not set, defaults to true.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # Optional. The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the backups with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the backup will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+      },
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to backups created using this configuration.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "location": "A String", # The location where the backup will be stored. Currently, the only supported option is to store the backup in the same region as the cluster. If empty, defaults to the region of the cluster.
+      "quantityBasedRetention": { # A quantity based policy specifies that a certain number of the most recent successful backups should be retained. # Quantity-based Backup retention policy to retain recent backups.
+        "count": 42, # The number of backups to retain.
+      },
+      "timeBasedRetention": { # A time based retention policy specifies that all backups within a certain time period should be retained. # Time-based Backup retention policy.
+        "retentionPeriod": "A String", # The retention period.
+      },
+      "weeklySchedule": { # A weekly schedule starts a backup at prescribed start times within a day, for the specified days of the week. The weekly schedule message is flexible and can be used to create many types of schedules. For example, to have a daily backup that starts at 22:00, configure the `start_times` field to have one element "22:00" and the `days_of_week` field to have all seven days of the week. # Weekly schedule for the Backup.
+        "daysOfWeek": [ # The days of the week to perform a backup. If this field is left empty, the default of every day of the week is used.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "startTimes": [ # The times during the day to start a backup. The start times are assumed to be in UTC and to be an exact hour (e.g., 04:00:00). If no start times are provided, a single fixed start time is chosen arbitrarily.
+          { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "backupSource": { # Message describing a BackupSource. # Output only. Cluster created from backup.
+      "backupName": "A String", # Required. The name of the backup resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/backups/{backup_id}
+      "backupUid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the backup which was used to create this resource. The UID is generated when the backup is created, and it is retained until the backup is deleted.
+    },
+    "cloudsqlBackupRunSource": { # The source CloudSQL backup resource. # Output only. Cluster created from CloudSQL snapshot.
+      "backupRunId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL backup run ID.
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL instance ID.
+      "project": "A String", # The project ID of the source CloudSQL instance. This should be the same as the AlloyDB cluster's project.
+    },
+    "clusterType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the cluster. This is an output-only field and it's populated at the Cluster creation time or the Cluster promotion time. The cluster type is determined by which RPC was used to create the cluster (i.e. `CreateCluster` vs. `CreateSecondaryCluster`
+    "continuousBackupConfig": { # ContinuousBackupConfig describes the continuous backups recovery configurations of a cluster. # Optional. Continuous backup configuration for this cluster.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Whether ContinuousBackup is enabled.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the backups with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the backup will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+      },
+      "recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days.
+    },
+    "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster.
+      "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field.
+      "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled.
+      "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup.
+        "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption.
+        "kmsKeyVersions": [ # Output only. Cloud KMS key versions that are being used to protect the database or the backup.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+    "databaseVersion": "A String", # Optional. The database engine major version. This is an optional field and it is populated at the Cluster creation time. If a database version is not supplied at cluster creation time, then a default database version will be used.
+    "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+    "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Cluster.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # Optional. The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the data disks and other persistent data resources of a cluster with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the cluster will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+    },
+    "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the cluster.
+      "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption.
+      "kmsKeyVersions": [ # Output only. Cloud KMS key versions that are being used to protect the database or the backup.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+    "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on.
+      "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.
+    },
+    "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored.
+      "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user.
+      "user": "A String", # The database username.
+    },
+    "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "maintenanceSchedule": { # MaintenanceSchedule stores the maintenance schedule generated from the MaintenanceUpdatePolicy, once a maintenance rollout is triggered, if MaintenanceWindow is set, and if there is no conflicting DenyPeriod. The schedule is cleared once the update takes place. This field cannot be manually changed; modify the MaintenanceUpdatePolicy instead. # Output only. The maintenance schedule for the cluster, generated for a specific rollout if a maintenance window is set.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The scheduled start time for the maintenance.
+    },
+    "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates.
+      "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1.
+        { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance.
+          "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc.
+          "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration.
+      "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
+      "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster.
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. Type of migration source.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the cluster resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} where the cluster ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the cluster resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+    "network": "A String", # Required. The resource link for the VPC network in which cluster resources are created and from which they are accessible via Private IP. The network must belong to the same project as the cluster. It is specified in the form: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network_id}`. This is required to create a cluster. Deprecated, use network_config.network instead.
+    "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to network configuration.
+      "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB cluster, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs for this cluster will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with RFC 1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. Field name is intended to be consistent with Cloud SQL.
+      "network": "A String", # Optional. The resource link for the VPC network in which cluster resources are created and from which they are accessible via Private IP. The network must belong to the same project as the cluster. It is specified in the form: `projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}`. This is required to create a cluster.
+    },
+    "primaryConfig": { # Configuration for the primary cluster. It has the list of clusters that are replicating from this cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type PRIMARY. # Output only. Cross Region replication config specific to PRIMARY cluster.
+      "secondaryClusterNames": [ # Output only. Names of the clusters that are replicating from this cluster.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "pscConfig": { # PscConfig contains PSC related configuration at a cluster level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the cluster.
+      "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Create an instance that allows connections from Private Service Connect endpoints to the instance.
+      "serviceOwnedProjectNumber": "A String", # Output only. The project number that needs to be allowlisted on the network attachment to enable outbound connectivity.
+    },
+    "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Cluster does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the resource to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+    "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+    "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+    "secondaryConfig": { # Configuration information for the secondary cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type SECONDARY. # Cross Region replication config specific to SECONDARY cluster.
+      "primaryClusterName": "A String", # The name of the primary cluster name with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}
+    },
+    "sslConfig": { # SSL configuration. # SSL configuration for this AlloyDB cluster.
+      "caSource": "A String", # Optional. Certificate Authority (CA) source. Only CA_SOURCE_MANAGED is supported currently, and is the default value.
+      "sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current serving state of the cluster.
+    "subscriptionType": "A String", # Optional. Subscription type of the cluster.
+    "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" ```
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "trialMetadata": { # Contains information and all metadata related to TRIAL clusters. # Output only. Metadata for free trial clusters
+      "endTime": "A String", # End time of the trial cluster.
+      "graceEndTime": "A String", # grace end time of the cluster.
+      "startTime": "A String", # start time of the trial cluster.
+      "upgradeTime": "A String", # Upgrade time of trial cluster to Standard cluster.
+    },
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+  },
+  "clusterId": "A String", # Required. ID of the requesting object.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     switchover(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
index 0edce40d48..7d39b2bd20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
AlloyDB API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 35ed14643a..90e3731729 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -117,6 +117,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   restore(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a new Cluster in a given project and location, with a volume restored from the provided source, either a backup ID or a point-in-time and a source cluster.

+

+  restoreFromCloudSQL(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.

 

   switchover(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.

@@ -554,15 +557,15 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Export cluster request.
-  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
     "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
     "fieldDelimiter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
     "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
-    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.
   },
-  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
   "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
-    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.
   },
   "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in SQL format. # Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type.
     "cleanTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.
@@ -1389,6 +1392,199 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    restoreFromCloudSQL(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location of the new cluster. For the required format, see the comment on Cluster.name field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for registering Restoring from CloudSQL resource.
+  "cloudsqlBackupRunSource": { # The source CloudSQL backup resource. # Cluster created from CloudSQL backup run.
+    "backupRunId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL backup run ID.
+    "instanceId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL instance ID.
+    "project": "A String", # The project ID of the source CloudSQL instance. This should be the same as the AlloyDB cluster's project.
+  },
+  "cluster": { # A cluster is a collection of regional AlloyDB resources. It can include a primary instance and one or more read pool instances. All cluster resources share a storage layer, which scales as needed. # Required. The resource being created
+    "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Message describing the user-specified automated backup policy. All fields in the automated backup policy are optional. Defaults for each field are provided if they are not set. # The automated backup policy for this cluster. If no policy is provided then the default policy will be used. If backups are supported for the cluster, the default policy takes one backup a day, has a backup window of 1 hour, and retains backups for 14 days. For more information on the defaults, consult the documentation for the message type.
+      "backupWindow": "A String", # The length of the time window during which a backup can be taken. If a backup does not succeed within this time window, it will be canceled and considered failed. The backup window must be at least 5 minutes long. There is no upper bound on the window. If not set, it defaults to 1 hour.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Whether automated automated backups are enabled. If not set, defaults to true.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # Optional. The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the backups with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the backup will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+      },
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to backups created using this configuration.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "location": "A String", # The location where the backup will be stored. Currently, the only supported option is to store the backup in the same region as the cluster. If empty, defaults to the region of the cluster.
+      "quantityBasedRetention": { # A quantity based policy specifies that a certain number of the most recent successful backups should be retained. # Quantity-based Backup retention policy to retain recent backups.
+        "count": 42, # The number of backups to retain.
+      },
+      "timeBasedRetention": { # A time based retention policy specifies that all backups within a certain time period should be retained. # Time-based Backup retention policy.
+        "retentionPeriod": "A String", # The retention period.
+      },
+      "weeklySchedule": { # A weekly schedule starts a backup at prescribed start times within a day, for the specified days of the week. The weekly schedule message is flexible and can be used to create many types of schedules. For example, to have a daily backup that starts at 22:00, configure the `start_times` field to have one element "22:00" and the `days_of_week` field to have all seven days of the week. # Weekly schedule for the Backup.
+        "daysOfWeek": [ # The days of the week to perform a backup. If this field is left empty, the default of every day of the week is used.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "startTimes": [ # The times during the day to start a backup. The start times are assumed to be in UTC and to be an exact hour (e.g., 04:00:00). If no start times are provided, a single fixed start time is chosen arbitrarily.
+          { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "backupSource": { # Message describing a BackupSource. # Output only. Cluster created from backup.
+      "backupName": "A String", # Required. The name of the backup resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/backups/{backup_id}
+      "backupUid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the backup which was used to create this resource. The UID is generated when the backup is created, and it is retained until the backup is deleted.
+    },
+    "cloudsqlBackupRunSource": { # The source CloudSQL backup resource. # Output only. Cluster created from CloudSQL snapshot.
+      "backupRunId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL backup run ID.
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Required. The CloudSQL instance ID.
+      "project": "A String", # The project ID of the source CloudSQL instance. This should be the same as the AlloyDB cluster's project.
+    },
+    "clusterType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the cluster. This is an output-only field and it's populated at the Cluster creation time or the Cluster promotion time. The cluster type is determined by which RPC was used to create the cluster (i.e. `CreateCluster` vs. `CreateSecondaryCluster`
+    "continuousBackupConfig": { # ContinuousBackupConfig describes the continuous backups recovery configurations of a cluster. # Optional. Continuous backup configuration for this cluster.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Whether ContinuousBackup is enabled.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the backups with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the backup will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+      },
+      "recoveryWindowDays": 42, # The number of days that are eligible to restore from using PITR. To support the entire recovery window, backups and logs are retained for one day more than the recovery window. If not set, defaults to 14 days.
+    },
+    "continuousBackupInfo": { # ContinuousBackupInfo describes the continuous backup properties of a cluster. # Output only. Continuous backup properties for this cluster.
+      "earliestRestorableTime": "A String", # Output only. The earliest restorable time that can be restored to. Output only field.
+      "enabledTime": "A String", # Output only. When ContinuousBackup was most recently enabled. Set to null if ContinuousBackup is not enabled.
+      "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the WALs and backups required for ContinuousBackup.
+        "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption.
+        "kmsKeyVersions": [ # Output only. Cloud KMS key versions that are being used to protect the database or the backup.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "schedule": [ # Output only. Days of the week on which a continuous backup is taken. Output only field. Ignored if passed into the request.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+    "databaseVersion": "A String", # Optional. The database engine major version. This is an optional field and it is populated at the Cluster creation time. If a database version is not supplied at cluster creation time, then a default database version will be used.
+    "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+    "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Cluster.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # EncryptionConfig describes the encryption config of a cluster or a backup that is encrypted with a CMEK (customer-managed encryption key). # Optional. The encryption config can be specified to encrypt the data disks and other persistent data resources of a cluster with a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). When this field is not specified, the cluster will then use default encryption scheme to protect the user data.
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The fully-qualified resource name of the KMS key. Each Cloud KMS key is regionalized and has the following format: projects/[PROJECT]/locations/[REGION]/keyRings/[RING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]
+    },
+    "encryptionInfo": { # EncryptionInfo describes the encryption information of a cluster or a backup. # Output only. The encryption information for the cluster.
+      "encryptionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of encryption.
+      "kmsKeyVersions": [ # Output only. Cloud KMS key versions that are being used to protect the database or the backup.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+    "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on.
+      "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.
+    },
+    "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored.
+      "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user.
+      "user": "A String", # The database username.
+    },
+    "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "maintenanceSchedule": { # MaintenanceSchedule stores the maintenance schedule generated from the MaintenanceUpdatePolicy, once a maintenance rollout is triggered, if MaintenanceWindow is set, and if there is no conflicting DenyPeriod. The schedule is cleared once the update takes place. This field cannot be manually changed; modify the MaintenanceUpdatePolicy instead. # Output only. The maintenance schedule for the cluster, generated for a specific rollout if a maintenance window is set.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The scheduled start time for the maintenance.
+    },
+    "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates.
+      "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1.
+        { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance.
+          "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc.
+          "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration.
+      "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
+      "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster.
+      "sourceType": "A String", # Output only. Type of migration source.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the cluster resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} where the cluster ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the cluster resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+    "network": "A String", # Required. The resource link for the VPC network in which cluster resources are created and from which they are accessible via Private IP. The network must belong to the same project as the cluster. It is specified in the form: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network_id}`. This is required to create a cluster. Deprecated, use network_config.network instead.
+    "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to network configuration.
+      "allocatedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB cluster, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs for this cluster will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with RFC 1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. Field name is intended to be consistent with Cloud SQL.
+      "network": "A String", # Optional. The resource link for the VPC network in which cluster resources are created and from which they are accessible via Private IP. The network must belong to the same project as the cluster. It is specified in the form: `projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}`. This is required to create a cluster.
+    },
+    "primaryConfig": { # Configuration for the primary cluster. It has the list of clusters that are replicating from this cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type PRIMARY. # Output only. Cross Region replication config specific to PRIMARY cluster.
+      "secondaryClusterNames": [ # Output only. Names of the clusters that are replicating from this cluster.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "pscConfig": { # PscConfig contains PSC related configuration at a cluster level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the cluster.
+      "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Create an instance that allows connections from Private Service Connect endpoints to the instance.
+    },
+    "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Cluster does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the resource to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+    "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+    "secondaryConfig": { # Configuration information for the secondary cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type SECONDARY. # Cross Region replication config specific to SECONDARY cluster.
+      "primaryClusterName": "A String", # The name of the primary cluster name with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}
+    },
+    "sslConfig": { # SSL configuration. # SSL configuration for this AlloyDB cluster.
+      "caSource": "A String", # Optional. Certificate Authority (CA) source. Only CA_SOURCE_MANAGED is supported currently, and is the default value.
+      "sslMode": "A String", # Optional. SSL mode. Specifies client-server SSL/TLS connection behavior.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current serving state of the cluster.
+    "subscriptionType": "A String", # Optional. Subscription type of the cluster.
+    "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. For example: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing" ```
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "trialMetadata": { # Contains information and all metadata related to TRIAL clusters. # Output only. Metadata for free trial clusters
+      "endTime": "A String", # End time of the trial cluster.
+      "graceEndTime": "A String", # grace end time of the cluster.
+      "startTime": "A String", # start time of the trial cluster.
+      "upgradeTime": "A String", # Upgrade time of trial cluster to Standard cluster.
+    },
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+  },
+  "clusterId": "A String", # Required. ID of the requesting object.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     switchover(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index 3473b2d662..d87318231a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
AlloyDB API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
index 347442b980..0999eb540c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2280,11 +2280,23 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CsvExportOptions": {
-"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format.",
 "id": "CsvExportOptions",
 "properties": {
+"escapeCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fieldDelimiter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"quoteCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "selectQuery": {
-"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"description": "Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -2346,12 +2358,16 @@ false
 "description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
 },
 "database": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "gcsDestination": {
 "$ref": "GcsDestination",
 "description": "Required. Option to export data to cloud storage."
+},
+"sqlExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "SqlExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2387,7 +2403,7 @@ false
 "id": "GcsDestination",
 "properties": {
 "uri": {
-"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -3114,7 +3130,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3336,6 +3352,32 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format.",
+"id": "SqlExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"cleanTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"ifExistTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"schemaOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, only export the schema.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"tables": {
+"description": "Optional. Tables to export from.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SslConfig": {
 "description": "SSL configuration.",
 "id": "SslConfig",
@@ -4605,6 +4647,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Number of shards (if applicable).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"vcpuCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of vCPUs. TODO(b/342344482, b/342346271) add proto validations again after bug fix.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
index 082e71daa5..9944bc557f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
@@ -736,6 +736,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"restoreFromCloudSQL": {
+"description": "Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters:restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location of the new cluster. For the required format, see the comment on Cluster.name field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/clusters:restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "switchover": {
 "description": "Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:switchover",
@@ -1380,7 +1408,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1545,7 +1573,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2333,7 +2361,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CsvExportOptions": {
-"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format.",
 "id": "CsvExportOptions",
 "properties": {
 "escapeCharacter": {
@@ -2349,7 +2377,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "selectQuery": {
-"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"description": "Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -2411,7 +2439,7 @@ false
 "description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
 },
 "database": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "gcsDestination": {
@@ -2445,7 +2473,7 @@ false
 "id": "GcsDestination",
 "properties": {
 "uri": {
-"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -3259,7 +3287,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3494,6 +3522,25 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest": {
+"description": "Message for registering Restoring from CloudSQL resource.",
+"id": "RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest",
+"properties": {
+"cloudsqlBackupRunSource": {
+"$ref": "CloudSQLBackupRunSource",
+"description": "Cluster created from CloudSQL backup run."
+},
+"cluster": {
+"$ref": "Cluster",
+"description": "Required. The resource being created"
+},
+"clusterId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the requesting object.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SecondaryConfig": {
 "description": "Configuration information for the secondary cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type SECONDARY.",
 "id": "SecondaryConfig",
@@ -4800,6 +4847,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Number of shards (if applicable).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"vcpuCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of vCPUs. TODO(b/342344482, b/342346271) add proto validations again after bug fix.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
index 491120289d..645596cd71 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
@@ -736,6 +736,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"restoreFromCloudSQL": {
+"description": "Restores an AlloyDB cluster from a CloudSQL resource.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters:restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location of the new cluster. For the required format, see the comment on Cluster.name field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/clusters:restoreFromCloudSQL",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "switchover": {
 "description": "Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:switchover",
@@ -1380,7 +1408,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1542,7 +1570,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2314,7 +2342,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CsvExportOptions": {
-"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format.",
 "id": "CsvExportOptions",
 "properties": {
 "escapeCharacter": {
@@ -2330,7 +2358,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "selectQuery": {
-"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"description": "Required. The SELECT query used to extract the data.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -2392,7 +2420,7 @@ false
 "description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
 },
 "database": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the export command will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "gcsDestination": {
@@ -2426,7 +2454,7 @@ false
 "id": "GcsDestination",
 "properties": {
 "uri": {
-"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -3235,7 +3263,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3446,6 +3474,25 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest": {
+"description": "Message for registering Restoring from CloudSQL resource.",
+"id": "RestoreFromCloudSQLRequest",
+"properties": {
+"cloudsqlBackupRunSource": {
+"$ref": "CloudSQLBackupRunSource",
+"description": "Cluster created from CloudSQL backup run."
+},
+"cluster": {
+"$ref": "Cluster",
+"description": "Required. The resource being created"
+},
+"clusterId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the requesting object.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SecondaryConfig": {
 "description": "Configuration information for the secondary cluster. This should be set if and only if the cluster is of type SECONDARY.",
 "id": "SecondaryConfig",
@@ -4752,6 +4799,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Number of shards (if applicable).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"vcpuCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of vCPUs. TODO(b/342344482, b/342346271) add proto validations again after bug fix.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"

From 8d0b829898a388d98e618d739fb5826c165dea92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 04/40] feat(artifactregistry): update the api

#### artifactregistry:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Repository.properties.registryUri (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...rtifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 5 +++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json     | 7 ++++++-
 2 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index ff0efb0872..5a2fe1d8d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -234,6 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository.
   "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.
+  "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.
   "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository.
     "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository.
       "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository.
@@ -434,6 +435,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository.
   "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.
+  "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.
   "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository.
     "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository.
       "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository.
@@ -612,6 +614,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository.
       "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.
+      "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.
       "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository.
         "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository.
           "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository.
@@ -759,6 +762,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository.
   "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.
+  "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.
   "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository.
     "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository.
       "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository.
@@ -889,6 +893,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository.
   "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.
+  "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.
   "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository.
     "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository.
       "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
index 191ac81a62..11113589af 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241011",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AptArtifact": {
@@ -4145,6 +4145,11 @@ false
 "description": "The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"registryUri": {
+"description": "Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "remoteRepositoryConfig": {
 "$ref": "RemoteRepositoryConfig",
 "description": "Configuration specific for a Remote Repository."

From babb16c8212bce1b47d6e68163dbe9634e0994ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 05/40] feat(assuredworkloads): update the api

#### assuredworkloads:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadEkmProvisioningResponse.properties.ekmProvisioningState.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceInfo.properties.resourceId.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse.properties.setupStatus.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)

#### assuredworkloads:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadEkmProvisioningResponse.properties.ekmProvisioningState.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo.properties.resourceId.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadSaaEnrollmentResponse.properties.setupStatus.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ..._v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html | 50 +++++++++----------
 ...ta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html | 40 +++++++--------
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json        | 27 ++++++----
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json   | 27 ++++++----
 4 files changed, 81 insertions(+), 63 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
index 0cbd93e109..3dbc947ef7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
         "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
         "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-        "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+        "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
       },
       "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
       "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
         "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
         "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-        "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+        "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
         "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
       },
       "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
         { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-          "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+          "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
           "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
         },
       ],
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+        "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
       },
       "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
       "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Required. The partner permissions to be updated.
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The list of fields to be updated. E.g. update_mask { paths: "partner_permissions.data_logs_viewer"}
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
index 011b1de227..b2379262d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
         "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
         "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-        "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+        "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
       },
       "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
       "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
         "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
         "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-        "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+        "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
         "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
       },
       "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
         { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-          "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+          "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
           "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
         },
       ],
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+        "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
       },
       "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
       "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ekmProvisioningResponse": { # External key management systems(EKM) Provisioning response # Output only. Represents the Ekm Provisioning State of the given workload.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorDomain": "A String", # Indicates Ekm provisioning error if any.
     "ekmProvisioningErrorMapping": "A String", # Detailed error message if Ekm provisioning fails
-    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
+    "ekmProvisioningState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.
   },
   "enableSovereignControls": True or False, # Optional. Indicates the sovereignty status of the given workload. Currently meant to be used by Europe/Canada customers.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. ETag of the workload, it is calculated on the basis of the Workload contents. It will be used in Update & Delete operations.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "partnerPermissions": { # Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload # Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload
     "accessTransparencyLogsSupportCaseViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view support case details for an AXT log
     "assuredWorkloadsMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view violation alerts.
-    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
+    "dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.
     "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs.
   },
   "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "resources": [ # Output only. The resources associated with this workload. These resources will be created when creating the workload. If any of the projects already exist, the workload creation will fail. Always read only.
     { # Represent the resources that are children of this Workload.
-      "resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
+      "resourceId": "A String", # Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.
       "resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource.
     },
   ],
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "setupErrors": [ # Indicates SAA enrollment setup error if any.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "setupStatus": "A String", # Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
+    "setupStatus": "A String", # Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.
   },
   "violationNotificationsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the e-mail notification for a violation is enabled for a workload. This value will be by default True, and if not present will be considered as true. This should only be updated via updateWorkload call. Any Changes to this field during the createWorkload call will not be honored. This will always be true while creating the workload.
   "workloadOptions": { # Options to be set for the given created workload. # Optional. Options to be set for the given created workload.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index 584f92b5ce..83d7eca0ab 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241107",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": {
@@ -700,7 +700,8 @@
 "REGIONAL_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT",
-"IRS_1075"
+"IRS_1075",
+"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -726,6 +727,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -752,7 +754,8 @@ false
 "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support",
-"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls"
+"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls",
+"Canada Controlled Goods"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1215,7 +1218,8 @@ false
 "REGIONAL_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT",
-"IRS_1075"
+"IRS_1075",
+"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -1241,6 +1245,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1267,7 +1272,8 @@ false
 "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support",
-"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls"
+"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls",
+"Canada Controlled Goods"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1476,7 +1482,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "ekmProvisioningState": {
-"description": "Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.",
 "enum": [
 "EKM_PROVISIONING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "EKM_PROVISIONING_STATE_PENDING",
@@ -1489,6 +1495,7 @@ false
 "Failed State for Ekm Provisioning",
 "Completed State for Ekm Provisioning"
 ],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -1525,7 +1532,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "dataLogsViewer": {
-"description": "Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.",
+"description": "Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "serviceAccessApprover": {
@@ -1540,8 +1547,9 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadResourceInfo",
 "properties": {
 "resourceId": {
-"description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.",
+"description": "Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resourceType": {
@@ -1638,7 +1646,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "setupStatus": {
-"description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.",
 "enum": [
 "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "STATUS_PENDING",
@@ -1649,6 +1657,7 @@ false
 "SAA enrollment pending.",
 "SAA enrollment comopleted."
 ],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
index da0e1b1eed..02c2b4a6bb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241107",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": {
@@ -824,7 +824,8 @@
 "REGIONAL_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT",
-"IRS_1075"
+"IRS_1075",
+"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -850,6 +851,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -876,7 +878,8 @@ false
 "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support",
-"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls"
+"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls",
+"Canada Controlled Goods"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1458,7 +1461,8 @@ false
 "REGIONAL_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS",
 "HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT",
-"IRS_1075"
+"IRS_1075",
+"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -1484,6 +1488,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1510,7 +1515,8 @@ false
 "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls",
 "Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support",
-"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls"
+"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls",
+"Canada Controlled Goods"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1751,7 +1757,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "ekmProvisioningState": {
-"description": "Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates Ekm enrollment Provisioning of a given workload.",
 "enum": [
 "EKM_PROVISIONING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "EKM_PROVISIONING_STATE_PENDING",
@@ -1764,6 +1770,7 @@ false
 "Failed State for Ekm Provisioning",
 "Completed State for Ekm Provisioning"
 ],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -1836,7 +1843,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "dataLogsViewer": {
-"description": "Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.",
+"description": "Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "serviceAccessApprover": {
@@ -1851,8 +1858,9 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadResourceInfo",
 "properties": {
 "resourceId": {
-"description": "Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.",
+"description": "Output only. Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_number.",
 "format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resourceType": {
@@ -1949,7 +1957,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "setupStatus": {
-"description": "Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates SAA enrollment status of a given workload.",
 "enum": [
 "SETUP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "STATUS_PENDING",
@@ -1960,6 +1968,7 @@ false
 "SAA enrollment pending.",
 "SAA enrollment comopleted."
 ],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From 4c3708d744c4bc927898c71dde476a142e68583e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 06/40] feat(backupdr): update the api

#### backupdr:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.serviceConfig.methods.initialize (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.InitializeServiceRequest (Total Keys: 4)
---
 ...ects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html |  24 ++--
 ...pdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html |  12 +-
 ...ions.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html |   6 +
 ...dr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html |  20 +--
 docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html  |   5 +
 ...updr_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...r_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html | 132 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/backupdr.v1.json                |  79 +++++++++--
 8 files changed, 241 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html
index b88f3ddac7..7c1ac7d987 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc
   "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId}
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
-  "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
+  "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId}
   "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which backupplan is applied
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. Required. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
   "rulesConfigInfo": [ # Output only. The config info related to backup rules.
     { # Message for rules config info.
-      "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Output Only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
+      "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "lastBackupState": "A String", # Output only. The last backup state for rule.
       "lastSuccessfulBackupConsistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when the last successful backup was captured from the source.
-      "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
+      "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
     },
   ],
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupPlanAssociation resource state.
@@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc
   "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId}
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
-  "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
+  "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId}
   "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which backupplan is applied
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. Required. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
   "rulesConfigInfo": [ # Output only. The config info related to backup rules.
     { # Message for rules config info.
-      "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Output Only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
+      "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "lastBackupState": "A String", # Output only. The last backup state for rule.
       "lastSuccessfulBackupConsistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when the last successful backup was captured from the source.
-      "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
+      "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
     },
   ],
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupPlanAssociation resource state.
@@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc
       "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId}
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
-      "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
+      "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId}
       "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which backupplan is applied
-      "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. Required. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
+      "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied
       "rulesConfigInfo": [ # Output only. The config info related to backup rules.
         { # Message for rules config info.
-          "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Output Only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
+          "lastBackupError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.
             "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
             "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
               {
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "lastBackupState": "A String", # Output only. The last backup state for rule.
           "lastSuccessfulBackupConsistencyTime": "A String", # Output only. The point in time when the last successful backup was captured from the source.
-          "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Output Only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
+          "ruleId": "A String", # Output only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.
         },
       ],
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupPlanAssociation resource state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
index 3fd7332f20..ea20466b67 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A `BackupPlan` specifies some common fields, such as `description` as well as one or more `BackupRule` messages. Each `BackupRule` has a retention policy and defines a schedule by which the system is to perform backup workloads.
   "backupRules": [ # Required. The backup rules for this `BackupPlan`. There must be at least one `BackupRule` message.
     { # `BackupRule` binds the backup schedule to a retention policy.
-      "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
+      "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 365 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
       "ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/.
       "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Required. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time.
         "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}`
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance" and "storage.googleapis.com/Bucket".
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", or "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster".
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated.
 }
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A `BackupPlan` specifies some common fields, such as `description` as well as one or more `BackupRule` messages. Each `BackupRule` has a retention policy and defines a schedule by which the system is to perform backup workloads.
   "backupRules": [ # Required. The backup rules for this `BackupPlan`. There must be at least one `BackupRule` message.
     { # `BackupRule` binds the backup schedule to a retention policy.
-      "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
+      "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 365 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
       "ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/.
       "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Required. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time.
         "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}`
-  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance" and "storage.googleapis.com/Bucket".
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", or "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster".
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated.
 }

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A `BackupPlan` specifies some common fields, such as `description` as well as one or more `BackupRule` messages. Each `BackupRule` has a retention policy and defines a schedule by which the system is to perform backup workloads.
       "backupRules": [ # Required. The backup rules for this `BackupPlan`. There must be at least one `BackupRule` message.
         { # `BackupRule` binds the backup schedule to a retention policy.
-          "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
+          "backupRetentionDays": 42, # Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in “days”. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 365 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.
           "ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/.
           "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Required. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time.
             "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window.
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}`
-      "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance" and "storage.googleapis.com/Bucket".
+      "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", or "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster".
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The `State` for the `BackupPlan`.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was last updated.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html
index 9b0b88388e..f82c0107ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html
@@ -336,6 +336,8 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Name of the backup to create. It must have the format`"projects//locations//backupVaults//dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup}"`. `{backup}` cannot be changed after creation. It must be between 3-63 characters long and must be unique within the datasource.
   "resourceSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. source resource size in bytes at the time of the backup.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "serviceLocks": [ # Output only. The list of BackupLocks taken by the service to prevent the deletion of the backup.
     { # BackupLock represents a single lock on a Backup resource. An unexpired lock on a Backup prevents the Backup from being deleted.
       "backupApplianceLockInfo": { # BackupApplianceLockInfo contains metadata about the backupappliance that created the lock. # If the client is a backup and recovery appliance, this contains metadata about why the lock exists.
@@ -562,6 +564,8 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Name of the backup to create. It must have the format`"projects//locations//backupVaults//dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup}"`. `{backup}` cannot be changed after creation. It must be between 3-63 characters long and must be unique within the datasource.
       "resourceSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. source resource size in bytes at the time of the backup.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "serviceLocks": [ # Output only. The list of BackupLocks taken by the service to prevent the deletion of the backup.
         { # BackupLock represents a single lock on a Backup resource. An unexpired lock on a Backup prevents the Backup from being deleted.
           "backupApplianceLockInfo": { # BackupApplianceLockInfo contains metadata about the backupappliance that created the lock. # If the client is a backup and recovery appliance, this contains metadata about why the lock exists.
@@ -792,6 +796,8 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Name of the backup to create. It must have the format`"projects//locations//backupVaults//dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup}"`. `{backup}` cannot be changed after creation. It must be between 3-63 characters long and must be unique within the datasource.
   "resourceSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. source resource size in bytes at the time of the backup.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "serviceLocks": [ # Output only. The list of BackupLocks taken by the service to prevent the deletion of the backup.
     { # BackupLock represents a single lock on a Backup resource. An unexpired lock on a Backup prevents the Backup from being deleted.
       "backupApplianceLockInfo": { # BackupApplianceLockInfo contains metadata about the backupappliance that created the lock. # If the client is a backup and recovery appliance, this contains metadata about why the lock exists.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html
index 96ff5a60ca..1f3b168e14 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Message describing a BackupVault object.
-  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
+  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
   "annotations": { # Optional. User annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations Stores small amounts of arbitrary data.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service account used by the BackupVault Service for this BackupVault. The user should grant this account permissions in their workload project to enable the service to run backups and restores there.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupVault resource instance state.
   "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
 }
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for fetching usable BackupVaults.
   "backupVaults": [ # The list of BackupVault instances in the project for the specified location. If the '{location}' value in the request is "-", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. In case any location is unreachable, the response will only return backup vaults in reachable locations and the 'unreachable' field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # Message describing a BackupVault object.
-      "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
+      "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
       "annotations": { # Optional. User annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations Stores small amounts of arbitrary data.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service account used by the BackupVault Service for this BackupVault. The user should grant this account permissions in their workload project to enable the service to run backups and restores there.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupVault resource instance state.
       "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources.
-      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
     },
   ],
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Message describing a BackupVault object.
-  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
+  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
   "annotations": { # Optional. User annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations Stores small amounts of arbitrary data.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service account used by the BackupVault Service for this BackupVault. The user should grant this account permissions in their workload project to enable the service to run backups and restores there.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupVault resource instance state.
   "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
 }

 

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for listing BackupVaults.
   "backupVaults": [ # The list of BackupVault instances in the project for the specified location. If the '{location}' value in the request is "-", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. In case any location is unreachable, the response will only return backup vaults in reachable locations and the 'unreachable' field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # Message describing a BackupVault object.
-      "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
+      "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
       "annotations": { # Optional. User annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations Stores small amounts of arbitrary data.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service account used by the BackupVault Service for this BackupVault. The user should grant this account permissions in their workload project to enable the service to run backups and restores there.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupVault resource instance state.
       "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources.
-      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
     },
   ],
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Message describing a BackupVault object.
-  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
+  "accessRestriction": "A String", # Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.
   "annotations": { # Optional. User annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations Stores small amounts of arbitrary data.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service account used by the BackupVault Service for this BackupVault. The user should grant this account permissions in their workload project to enable the service to run backups and restores there.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The BackupVault resource instance state.
   "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html
index 12d413d2b7..59ceecc53b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -99,6 +99,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the operations Resource.

 
+

+  serviceConfig()
+

+
Returns the serviceConfig Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 95b243c4a7..c61d9abd1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Backup and DR Service API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca339fc241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+
+
+
+
Backup and DR Service API . projects . locations . serviceConfig

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Initializes the service related config for a project.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Initializes the service related config for a project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the serviceConfig used to initialize the service. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/serviceConfig`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for initializing the service.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the default service config will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance" and "storage.googleapis.com/Bucket".
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json
index 29ebb785c8..ad2dc54fe0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "backupdr.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1657,13 +1657,45 @@
 ]
 }
 }
+},
+"serviceConfig": {
+"methods": {
+"initialize": {
+"description": "Initializes the service related config for a project.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConfig:initialize",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "backupdr.projects.locations.serviceConfig.initialize",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the serviceConfig used to initialize the service. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/serviceConfig`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:initialize",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "InitializeServiceRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
 }
 }
 }
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbandonBackupRequest": {
@@ -2105,6 +2137,16 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "serviceLocks": {
 "description": "Output only. The list of BackupLocks taken by the service to prevent the deletion of the backup.",
 "items": {
@@ -2353,7 +2395,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resourceType": {
-"description": "Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, \"compute.googleapis.com/Instance\", \"sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance\" and \"storage.googleapis.com/Bucket\".",
+"description": "Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, \"compute.googleapis.com/Instance\", \"sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance\", or \"alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "state": {
@@ -2399,7 +2441,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dataSource": {
-"description": "Output only. Output Only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}",
+"description": "Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2413,7 +2455,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resourceType": {
-"description": "Optional. Required. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied",
+"description": "Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rulesConfigInfo": {
@@ -2459,7 +2501,7 @@
 "id": "BackupRule",
 "properties": {
 "backupRetentionDays": {
-"description": "Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in \u201cdays\u201d. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.",
+"description": "Required. Configures the duration for which backup data will be kept. It is defined in \u201cdays\u201d. The value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced retention of the backup vault. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for hourly backups. Minimum value is 1 and maximum value is 90 for daily backups. Minimum value is 7 and maximum value is 186 for weekly backups. Minimum value is 30 and maximum value is 732 for monthly backups. Minimum value is 365 and maximum value is 36159 for yearly backups.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
@@ -2479,7 +2521,7 @@
 "id": "BackupVault",
 "properties": {
 "accessRestriction": {
-"description": "Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Optional. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.",
+"description": "Optional. Note: This field is added for future use case and will not be supported in the current release. Access restriction for the backup vault. Default value is WITHIN_ORGANIZATION if not provided during creation.",
 "enum": [
 "ACCESS_RESTRICTION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "WITHIN_PROJECT",
@@ -2581,7 +2623,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "uid": {
-"description": "Output only. Output only Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.",
+"description": "Output only. Immutable after resource creation until resource deletion.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3384,6 +3426,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"InitializeServiceRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for initializing the service.",
+"id": "InitializeServiceRequest",
+"properties": {
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resourceType": {
+"description": "Required. The resource type to which the default service config will be applied. Examples include, \"compute.googleapis.com/Instance\" and \"storage.googleapis.com/Bucket\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "InitiateBackupRequest": {
 "description": "request message for InitiateBackup.",
 "id": "InitiateBackupRequest",
@@ -4052,7 +4109,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to 'Code.CANCELLED'.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to 'Code.CANCELLED'.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -4152,7 +4209,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "lastBackupError": {
 "$ref": "Status",
-"description": "Output only. Output Only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.",
+"description": "Output only. google.rpc.Status object to store the last backup error.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "lastBackupState": {
@@ -4181,7 +4238,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "ruleId": {
-"description": "Output only. Output Only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.",
+"description": "Output only. Backup Rule id fetched from backup plan.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }

From d0440733cf1abd0ca108efe26387d280d2363b9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 07/40] feat(bigqueryreservation): update the api

#### bigqueryreservation:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Reservation.properties.originalPrimaryLocation.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Reservation.properties.primaryLocation.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...on_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html | 42 +++++++++----------
 .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json     | 10 +++--
 2 files changed, 27 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
index 93081afc39..b62de72bcd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
@@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -258,9 +258,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
       "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-      "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-      "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-      "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+      "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+      "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+      "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
       "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
     },
@@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 0436474e09..912194ab40 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Assignment": {
@@ -1346,15 +1346,17 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "originalPrimaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
+"description": "Output only. The location where the reservation was originally created. This is set only during the failover reservation's creation. All billing charges for the failover reservation will be applied to this location.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "primaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
+"description": "Output only. The current location of the reservation's primary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "secondaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.",
+"description": "Optional. The current location of the reservation's secondary replica. This field is only set for reservations using the managed disaster recovery feature. Users can set this in create reservation calls to create a failover reservation or in update reservation calls to convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation(or vice versa).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "slotCapacity": {

From d55bedd5bc4e4f51d536c2bbe878590b9f7edf8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 08/40] feat(chat): update the api

#### chat:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleAppsCardV1Carousel (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCardV1NestedWidget (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCardV1Widget.properties.carousel.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Space.properties.importModeExpireTime (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html                  |   13 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html         |  872 ++++++++++-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html      | 1320 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json    |   70 +-
 4 files changed, 2207 insertions(+), 68 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index 607c54a067..40cdcd566a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -162,6 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -236,6 +237,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -309,6 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -407,6 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -487,6 +491,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -571,6 +576,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
       "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
       "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+      "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
       "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
       "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
         "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -661,6 +667,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -735,6 +742,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -821,6 +829,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
       "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
       "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+      "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
       "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
       "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
         "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -902,7 +911,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to create a space and add specified users to it.
-  "memberships": [ # Optional. The Google Chat users or groups to invite to join the space. Omit the calling user, as they are added automatically. The set currently allows up to 20 memberships (in addition to the caller). For human membership, the `Membership.member` field must contain a `user` with `name` populated (format: `users/{user}`) and `type` set to `User.Type.HUMAN`. You can only add human users when setting up a space (adding Chat apps is only supported for direct message setup with the calling app). You can also add members using the user's email as an alias for {user}. For example, the `user.name` can be `users/example@gmail.com`. To invite Gmail users or users from external Google Workspace domains, user's email must be used for `{user}`. For Google group membership, the `Membership.group_member` field must contain a `group` with `name` populated (format `groups/{group}`). You can only add Google groups when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Optional when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `GROUP_CHAT`, along with at least two memberships. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` with a human user, along with exactly one membership. Must be empty when creating a 1:1 conversation between a human and the calling Chat app (when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true`).
+  "memberships": [ # Optional. The Google Chat users or groups to invite to join the space. Omit the calling user, as they are added automatically. The set currently allows up to 49 memberships (in addition to the caller). For human membership, the `Membership.member` field must contain a `user` with `name` populated (format: `users/{user}`) and `type` set to `User.Type.HUMAN`. You can only add human users when setting up a space (adding Chat apps is only supported for direct message setup with the calling app). You can also add members using the user's email as an alias for {user}. For example, the `user.name` can be `users/example@gmail.com`. To invite Gmail users or users from external Google Workspace domains, user's email must be used for `{user}`. For Google group membership, the `Membership.group_member` field must contain a `group` with `name` populated (format `groups/{group}`). You can only add Google groups when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Optional when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `GROUP_CHAT`, along with at least two memberships. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` with a human user, along with exactly one membership. Must be empty when creating a 1:1 conversation between a human and the calling Chat app (when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true`).
     { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat, such as whether a user or Chat app is invited to, part of, or absent from a space.
       "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The creation time of the membership, such as when a member joined or was invited to join a space. This field is output only, except when used to import historical memberships in import mode spaces.
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deletion time of the membership, such as when a member left or was removed from a space. This field is output only, except when used to import historical memberships in import mode spaces.
@@ -932,6 +941,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -1005,6 +1015,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
   "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
   "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+  "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
   "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
   "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
     "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index ebdb47d812..a8fd8677d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -203,6 +203,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -725,7 +759,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -766,6 +800,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -1484,7 +1552,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -1525,6 +1593,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -2052,6 +2154,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -2168,7 +2271,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -2209,6 +2312,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -2731,7 +2868,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -2772,6 +2909,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -3490,7 +3661,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -3531,6 +3702,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -4058,6 +4263,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -4192,7 +4398,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -4233,6 +4439,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -4755,7 +4995,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -4796,6 +5036,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -5514,7 +5788,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -5555,6 +5829,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -6082,6 +6390,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -6204,7 +6513,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                     "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                   },
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -6245,6 +6554,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -6767,7 +7110,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
           },
           "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
               "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                 { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                   "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -6808,6 +7151,40 @@ 
Method Details

                   "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                     { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                       "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                      "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                        "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
                       "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                         "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                           { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -7526,7 +7903,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
         { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -7567,6 +7944,40 @@ 
Method Details

                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -8094,6 +8505,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
         "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
         "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+        "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
         "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
         "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
           "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -8221,7 +8633,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -8262,6 +8674,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -8784,7 +9230,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -8825,6 +9271,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -9543,7 +10023,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -9584,6 +10064,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -10111,6 +10625,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -10221,7 +10736,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -10262,6 +10777,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -10784,7 +11333,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -10825,6 +11374,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -11543,7 +12126,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -11584,6 +12167,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -12111,6 +12728,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -12221,7 +12839,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -12262,6 +12880,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -12784,7 +13436,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -12825,6 +13477,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -13543,7 +14229,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -13584,6 +14270,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -14111,6 +14831,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -14221,7 +14942,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
               },
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -14262,6 +14983,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -14784,7 +15539,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
       },
       "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+        "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
           "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
             { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
               "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -14825,6 +15580,40 @@ 
Method Details

               "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                 { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                   "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                  "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                    "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                        "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                            "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                              "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                              "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                              "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                            },
+                            "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                              "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
                   "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                     "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -15543,7 +16332,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
     { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -15584,6 +16373,40 @@ 
Method Details

             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                          },
+                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -16111,6 +16934,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
     "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
     "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+    "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
     "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
     "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
       "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
index 6128536517..007675991b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -318,6 +318,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -840,7 +874,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -881,6 +915,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -1599,7 +1667,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -1640,6 +1708,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -2167,6 +2269,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -2272,7 +2375,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -2313,6 +2416,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -2835,7 +2972,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -2876,6 +3013,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -3594,7 +3765,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -3635,6 +3806,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -4162,6 +4367,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -4267,7 +4473,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -4308,6 +4514,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -4830,7 +5070,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -4871,6 +5111,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -5589,7 +5863,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -5630,6 +5904,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -6157,6 +6465,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -6260,7 +6569,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                     "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                   },
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -6301,6 +6610,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -6823,7 +7166,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
           },
           "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
               "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                 { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                   "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -6864,6 +7207,40 @@ 
Method Details

                   "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                     { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                       "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                      "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                        "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
                       "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                         "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                           { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -7582,7 +7959,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
         { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -7623,6 +8000,40 @@ 
Method Details

                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -8150,6 +8561,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
         "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
         "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+        "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
         "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
         "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
           "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -8251,7 +8663,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                     "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                   },
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -8292,10 +8704,44 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                            "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
-                              "chips": [ # An array of chips.
-                                { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
-                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the chip does. For example, if a chip opens a hyperlink, write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat".
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                            "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "chips": [ # An array of chips.
+                                { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the chip does. For example, if a chip opens a hyperlink, write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat".
                                   "disabled": True or False, # Whether the chip is in an inactive state and ignores user actions. Defaults to `false`.
                                   "enabled": True or False, # Whether the chip is in an active state and responds to user actions. Defaults to `true`. Deprecated. Use `disabled` instead.
                                   "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add an icon](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
@@ -8814,7 +9260,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
           },
           "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
               "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                 { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                   "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -8855,6 +9301,40 @@ 
Method Details

                   "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                     { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                       "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                      "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                        "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
                       "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                         "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                           { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -9573,7 +10053,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
         { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -9614,6 +10094,40 @@ 
Method Details

                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -10141,6 +10655,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
         "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
         "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+        "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
         "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
         "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
           "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -10242,7 +10757,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                     "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                   },
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -10283,6 +10798,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -10805,7 +11354,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
           },
           "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+            "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
               "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                 { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                   "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -10846,6 +11395,40 @@ 
Method Details

                   "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                     { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                       "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                      "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                        "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                          { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                            "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                  "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                  "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                },
+                                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                  "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
                       "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                         "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                           { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -11564,7 +12147,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
         { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -11605,6 +12188,40 @@ 
Method Details

                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                              },
+                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -12132,6 +12749,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
         "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
         "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+        "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
         "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
         "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
           "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -12287,6 +12905,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
           "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
           "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+          "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
           "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
           "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
             "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -12354,6 +12973,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
       "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
       "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+      "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
       "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
       "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
         "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -12602,7 +13222,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             ],
                             "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                           },
-                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -12643,6 +13263,40 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
                                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -13165,7 +13819,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
                   },
                   "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                       "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                         { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                           "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -13206,6 +13860,40 @@ 
Method Details

                           "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                             { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                               "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                              "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                    "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
                               "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                 "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                   { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -13924,7 +14612,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
                 { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -13965,6 +14653,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -14492,6 +15214,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
                 "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
                 "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+                "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
                 "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
                 "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
                   "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -14597,7 +15320,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             ],
                             "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                           },
-                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -14638,6 +15361,40 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
                                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -15160,7 +15917,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
                   },
                   "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                       "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                         { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                           "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -15201,6 +15958,40 @@ 
Method Details

                           "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                             { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                               "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                              "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                    "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
                               "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                 "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                   { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -15919,7 +16710,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
                 { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -15960,6 +16751,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -16487,6 +17312,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
                 "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
                 "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+                "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
                 "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
                 "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
                   "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -16592,7 +17418,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             ],
                             "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                           },
-                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                          "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                               { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                                 "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -16633,6 +17459,40 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                                   { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                     "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                    "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                      "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                              "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                              "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                                "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                                "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                              },
+                                              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                                "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                              },
+                                            },
+                                          ],
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
                                     "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                       "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -17155,7 +18015,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
                   },
                   "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                    "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                       "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                         { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                           "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -17196,6 +18056,40 @@ 
Method Details

                           "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                             { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                               "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                              "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                    "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                      { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                        "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                          "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                          "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                        },
+                                        "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                          "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                    ],
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
                               "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                 "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                   { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -17914,7 +18808,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
                 { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+                  "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                     "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                       { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -17955,6 +18849,40 @@ 
Method Details

                         "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                           { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                             "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                            "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                              "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                  "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                      "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                        "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                        "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                      },
+                                      "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                        "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                        "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
                             "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                               "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -18482,6 +19410,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
                 "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
                 "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+                "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
                 "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
                 "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
                   "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -18585,7 +19514,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -18626,6 +19555,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -19148,7 +20111,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -19189,6 +20152,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -19907,7 +20904,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -19948,6 +20945,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -20475,6 +21506,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -20576,7 +21608,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -20617,6 +21649,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -21139,7 +22205,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -21180,6 +22246,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -21898,7 +22998,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -21939,6 +23039,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -22466,6 +23600,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -22567,7 +23702,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                         "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                       },
-                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
+                      "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                         "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                           { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                             "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -22608,6 +23743,40 @@ 
Method Details

                             "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                               { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                                 "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                                "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                                  "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                                    { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                      "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                        { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                          "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                          "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                            "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                          },
+                                          "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                            "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                            "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                          },
+                                        },
+                                      ],
+                                    },
+                                  ],
+                                },
                                 "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                                   "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -23130,7 +24299,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent.
               },
               "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request.
-                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
+                "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`.
                   "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                     { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                       "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -23171,6 +24340,40 @@ 
Method Details

                       "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                         { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                           "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                          "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                            "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                              { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                  { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                    "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                      "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                      "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                    },
+                                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                      "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
                           "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                             "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -23889,7 +25092,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the messages can't contain cards. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
             { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder)
-              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
+              "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB.
                 "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ```
                   { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons):
                     "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item.
@@ -23930,6 +25133,40 @@ 
Method Details

                     "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
                       { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
                         "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "carousel": { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { "carouselCards": [ { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in carousel", } } ] }, { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "Third text paragraph in carousel", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { "widgets": [ { "textParagraph": { "text": "First text paragraph in the carousel." } }, { "textParagraph": { "text": "Second text paragraph in the carousel." } } ] } ```
+                          "carouselCards": [ # A list of cards included in the carousel.
+                            { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                              "footerWidgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.
+                                { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                  "buttonList": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList # A button list widget.
+                                  "image": { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an `onClick` action. For an example, see [Add an image](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_an_image). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # An image widget.
+                                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                                    "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL that hosts the image. For example: ``` https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png ```
+                                    "onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action.
+                                  },
+                                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add a paragraph of formatted text](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/add-text-image-card-dialog#add_a_paragraph_of_formatted_text). For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#card-formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # A text paragraph widget.
+                                    "maxLines": 42, # The maximum number of lines of text that are displayed in the widget. If the text exceeds the specified maximum number of lines, the excess content is concealed behind a **show more** button. If the text is equal or shorter than the specified maximum number of lines, a **show more** button isn't displayed. The default value is 0, in which case all context is displayed. Negative values are ignored. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
+                                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                        },
                         "chipList": { # A list of chips layed out horizontally, which can either scroll horizontally or wrap to the next line. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` "chipList": { "chips": [ { "text": "Edit", "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
                           "chips": [ # An array of chips.
                             { # A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):
@@ -24457,6 +25694,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
             "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
             "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+            "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
             "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
             "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
               "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -24612,6 +25850,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
               "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
               "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+              "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
               "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
               "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
                 "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
@@ -24679,6 +25918,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create) with a `spaceType` of `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters.
           "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.
           "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).
+          "importModeExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.
           "lastActiveTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.
           "membershipCount": { # Represents the count of memberships of a space, grouped into categories. # Output only. The count of joined memberships grouped by member type. Populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`, `DIRECT_MESSAGE` or `GROUP_CHAT`.
             "joinedDirectHumanUserCount": 42, # Output only. Count of human users that have directly joined the space, not counting users joined by having membership in a joined group.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index e4e3fab657..835b86cebe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSettings": {
@@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleAppsCardV1Card": {
-"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\" }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\" }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\" }, \"text\": \"Online\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\" }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\" } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\" } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ```",
+"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace Add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\" }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\" }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\" }, \"text\": \"Online\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\" }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\" } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\" } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ```",
 "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Card",
 "properties": {
 "cardActions": {
@@ -2449,6 +2449,41 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleAppsCardV1Carousel": {
+"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A carousel, also known as a slider, rotates and displays a list of widgets in a slideshow format, with buttons navigating to the previous or next widget. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains three text paragraph widgets. ``` { \"carouselCards\": [ { \"widgets\": [ { \"textParagraph\": { \"text\": \"First text paragraph in carousel\", } } ] }, { \"widgets\": [ { \"textParagraph\": { \"text\": \"Second text paragraph in carousel\", } } ] }, { \"widgets\": [ { \"textParagraph\": { \"text\": \"Third text paragraph in carousel\", } } ] } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):",
+"id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Carousel",
+"properties": {
+"carouselCards": {
+"description": "A list of cards included in the carousel.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1CarouselCard"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleAppsCardV1CarouselCard": {
+"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A card that can be displayed as a carousel item. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):",
+"id": "GoogleAppsCardV1CarouselCard",
+"properties": {
+"footerWidgets": {
+"description": "A list of widgets displayed at the bottom of the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1NestedWidget"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"widgets": {
+"description": "A list of widgets displayed in the carousel card. The widgets are displayed in the order that they are specified.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1NestedWidget"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleAppsCardV1Chip": {
 "description": "A text, icon, or text and icon chip that users can click. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):",
 "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Chip",
@@ -2911,6 +2946,25 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleAppsCardV1NestedWidget": {
+"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): A list of widgets that can be displayed in a containing layout, such as a `CarouselCard`. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):",
+"id": "GoogleAppsCardV1NestedWidget",
+"properties": {
+"buttonList": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList",
+"description": "A button list widget."
+},
+"image": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Image",
+"description": "An image widget."
+},
+"textParagraph": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1TextParagraph",
+"description": "A text paragraph widget."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick": {
 "description": "Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):",
 "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick",
@@ -3290,6 +3344,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList",
 "description": "A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"color\": { \"red\": 0, \"green\": 0, \"blue\": 1, }, \"disabled\": true, }, { \"icon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"INVITE\", \"altText\": \"check calendar\" }, \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/calendar\" } } } ] } ```"
 },
+"carousel": {
+"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Carousel",
+"description": "A carousel contains a collection of nested widgets. For example, this is a JSON representation of a carousel that contains two text paragraphs. ``` { \"widgets\": [ { \"textParagraph\": { \"text\": \"First text paragraph in the carousel.\" } }, { \"textParagraph\": { \"text\": \"Second text paragraph in the carousel.\" } } ] } ```"
+},
 "chipList": {
 "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1ChipList",
 "description": "A list of chips. For example, the following JSON creates two chips. The first is a text chip and the second is an icon chip that opens a link: ``` \"chipList\": { \"chips\": [ { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"disabled\": true, }, { \"icon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"INVITE\", \"altText\": \"check calendar\" }, \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/calendar\" } } } ] } ``` [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat):"
@@ -4401,7 +4459,7 @@
 "id": "SetUpSpaceRequest",
 "properties": {
 "memberships": {
-"description": "Optional. The Google Chat users or groups to invite to join the space. Omit the calling user, as they are added automatically. The set currently allows up to 20 memberships (in addition to the caller). For human membership, the `Membership.member` field must contain a `user` with `name` populated (format: `users/{user}`) and `type` set to `User.Type.HUMAN`. You can only add human users when setting up a space (adding Chat apps is only supported for direct message setup with the calling app). You can also add members using the user's email as an alias for {user}. For example, the `user.name` can be `users/example@gmail.com`. To invite Gmail users or users from external Google Workspace domains, user's email must be used for `{user}`. For Google group membership, the `Membership.group_member` field must contain a `group` with `name` populated (format `groups/{group}`). You can only add Google groups when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Optional when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `GROUP_CHAT`, along with at least two memberships. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` with a human user, along with exactly one membership. Must be empty when creating a 1:1 conversation between a human and the calling Chat app (when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true`).",
+"description": "Optional. The Google Chat users or groups to invite to join the space. Omit the calling user, as they are added automatically. The set currently allows up to 49 memberships (in addition to the caller). For human membership, the `Membership.member` field must contain a `user` with `name` populated (format: `users/{user}`) and `type` set to `User.Type.HUMAN`. You can only add human users when setting up a space (adding Chat apps is only supported for direct message setup with the calling app). You can also add members using the user's email as an alias for {user}. For example, the `user.name` can be `users/example@gmail.com`. To invite Gmail users or users from external Google Workspace domains, user's email must be used for `{user}`. For Google group membership, the `Membership.group_member` field must contain a `group` with `name` populated (format `groups/{group}`). You can only add Google groups when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Optional when setting `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE`. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `GROUP_CHAT`, along with at least two memberships. Required when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` with a human user, along with exactly one membership. Must be empty when creating a 1:1 conversation between a human and the calling Chat app (when setting `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true`).",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "Membership"
 },
@@ -4498,6 +4556,12 @@
 "description": "Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. Creating a space in `Import Mode`requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user).",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"importModeExpireTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the space will be automatically deleted by the system if it remains in import mode. Each space created in import mode must exit this mode before this expire time using `spaces.completeImport`. This field is only populated for spaces that were created with import mode.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "lastActiveTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last message in the space.",
 "format": "google-datetime",

From 2c59d35bbca6ba0332383d1239e66c9592e11783 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 09/40] feat(cloudbuild): update the api

#### cloudbuild:v1

The following keys were added:
- endpoints (Total Keys: 1)

#### cloudbuild:v2

The following keys were added:
- endpoints (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.operations.html        |   4 +-
 ...uild_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...uild_v2.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json              | 235 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v2.json              | 233 ++++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 467 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.operations.html
index f0fa6a216b..bfc74cec64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Build API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b6e50e4d3c..4ccf050477 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Build API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
index 11f530a7cc..a7254f1cb0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Build API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index 9701a72d1a..219d976700 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -15,6 +15,233 @@
 "description": "Creates and manages builds on Google Cloud Platform.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/",
+"endpoints": [
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "africa-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-east2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-south2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-southeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-southeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "australia-southeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "australia-southeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-north1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-southwest1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west10"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west12"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west6"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west8"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west9"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-central1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-northeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-northeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "southamerica-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "southamerica-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-central1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east10.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east10"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east5"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east7"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west8"
+}
+],
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -167,7 +394,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudbuild.operations.cancel",
@@ -1552,7 +1779,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2346,7 +2573,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApprovalConfig": {
@@ -4578,7 +4805,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
index 37a12ef168..d0c7da5caf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
@@ -15,6 +15,233 @@
 "description": "Creates and manages builds on Google Cloud Platform.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/",
+"endpoints": [
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "africa-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-east2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-south2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-southeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-southeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "australia-southeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "australia-southeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-north1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-southwest1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west10"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west12"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west6"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west8"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-west9"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-central1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "me-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-northeast1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-northeast2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "northamerica-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "southamerica-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "southamerica-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-central1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east10.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east10"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east5"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east7"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-south1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west1"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west4"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-west8"
+}
+],
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -785,7 +1012,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -844,7 +1071,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240731",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1736,7 +1963,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },

From 8611287c987b6cb1b1215634cdae5fd8b814befd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 10/40] feat(cloudidentity): update the api

#### cloudidentity:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.policies.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.policies.methods.list (Total Keys: 14)
- schemas.ListPoliciesResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.Policy (Total Keys: 17)
- schemas.Setting (Total Keys: 5)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.html                |   5 +
 docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.policies.html       | 182 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1.json           | 172 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json      |   2 +-
 4 files changed, 359 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.policies.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.html
index 2b319ff016..c19e9525f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.html
@@ -99,6 +99,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the inboundSsoAssignments Resource.

 
+

+  policies()
+

+
Returns the policies Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.policies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.policies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d279b75a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.policies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud Identity API . policies

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Get a Policy

+

+  list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
List Policies

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Get a Policy
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the policy to retrieve. Format: "policies/{policy}". (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Policy resource binds an instance of a single Setting with the scope of a PolicyQuery. The Setting instance will be applied to all entities that satisfy the query.
+  "customer": "A String", # Immutable. Customer that the Policy belongs to. The value is in the format 'customers/{customerId}'. The `customerId` must begin with "C" To find your customer ID in Admin Console see https://support.google.com/a/answer/10070793.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the Policy. Format: policies/{policy}.
+  "policyQuery": { # PolicyQuery # Required. The PolicyQuery the Setting applies to.
+    "group": "A String", # Immutable. The group that the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for group that satisfies all clauses of the query. If no group applies, this will be the empty string.
+    "orgUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Non-empty default. The OrgUnit the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for org_unit that satisfies all clauses of the query.
+    "query": "A String", # Immutable. The CEL query that defines which entities the Policy applies to (ex. a User entity). For details about CEL see https://opensource.google.com/projects/cel. The OrgUnits the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.org_units.exists(org_unit, org_unit.org_unit_id == orgUnitId('{orgUnitId}')) The Group the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.groups.exists(group, group.group_id == groupId('{groupId}')) The Licenses the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.licenses.exists(license, license in ['/product/{productId}/sku/{skuId}']) The above clauses can be present in any combination, and used in conjunction with the &&, || and ! operators. The org_unit and group fields below are helper fields that contain the corresponding value(s) as the query to make the query easier to use.
+    "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type for the customer. (There are no duplicates within this set).
+  },
+  "setting": { # Setting # Required. The Setting configured by this Policy.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
+    "value": { # Required. The value of the Setting.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the policy.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
List Policies
+
+Args:
+  filter: string, Optional. A CEL expression for filtering the results. Policies can be filtered by application with this expression: setting.name = 'settings/gmail.*' Policies can be filtered by setting type with this expression: setting.name = '*.service_status' A maximum of one of the above setting.name clauses can be used. Policies can be filtered by customer with this expression: customer = "customers/{customer}" Where `customer` is the `id` from the [Admin SDK `Customer` resource](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers). You may use `customers/my_customer` to specify your own organization. When no customer is mentioned it will be default to customers/my_customer. A maximum of one customer clause can be used. The above clauses can only be combined together in a single filter expression with the `&&` operator.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return. The service can return fewer than this number. If omitted or set to 0, the default is 50 results per page. The maximum allowed value is 100. `page_size` values greater than 100 default to 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The pagination token received from a prior call to PoliciesService.ListPolicies to retrieve the next page of results. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPoliciesRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for PoliciesService.ListPolicies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "policies": [ # The results
+    { # A Policy resource binds an instance of a single Setting with the scope of a PolicyQuery. The Setting instance will be applied to all entities that satisfy the query.
+      "customer": "A String", # Immutable. Customer that the Policy belongs to. The value is in the format 'customers/{customerId}'. The `customerId` must begin with "C" To find your customer ID in Admin Console see https://support.google.com/a/answer/10070793.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the Policy. Format: policies/{policy}.
+      "policyQuery": { # PolicyQuery # Required. The PolicyQuery the Setting applies to.
+        "group": "A String", # Immutable. The group that the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for group that satisfies all clauses of the query. If no group applies, this will be the empty string.
+        "orgUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Non-empty default. The OrgUnit the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for org_unit that satisfies all clauses of the query.
+        "query": "A String", # Immutable. The CEL query that defines which entities the Policy applies to (ex. a User entity). For details about CEL see https://opensource.google.com/projects/cel. The OrgUnits the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.org_units.exists(org_unit, org_unit.org_unit_id == orgUnitId('{orgUnitId}')) The Group the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.groups.exists(group, group.group_id == groupId('{groupId}')) The Licenses the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.licenses.exists(license, license in ['/product/{productId}/sku/{skuId}']) The above clauses can be present in any combination, and used in conjunction with the &&, || and ! operators. The org_unit and group fields below are helper fields that contain the corresponding value(s) as the query to make the query easier to use.
+        "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type for the customer. (There are no duplicates within this set).
+      },
+      "setting": { # Setting # Required. The Setting configured by this Policy.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
+        "value": { # Required. The value of the Setting.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the policy.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
index 3097436c1c..904a7c95f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
@@ -23,6 +23,12 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly": {
 "description": "See all of the Inbound SSO profiles and their assignments to any Org Units or Google Groups in your Cloud Identity Organization."
 },
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies": {
+"description": "See and edit policies in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly": {
+"description": "See policies in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
 "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
 }
@@ -2014,9 +2020,72 @@
 ]
 }
 }
+},
+"policies": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Get a Policy",
+"flatPath": "v1/policies/{policiesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "cloudidentity.policies.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the policy to retrieve. Format: \"policies/{policy}\".",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^policies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "List Policies",
+"flatPath": "v1/policies",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "cloudidentity.policies.list",
+"parameterOrder": [],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. A CEL expression for filtering the results. Policies can be filtered by application with this expression: setting.name = 'settings/gmail.*' Policies can be filtered by setting type with this expression: setting.name = '*.service_status' A maximum of one of the above setting.name clauses can be used. Policies can be filtered by customer with this expression: customer = \"customers/{customer}\" Where `customer` is the `id` from the [Admin SDK `Customer` resource](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/customers). You may use `customers/my_customer` to specify your own organization. When no customer is mentioned it will be default to customers/my_customer. A maximum of one customer clause can be used. The above clauses can only be combined together in a single filter expression with the `&&` operator.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return. The service can return fewer than this number. If omitted or set to 0, the default is 50 results per page. The maximum allowed value is 100. `page_size` values greater than 100 default to 100.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The pagination token received from a prior call to PoliciesService.ListPolicies to retrieve the next page of results. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPoliciesRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/policies",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListPoliciesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly"
+]
+}
+}
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241126",
+"revision": "20241208",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {
@@ -3607,6 +3676,24 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListPoliciesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for PoliciesService.ListPolicies.",
+"id": "ListPoliciesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The pagination token to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policies": {
+"description": "The results",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Policy"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListUserInvitationsResponse": {
 "description": "Response message for UserInvitation listing request.",
 "id": "ListUserInvitationsResponse",
@@ -3960,6 +4047,70 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Policy": {
+"description": "A Policy resource binds an instance of a single Setting with the scope of a PolicyQuery. The Setting instance will be applied to all entities that satisfy the query.",
+"id": "Policy",
+"properties": {
+"customer": {
+"description": "Immutable. Customer that the Policy belongs to. The value is in the format 'customers/{customerId}'. The `customerId` must begin with \"C\" To find your customer ID in Admin Console see https://support.google.com/a/answer/10070793.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The [resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) of the Policy. Format: policies/{policy}.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyQuery": {
+"$ref": "PolicyQuery",
+"description": "Required. The PolicyQuery the Setting applies to."
+},
+"setting": {
+"$ref": "Setting",
+"description": "Required. The Setting configured by this Policy."
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Output only. The type of the policy.",
+"enum": [
+"POLICY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SYSTEM",
+"ADMIN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified policy type.",
+"Policy type denoting the system-configured policies.",
+"Policy type denoting the admin-configurable policies."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PolicyQuery": {
+"description": "PolicyQuery",
+"id": "PolicyQuery",
+"properties": {
+"group": {
+"description": "Immutable. The group that the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for group that satisfies all clauses of the query. If no group applies, this will be the empty string.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orgUnit": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. Non-empty default. The OrgUnit the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for org_unit that satisfies all clauses of the query.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"query": {
+"description": "Immutable. The CEL query that defines which entities the Policy applies to (ex. a User entity). For details about CEL see https://opensource.google.com/projects/cel. The OrgUnits the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.org_units.exists(org_unit, org_unit.org_unit_id == orgUnitId('{orgUnitId}')) The Group the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.groups.exists(group, group.group_id == groupId('{groupId}')) The Licenses the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.licenses.exists(license, license in ['/product/{productId}/sku/{skuId}']) The above clauses can be present in any combination, and used in conjunction with the &&, || and ! operators. The org_unit and group fields below are helper fields that contain the corresponding value(s) as the query to make the query easier to use.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sortOrder": {
+"description": "Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type for the customer. (There are no duplicates within this set).",
+"format": "double",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "RestrictionEvaluation": {
 "description": "The evaluated state of this restriction.",
 "id": "RestrictionEvaluation",
@@ -4154,6 +4305,25 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Setting": {
+"description": "Setting",
+"id": "Setting",
+"properties": {
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Required. The value of the Setting.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SignInBehavior": {
 "description": "Controls sign-in behavior.",
 "id": "SignInBehavior",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
index c405598be0..7e435d84a7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241126",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {

From c24589101a94cd10146e1b8ba00953c341d27b2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 11/40] feat(config): update the api

#### config:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.TerraformError.properties.error.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...fig_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html | 24 +++++++++----------
 ...jects.locations.deployments.revisions.html | 12 +++++-----
 ...tions.deployments.revisions.resources.html |  2 +-
 ...nfig_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 ++--
 ...config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html | 20 ++++++++--------
 .../discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json  | 17 ++++++-------
 6 files changed, 40 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html
index 4b29dbe468..cc79b6b65f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html
@@ -180,15 +180,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -408,15 +408,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -569,15 +569,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
           "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
         },
-        "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+        "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
           "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-            "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+            "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
           },
         },
       },
       "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
         { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
             "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
             "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
               {
@@ -706,15 +706,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html
index 5e4a1798a0..eb293527dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html
@@ -170,15 +170,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when creating or updating this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -251,15 +251,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
           "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
         },
-        "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+        "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
           "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-            "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+            "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
           },
         },
       },
       "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when creating or updating this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
         { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
             "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
             "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
               {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.resources.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.resources.html
index a2b4c67ce2..789f447b43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.resources.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A response to a 'ListResources' call. Contains a list of Resources.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to request the next page of resources from the 'ListResources' method. The value of an empty string means that there are no more resources to return.
-  "resources": [ # List of Resourcess.
+  "resources": [ # List of Resources.
     { # Resource represents a Google Cloud Platform resource actuated by IM. Resources are child resources of Revisions.
       "caiAssets": { # Output only. Map of Cloud Asset Inventory (CAI) type to CAI info (e.g. CAI ID). CAI type format follows https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types
         "a_key": { # CAI info of a Resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index cbe4275861..6a7f779f46 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Infrastructure Manager API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
index f1636173d3..f4fc7dcf2c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
@@ -148,15 +148,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Summary of errors encountered during Terraform preview. It has a size limit of 10, i.e. only top 10 errors will be summarized here.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
       "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
     },
-    "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+    "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
       "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-        "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+        "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
       },
     },
   },
   "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Summary of errors encountered during Terraform preview. It has a size limit of 10, i.e. only top 10 errors will be summarized here.
     { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
         "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
         "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
           {
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A response to a `ListPreviews` call. Contains a list of Previews.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be supplied to the next ListPreviews request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.
-  "previews": [ # List of Previewss.
+  "previews": [ # List of Previews.
     { # A preview represents a set of actions Infra Manager would perform to move the resources towards the desired state as specified in the configuration.
       "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identifiy preview during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -409,15 +409,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
           "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
         },
-        "inputValues": { # Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+        "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
           "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
-            "inputValue": "", # Input variable value.
+            "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
           },
         },
       },
       "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Summary of errors encountered during Terraform preview. It has a size limit of 10, i.e. only top 10 errors will be summarized here.
         { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
-          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+          "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
             "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
             "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
               {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json
index c5969f1736..ca1014c791 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "config.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://config.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApplyResults": {
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "previews": {
-"description": "List of Previewss.",
+"description": "List of Previews.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "Preview"
 },
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resources": {
-"description": "List of Resourcess.",
+"description": "List of Resources.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "Resource"
 },
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "$ref": "TerraformVariable"
 },
-"description": "Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.",
+"description": "Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.",
 "type": "object"
 }
 },
@@ -2568,7 +2568,8 @@
 "properties": {
 "error": {
 "$ref": "Status",
-"description": "Original error response from underlying Google API, if available."
+"description": "Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.",
+"readOnly": true
 },
 "errorDescription": {
 "description": "A human-readable error description.",
@@ -2606,7 +2607,7 @@
 "id": "TerraformVariable",
 "properties": {
 "inputValue": {
-"description": "Input variable value.",
+"description": "Optional. Input variable value.",
 "type": "any"
 }
 },

From 8d6384e7594437ebc8eb7c63bc64e59dd7d47195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 12/40] feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api

#### contactcenterinsights:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.authorizedViewSets.resources.authorizedViews.methods.calculateStats (Total Keys: 13)

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.authorizedViewSets.resources.authorizedViews.resources.conversations.methods.calculateStats (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ImportIssueModelResponse.properties.issueModel.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ImportIssueModelResponse.properties.issueModel.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...iewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html | 2828 +----------------
 ...ns.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html |   53 +-
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   |   70 +-
 3 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 2875 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html
index bd23b8e51e..97c72bc7e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html
@@ -75,1241 +75,19 @@
 
Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . authorizedViewSets . authorizedViews . conversations

 
Instance Methods

 

-  analyses()
-

-
Returns the analyses Resource.

-
+  calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets conversation statistics.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

-

-  create(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.

-

-  delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Deletes a conversation.

-

-  get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets a conversation.

-

-  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists conversations.

-

-  list_next()

-
Retrieves the next page of results.

-

-  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a conversation.

-

-  upload(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, redactionConfig_deidentifyTemplate=None, redactionConfig_inspectTemplate=None, speechConfig_speechRecognizer=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Create a long-running conversation upload operation. This method differs from `CreateConversation` by allowing audio transcription and optional DLP redaction.

 
Method Details

 

-    close()
-  
Close httplib2 connections.

-

-
-

-    create(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the conversation. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
-  },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-    },
-  },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-}
-
-  conversationId: string, A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z0-9-]{4,64}$`. Valid characters are `a-z-`
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
-  },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-    },
-  },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-}

-

-
-

-    delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Deletes a conversation.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the conversation to delete. (required)
-  force: boolean, If set to true, all of this conversation's analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
-}

-

-
-

-    get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets a conversation.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the conversation to get. (required)
-  view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.
-    Allowed values
-      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.
-      FULL - Populates all fields in the conversation.
-      BASIC - Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
-  },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-    },
-  },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-}

-

-
-

-    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists conversations.
+    calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets conversation statistics.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the conversation. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.
-  orderBy: string, Optional. The attribute by which to order conversations in the response. If empty, conversations will be ordered by descending creation time. Supported values are one of the following: * create_time * customer_satisfaction_rating * duration * latest_analysis * start_time * turn_count The default sort order is ascending. To specify order, append `asc` or `desc` (`create_time desc`). For more details, see [Google AIPs Ordering](https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.
-  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListConversationsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListConversations` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
-  view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.
-    Allowed values
-      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.
-      FULL - Populates all fields in the conversation.
-      BASIC - Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript.
+  location: string, Required. The location of the conversations. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1318,1589 +96,41 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The response of listing conversations.
-  "conversations": [ # The conversations that match the request.
-    { # The conversation resource.
-      "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-      "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-        "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-        "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-      "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-        "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-          "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-          "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-        },
-        "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-          "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-          "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-        },
-      },
-      "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-        "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-          "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-        },
-      },
-      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-      "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-      "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-      "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-        "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-          "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-            "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-              { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-                "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-                  "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-                  "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-                },
-                "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-                  "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-                  "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-                },
-                "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-                "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-                  "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-                  "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                    "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-                },
-                "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-                },
-                "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-                  "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-                },
-                "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-                },
-                "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-                  "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                    "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                    "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                    "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-                  },
-                },
-                "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-                  "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-                },
-                "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                  "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-                },
-                "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-              "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-                "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-                "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-                  "a_key": "A String",
-                },
-                "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-                "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                  "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-              },
-            },
-            "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-              "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-                "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-                "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-              },
-            },
-            "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-              "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-              "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-                { # Information about the issue.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                  "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-              "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-                "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-                "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-              },
-            },
-            "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-              { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-                "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-                "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-                "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-                  { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                    "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                      { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                        "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                          "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                          "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                          "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                          "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                          "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                          "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                          "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                          "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                        },
-                        "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                    "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                    "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                    "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                      "A String",
-                    ],
-                  },
-                ],
-                "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-                  { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                    "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                      { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                        "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                        "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                        "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                        "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-              { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-                "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-                "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                  "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-              "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-              "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-            },
-          },
-          "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-        },
-        "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-          "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-            "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-              "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-          "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-          "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-          "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-          "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-          "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-          "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-          "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-          "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-          "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-            "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-            "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-          },
-        },
-        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-        "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-      },
-      "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-      "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-      "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-      "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-        "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-          { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-            "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-            "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-            "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-          },
-        ],
-        "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-        "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-        "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-      },
-      "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-        { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-          "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-          "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-            "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-            "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-            "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-          },
-          "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-            "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-            "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-            "title": "A String", # Article title.
-            "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-          },
-          "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-            "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-            "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-            "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-            "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-          },
-          "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-          "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-          },
-          "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-          },
-          "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-            "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-            "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-            "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-            "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-          },
-          "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-            "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-            "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-          },
-          "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-            "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-            "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-          },
-          "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-            "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-            "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-          },
-          "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-            "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-            "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-            "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-          },
-        },
-      ],
-      "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-      "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-        "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-          { # A segment of a full transcript.
-            "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-              "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-            },
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-            "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-            "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-              "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-              "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-              "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-              "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-              "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-            },
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-            "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-              { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-                "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-                "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-                "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-                "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-      "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is set, it means there is another page available. If it is not set, it means no other pages are available.
-}

-

-
-

-    list_next()
-  
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        

-

-
-

-    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a conversation.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
-  },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-    },
-  },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
+    { # The response for calculating conversation statistics.
+  "averageDuration": "A String", # The average duration of all conversations. The average is calculated using only conversations that have a time duration.
+  "averageTurnCount": 42, # The average number of turns per conversation.
+  "conversationCount": 42, # The total number of conversations.
+  "conversationCountTimeSeries": { # A time series representing conversations over time. # A time series representing the count of conversations created over time that match that requested filter criteria.
+    "intervalDuration": "A String", # The duration of each interval.
+    "points": [ # An ordered list of intervals from earliest to latest, where each interval represents the number of conversations that transpired during the time window.
+      { # A single interval in a time series.
+        "conversationCount": 42, # The number of conversations created in this interval.
+        "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this interval.
       },
     ],
   },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `agent_id` * `language_code` * `labels` * `metadata` * `quality_metadata` * `call_metadata` * `start_time` * `expire_time` or `ttl` * `data_source.gcs_source.audio_uri` or `data_source.dialogflow_source.audio_uri`
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  "customHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each custom highlighter resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
+    "a_key": 42,
   },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
+  "issueMatches": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` Deprecated, use `issue_matches_stats` field instead.
+    "a_key": 42,
   },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
+  "issueMatchesStats": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/`
+    "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue.
+      "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+      "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
     },
   },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
+  "smartHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each smart highlighter display name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
+    "a_key": 42,
   },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
 }

 

 
 

-    upload(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, redactionConfig_deidentifyTemplate=None, redactionConfig_inspectTemplate=None, speechConfig_speechRecognizer=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Create a long-running conversation upload operation. This method differs from `CreateConversation` by allowing audio transcription and optional DLP redaction.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the conversation. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The conversation resource.
-  "agentId": "A String", # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
-  "callMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
-    "agentChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
-    "customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
-  "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
-    "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-    },
-    "gcsSource": { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
-      "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
-      "transcriptUri": "A String", # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
-    },
-  },
-  "dialogflowIntents": { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-    "a_key": { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-    },
-  },
-  "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
-  "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
-  "labels": { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
-  "latestAnalysis": { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation's latest analysis, if one exists.
-    "analysisResult": { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
-      "callAnalysisMetadata": { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
-        "annotations": [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
-          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
-            "annotationEndBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "annotationStartBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-              "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-              "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-            },
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
-            "entityMentionData": { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
-              "entityUniqueId": "A String", # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
-              "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
-                "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-                "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-              },
-              "type": "A String", # The type of the entity mention.
-            },
-            "holdData": { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
-            },
-            "intentMatchData": { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
-              "intentUniqueId": "A String", # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
-            },
-            "interruptionData": { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
-            },
-            "issueMatchData": { # The data for an issue match annotation. # Data specifying an issue match.
-              "issueAssignment": { # Information about the issue. # Information about the issue's assignment.
-                "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-                "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-                "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-              },
-            },
-            "phraseMatchData": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
-              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-              "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-            },
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "silenceData": { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "entities": { # All the entities in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The representative name for the entity.
-            "metadata": { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "salience": 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
-            "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-            "type": "A String", # The entity type.
-          },
-        },
-        "intents": { # All the matched intents in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the intent.
-            "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of the intent.
-          },
-        },
-        "issueModelResult": { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
-          "issueModel": "A String", # Issue model that generates the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
-          "issues": [ # All the matched issues.
-            { # Information about the issue.
-              "displayName": "A String", # Immutable. Display name of the assigned issue. This field is set at time of analyis and immutable since then.
-              "issue": "A String", # Resource name of the assigned issue.
-              "score": 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        "phraseMatchers": { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
-          "a_key": { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
-            "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
-            "phraseMatcher": "A String", # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
-          },
-        },
-        "qaScorecardResults": [ # Results of scoring QaScorecards.
-          { # The results of scoring a single conversation against a QaScorecard. Contains a collection of QaAnswers and aggregate score.
-            "agentId": "A String", # ID of the agent that handled the conversation.
-            "conversation": "A String", # The conversation scored by this result.
-            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp that the revision was created.
-            "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the scorecard result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/qaScorecardResults/{qa_scorecard_result}
-            "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score. Any manual edits are included if they exist.
-            "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-            "qaAnswers": [ # Set of QaAnswers represented in the result.
-              { # An answer to a QaQuestion.
-                "answerSources": [ # List of all individual answers given to the question.
-                  { # A question may have multiple answers from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. AnswerSource represents each individual answer.
-                    "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The answer value from this source.
-                      "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                      "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                      "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                      "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                      "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                      "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                      "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                      "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                    },
-                    "sourceType": "A String", # What created the answer.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "answerValue": { # Message for holding the value of the answer. QaQuestion.AnswerChoice defines the possible answer values for a question. # The main answer value, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value.
-                  "key": "A String", # A short string used as an identifier. Matches the value used in QaQuestion.AnswerChoice.key.
-                  "naValue": True or False, # A value of "Not Applicable (N/A)".
-                  "normalizedScore": 3.14, # Output only. Normalized score of the questions. Calculated as score / potential_score iff potential_score != 0 else 0
-                  "numValue": 3.14, # Numerical value.
-                  "potentialScore": 3.14, # Output only. The maximum potential score of the question.
-                  "score": 3.14, # Output only. Numerical score of the answer.
-                  "strValue": "A String", # String value.
-                },
-                "conversation": "A String", # The conversation the answer applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential score of the question. If the question was answered using `na_value`, this field will be zero. Deprecated: Use AnswerValue.potential_score instead.
-                "qaQuestion": "A String", # The QaQuestion answered by this answer.
-                "questionBody": "A String", # Question text. E.g., "Did the agent greet the customer?"
-                "tags": [ # User-defined list of arbitrary tags. Matches the value from QaScorecard.ScorecardQuestion.tags. Used for grouping/organization and for weighting the score of each answer.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-            "qaScorecardRevision": "A String", # The QaScorecardRevision scored by this result.
-            "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-              { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-              },
-            ],
-            "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result, incorporating any manual edits if they exist.
-            "scoreSources": [ # List of all individual score sets.
-              { # A scorecard result may have multiple sets of scores from varying sources, one of which becomes the "main" answer above. A ScoreSource represents each individual set of scores.
-                "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score, which is the score divided by the potential score.
-                "potentialScore": 3.14, # The maximum potential overall score of the scorecard. Any questions answered using `na_value` are excluded from this calculation.
-                "qaTagResults": [ # Collection of tags and their scores.
-                  { # Tags and their corresponding results.
-                    "normalizedScore": 3.14, # The normalized score the tag applies to.
-                    "potentialScore": 3.14, # The potential score the tag applies to.
-                    "score": 3.14, # The score the tag applies to.
-                    "tag": "A String", # The tag the score applies to.
-                  },
-                ],
-                "score": 3.14, # The overall numerical score of the result.
-                "sourceType": "A String", # What created the score.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "sentiments": [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
-          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
-            "channelTag": 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
-            "sentimentData": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
-              "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-              "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "silence": { # Conversation-level silence data. # Overall conversation-level silence during the call.
-          "silenceDuration": "A String", # Amount of time calculated to be in silence.
-          "silencePercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of the total conversation spent in silence.
-        },
-      },
-      "endTime": "A String", # The time at which the analysis ended.
-    },
-    "annotatorSelector": { # Selector of all available annotators and phrase matchers to run. # To select the annotators to run and the phrase matchers to use (if any). If not specified, all annotators will be run.
-      "issueModels": [ # The issue model to run. If not provided, the most recently deployed topic model will be used. The provided issue model will only be used for inference if the issue model is deployed and if run_issue_model_annotator is set to true. If more than one issue model is provided, only the first provided issue model will be used for inference.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "phraseMatchers": [ # The list of phrase matchers to run. If not provided, all active phrase matchers will be used. If inactive phrase matchers are provided, they will not be used. Phrase matchers will be run only if run_phrase_matcher_annotator is set to true. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "qaConfig": { # Configuration for the QA feature. # Configuration for the QA annotator.
-        "scorecardList": { # Container for a list of scorecards. # A manual list of scorecards to score.
-          "qaScorecardRevisions": [ # List of QaScorecardRevisions.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-      "runEntityAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the entity annotator.
-      "runIntentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the intent annotator.
-      "runInterruptionAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the interruption annotator.
-      "runIssueModelAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the issue model annotator. A model should have already been deployed for this to take effect.
-      "runPhraseMatcherAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the active phrase matcher annotator(s).
-      "runQaAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the QA annotator.
-      "runSentimentAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the sentiment annotator.
-      "runSilenceAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the silence annotator.
-      "runSummarizationAnnotator": True or False, # Whether to run the summarization annotator.
-      "summarizationConfig": { # Configuration for summarization. # Configuration for the summarization annotator.
-        "conversationProfile": "A String", # Resource name of the Dialogflow conversation profile. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationProfiles/{conversation_profile}
-        "summarizationModel": "A String", # Default summarization model to be used.
-      },
-    },
-    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
-    "requestTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
-  },
-  "latestSummary": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Output only. Latest summary of the conversation.
-    "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-    "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-    "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-    "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-    "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-    "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
-  "metadataJson": "A String", # Input only. JSON metadata encoded as a string. This field is primarily used by Insights integrations with various telphony systems and must be in one of Insight's supported formats.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
-  "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.
-  "qualityMetadata": { # Conversation metadata related to quality management. # Conversation metadata related to quality management.
-    "agentInfo": [ # Information about agents involved in the call.
-      { # Information about an agent involved in the conversation.
-        "agentId": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name.
-        "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.
-        "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
-      },
-    ],
-    "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating.
-    "menuPath": "A String", # An arbitrary string value specifying the menu path the customer took.
-    "waitDuration": "A String", # The amount of time the customer waited to connect with an agent.
-  },
-  "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
-      "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
-      "answerFeedback": { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
-        "clicked": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
-        "correctnessLevel": "A String", # The correctness level of an answer.
-        "displayed": True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
-      },
-      "articleSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
-        "title": "A String", # Article title.
-        "uri": "A String", # Article URI.
-      },
-      "conversationSummarizationSuggestion": { # Conversation summarization suggestion data. # Conversation summarization suggestion data.
-        "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence score of the summarization.
-        "conversationModel": "A String", # The name of the model that generates this summary. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationModels/{conversation_model}
-        "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the summarization and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The summarization content that is concatenated into one string.
-        "textSections": { # The summarization content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which this annotation was created.
-      "dialogflowInteraction": { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "dialogflowIntentId": "A String", # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
-      },
-      "endBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "faqAnswer": { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
-        "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-        "source": "A String", # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
-      },
-      "smartComposeSuggestion": { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "suggestion": "A String", # The content of the suggestion.
-      },
-      "smartReply": { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
-        "confidenceScore": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-        "metadata": { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
-          "a_key": "A String",
-        },
-        "queryRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/answerRecords/{answer_record}
-        "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-      },
-      "startBoundary": { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
-        "transcriptIndex": 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
-        "wordIndex": 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
-      },
-      "userInput": { # Explicit input used for generating the answer # Explicit input used for generating the answer
-        "generatorName": "A String", # The resource name of associated generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
-        "query": "A String", # Query text. Article Search uses this to store the input query used to generate the search results.
-        "querySource": "A String", # Query source for the answer.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time at which the conversation started.
-  "transcript": { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
-    "transcriptSegments": [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
-      { # A segment of a full transcript.
-        "channelTag": 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from '1' to 'N'. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
-        "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-        "dialogflowSegmentMetadata": { # Metadata from Dialogflow relating to the current transcript segment. # CCAI metadata relating to the current transcript segment.
-          "smartReplyAllowlistCovered": True or False, # Whether the transcript segment was covered under the configured smart reply allowlist in Agent Assist.
-        },
-        "languageCode": "A String", # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US".
-        "messageTime": "A String", # The time that the message occurred, if provided.
-        "segmentParticipant": { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          "dialogflowParticipant": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "dialogflowParticipantName": "A String", # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
-          "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID from Dialogflow.
-          "role": "A String", # The role of the participant.
-          "userId": "A String", # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
-        },
-        "sentiment": { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The sentiment for this transcript segment.
-          "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
-          "score": 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
-        },
-        "text": "A String", # The text of this segment.
-        "words": [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
-          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
-            "confidence": 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
-            "endOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "startOffset": "A String", # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
-            "word": "A String", # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
-  "turnCount": 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
-}
-
-  conversationId: string, Optional. A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression `^[a-z0-9-]{4,64}$`. Valid characters are `a-z-`
-  redactionConfig_deidentifyTemplate: string, The fully-qualified DLP deidentify template resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/deidentifyTemplates/{template}`
-  redactionConfig_inspectTemplate: string, The fully-qualified DLP inspect template resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/inspectTemplates/{template}`
-  speechConfig_speechRecognizer: string, The fully-qualified Speech Recognizer resource name. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/recognizer/{recognizer}`
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html
index 95f64ae6b1..d7f80c2377 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html
@@ -75,8 +75,10 @@
 
Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . authorizedViewSets . authorizedViews

 
Instance Methods

 

-  calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets conversation statistics.

+  conversations()
+

+
Returns the conversations Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -84,53 +86,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

   queryMetrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Query metrics.

 
Method Details

-

-    calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets conversation statistics.
-
-Args:
-  location: string, Required. The location of the conversations. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The response for calculating conversation statistics.
-  "averageDuration": "A String", # The average duration of all conversations. The average is calculated using only conversations that have a time duration.
-  "averageTurnCount": 42, # The average number of turns per conversation.
-  "conversationCount": 42, # The total number of conversations.
-  "conversationCountTimeSeries": { # A time series representing conversations over time. # A time series representing the count of conversations created over time that match that requested filter criteria.
-    "intervalDuration": "A String", # The duration of each interval.
-    "points": [ # An ordered list of intervals from earliest to latest, where each interval represents the number of conversations that transpired during the time window.
-      { # A single interval in a time series.
-        "conversationCount": 42, # The number of conversations created in this interval.
-        "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this interval.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "customHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each custom highlighter resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
-    "a_key": 42,
-  },
-  "issueMatches": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` Deprecated, use `issue_matches_stats` field instead.
-    "a_key": 42,
-  },
-  "issueMatchesStats": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/`
-    "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
-      "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue.
-      "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
-      "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
-    },
-  },
-  "smartHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each smart highlighter display name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
-    "a_key": 42,
-  },
-}

-

-
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index 1b6052d957..4b695836e3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -476,59 +476,63 @@
 "resources": {
 "authorizedViews": {
 "methods": {
-"calculateStats": {
-"description": "Gets conversation statistics.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:calculateStats",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.calculateStats",
+"queryMetrics": {
+"description": "Query metrics.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:queryMetrics",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.queryMetrics",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "location"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "location": {
-"description": "Required. The location of the conversations.",
+"description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+location}:calculateStats",
+"path": "v1/{+location}:queryMetrics",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryMetricsRequest"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+}
 },
-"queryMetrics": {
-"description": "Query metrics.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:queryMetrics",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.queryMetrics",
+"resources": {
+"conversations": {
+"methods": {
+"calculateStats": {
+"description": "Gets conversation statistics.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}/conversations:calculateStats",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.calculateStats",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "location"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "location": {
-"description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"",
+"description": "Required. The location of the conversations.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+location}:queryMetrics",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryMetricsRequest"
-},
+"path": "v1/{+location}/conversations:calculateStats",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -537,6 +541,8 @@
 }
 }
 }
+}
+}
 },
 "conversations": {
 "methods": {
@@ -2575,7 +2581,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241204",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
@@ -4605,7 +4611,12 @@
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ImportIssueModelResponse": {
 "description": "Response from import issue model",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ImportIssueModelResponse",
-"properties": {},
+"properties": {
+"issueModel": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IssueModel",
+"description": "The issue model that was imported."
+}
+},
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IngestConversationsMetadata": {
@@ -8236,7 +8247,12 @@
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ImportIssueModelResponse": {
 "description": "Response from import issue model",
 "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ImportIssueModelResponse",
-"properties": {},
+"properties": {
+"issueModel": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1IssueModel",
+"description": "The issue model that was imported."
+}
+},
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1IngestConversationsMetadata": {

From cf47608a01fda94e0ee784b975f9fdfc60551b52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 13/40] feat(container): update the api

#### container:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.NodeConfig.properties.maxRunDuration (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UpdateNodePoolRequest.properties.maxRunDuration (Total Keys: 2)

#### container:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.NodeConfig.properties.maxRunDuration (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UpdateNodePoolRequest.properties.maxRunDuration (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ntainer_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 14 ++++++++++----
 ....projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |  4 ++++
 .../container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html  | 14 ++++++++++----
 ...r_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |  4 ++++
 ...er_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 14 ++++++++++----
 ....projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |  4 ++++
 ...tainer_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 14 ++++++++++----
 ...eta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |  4 ++++
 .../documents/container.v1.json                | 18 ++++++++++++++----
 .../documents/container.v1beta1.json           | 18 ++++++++++++++----
 10 files changed, 84 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 430399768c..1d38181d72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
         "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
       },
     },
@@ -724,6 +724,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -968,6 +969,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+          "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
           "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -1429,7 +1431,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
     "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
   },
@@ -1827,6 +1829,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2071,6 +2074,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -2435,7 +2439,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
           "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
         },
       },
@@ -2833,6 +2837,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -3077,6 +3082,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+            "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
             "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
               "a_key": "A String",
             },
@@ -4289,7 +4295,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups.
       "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true.
     },
-    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster.
+    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
     "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index cd768fa4bc..6df183a419 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -255,6 +255,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -678,6 +679,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -967,6 +969,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -1550,6 +1553,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.
+  "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.
   "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config.
     "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 3f1ac50df0..1e7dcc5cad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
         "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
       },
     },
@@ -815,6 +815,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1059,6 +1060,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+          "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
           "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -1520,7 +1522,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
     "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
   },
@@ -1918,6 +1920,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2162,6 +2165,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -2570,7 +2574,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster.
         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
           "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
         },
       },
@@ -2968,6 +2972,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -3212,6 +3217,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+            "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
             "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
               "a_key": "A String",
             },
@@ -4316,7 +4322,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups.
       "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true.
     },
-    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster.
+    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
     "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 39a9352b10..ce14a69106 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -320,6 +320,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -743,6 +744,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -1032,6 +1034,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-os-login" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -1540,6 +1543,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.
+  "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.
   "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config.
     "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 6905059526..b5150bee63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
       },
       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
         "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
       },
     },
@@ -766,6 +766,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1032,6 +1033,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+          "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
           "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -1572,7 +1574,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
     },
     "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
   },
@@ -1999,6 +2001,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2265,6 +2268,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -2670,7 +2674,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
         },
         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
           "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
         },
       },
@@ -3097,6 +3101,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -3363,6 +3368,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+            "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
             "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
               "a_key": "A String",
             },
@@ -4620,7 +4626,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups.
       "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true.
     },
-    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster.
+    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
     "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index c26fd26062..67dc365d0d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -270,6 +270,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -748,6 +749,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -1054,6 +1056,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -1643,6 +1646,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.
+  "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.
   "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config.
     "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index ff7b3a6ea4..29eceda3f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
       },
       "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+      "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
         "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
       },
     },
@@ -864,6 +864,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1130,6 +1131,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+          "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
           "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -1670,7 +1672,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
     },
     "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+    "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
   },
@@ -2097,6 +2099,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2363,6 +2366,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -2812,7 +2816,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion.
         },
         "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot
-        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot.
+        "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
           "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
         },
       },
@@ -3239,6 +3243,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -3505,6 +3510,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+            "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
             "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
               "a_key": "A String",
             },
@@ -4647,7 +4653,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups.
       "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true.
     },
-    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster.
+    "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy
       "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.
     },
     "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 2b777c94a6..29b2a552be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -335,6 +335,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+      "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
       "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -813,6 +814,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+    "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
     "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -1119,6 +1121,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "machineType": "A String", # The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
         "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster. Keys must conform to the regexp `[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+` and be less than 128 bytes in length. These are reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project or be one of the reserved keys: - "cluster-location" - "cluster-name" - "cluster-uid" - "configure-sh" - "containerd-configure-sh" - "enable-oslogin" - "gci-ensure-gke-docker" - "gci-metrics-enabled" - "gci-update-strategy" - "instance-template" - "kube-env" - "startup-script" - "user-data" - "disable-address-manager" - "windows-startup-script-ps1" - "common-psm1" - "k8s-node-setup-psm1" - "install-ssh-psm1" - "user-profile-psm1" Values are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on them is that each value's size must be less than or equal to 32 KB. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -1633,6 +1636,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.
+  "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.
   "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.
   "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config.
     "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
index ce9ea29943..97efdbc515 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241105",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@
 },
 "workloadPolicyConfig": {
 "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
-"description": "Workload policy configuration for Autopilot."
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@
 },
 "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": {
 "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
-"description": "The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster."
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy"
 },
 "desiredBinaryAuthorization": {
 "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization",
@@ -5657,6 +5657,11 @@ false
 "description": "The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"maxRunDuration": {
+"description": "The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -7853,6 +7858,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"maxRunDuration": {
+"description": "The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -8286,7 +8296,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "WorkloadPolicyConfig": {
-"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters.",
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy",
 "id": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
 "properties": {
 "allowNetAdmin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
index 0c6466b294..6c9c097b60 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@
 },
 "workloadPolicyConfig": {
 "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
-"description": "Workload policy configuration for Autopilot."
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@
 },
 "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": {
 "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
-"description": "The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster."
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy"
 },
 "desiredBinaryAuthorization": {
 "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization",
@@ -6281,6 +6281,11 @@ false
 "description": "The name of a Google Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). If unspecified, the default machine type is `e2-medium`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"maxRunDuration": {
+"description": "The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -8680,6 +8685,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"maxRunDuration": {
+"description": "The maximum duration for the nodes to exist. If unspecified, the nodes can exist indefinitely.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -9274,7 +9284,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "WorkloadPolicyConfig": {
-"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters.",
+"description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy",
 "id": "WorkloadPolicyConfig",
 "properties": {
 "allowNetAdmin": {

From 57b49f15006326de4c59a42ad3f0958c0e814896 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 14/40] feat(css): update the api

#### css:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.accounts.resources.cssProductInputs.methods.insert.parameters.feedId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CssProductInput.properties.freshnessTime.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html        | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html                         | 2 +-
 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json | 8 +++++---
 3 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
index df17145b1c..4dfeb69ee7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.
 }
 
-  feedId: string, Required. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.
+  feedId: string, Optional. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html
index d91a5b7471..c2e1a9e870 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ 
Method Details

   parent: string, Required. The parent account. Must be a CSS group or domain. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
   fullName: string, If set, only the MC accounts with the given name (case sensitive) will be returned.
   labelId: string, If set, only the MC accounts with the given label ID will be returned.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListChildAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListChildAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
index 4182f37024..3c9341d632 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
@@ -257,7 +257,8 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "feedId": {
-"description": "Required. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Optional. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.",
 "format": "int64",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -472,7 +473,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241124",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://css.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
@@ -919,6 +920,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "freshnessTime": {
+"deprecated": true,
 "description": "Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"

From f06410352c39947888a9a5b8c3f8c2f2af2717d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 15/40] feat(dataflow): update the api

#### dataflow:v1b3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DataflowGaugeValue (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.MetricValue.properties.valueGauge64.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.html          |  4 ++++
 .../dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.html |  4 ++++
 .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json              | 23 ++++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 30 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.html
index 246d130332..e43a19ac6d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.html
@@ -163,6 +163,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "metricLabels": { # Optional. Set of metric labels for this metric.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
+                "valueGauge64": { # The gauge value of a metric. # Non-cumulative int64 value of this metric.
+                  "measuredTime": "A String", # The timestamp when the gauge was recorded.
+                  "value": "A String", # The value of the gauge.
+                },
                 "valueHistogram": { # Summary statistics for a population of values. HistogramValue contains a sequence of buckets and gives a count of values that fall into each bucket. Bucket boundares are defined by a formula and bucket widths are either fixed or exponentially increasing. # Histogram value of this metric.
                   "bucketCounts": [ # Optional. The number of values in each bucket of the histogram, as described in `bucket_options`. `bucket_counts` should contain N values, where N is the number of buckets specified in `bucket_options`. If `bucket_counts` has fewer than N values, the remaining values are assumed to be 0.
                     "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.html
index 720ec6a66f..e08aca2db4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.html
@@ -141,6 +141,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "metricLabels": { # Optional. Set of metric labels for this metric.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
+                "valueGauge64": { # The gauge value of a metric. # Non-cumulative int64 value of this metric.
+                  "measuredTime": "A String", # The timestamp when the gauge was recorded.
+                  "value": "A String", # The value of the gauge.
+                },
                 "valueHistogram": { # Summary statistics for a population of values. HistogramValue contains a sequence of buckets and gives a count of values that fall into each bucket. Bucket boundares are defined by a formula and bucket widths are either fixed or exponentially increasing. # Histogram value of this metric.
                   "bucketCounts": [ # Optional. The number of values in each bucket of the histogram, as described in `bucket_options`. `bucket_counts` should contain N values, where N is the number of buckets specified in `bucket_options`. If `bucket_counts` has fewer than N values, the remaining values are assumed to be 0.
                     "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index ed5f6b2bf0..aed6e0f80d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241028",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApproximateProgress": {
@@ -2926,6 +2926,23 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DataflowGaugeValue": {
+"description": "The gauge value of a metric.",
+"id": "DataflowGaugeValue",
+"properties": {
+"measuredTime": {
+"description": "The timestamp when the gauge was recorded.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "The value of the gauge.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "DataflowHistogramValue": {
 "description": "Summary statistics for a population of values. HistogramValue contains a sequence of buckets and gives a count of values that fall into each bucket. Bucket boundares are defined by a formula and bucket widths are either fixed or exponentially increasing.",
 "id": "DataflowHistogramValue",
@@ -4757,6 +4774,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. Set of metric labels for this metric.",
 "type": "object"
 },
+"valueGauge64": {
+"$ref": "DataflowGaugeValue",
+"description": "Non-cumulative int64 value of this metric."
+},
 "valueHistogram": {
 "$ref": "DataflowHistogramValue",
 "description": "Histogram value of this metric."

From 283d79d092fafdf1eafc70fa34440be83f0f50aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 16/40] feat(datamigration): update the api

#### datamigration:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.RestartMigrationJobRequest.properties.restartFailedObjects.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html  | 1 +
 .../discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json         | 6 +++++-
 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
index 116f2cfe4b..98a749efed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
@@ -1039,6 +1039,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job.
     },
   },
+  "restartFailedObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, only failed objects will be restarted.
   "skipValidation": True or False, # Optional. Restart the migration job without running prior configuration verification. Defaults to `false`.
 }
 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
index 312668c358..b9ea19789d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241202",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": {
@@ -5743,6 +5743,10 @@
 "$ref": "MigrationJobObjectsConfig",
 "description": "Optional. The object filter to apply to the migration job."
 },
+"restartFailedObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, only failed objects will be restarted.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "skipValidation": {
 "description": "Optional. Restart the migration job without running prior configuration verification. Defaults to `false`.",
 "type": "boolean"

From deb509a4ee35381c0d9ee663ef8a6ef62748449f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 17/40] feat(dataplex): update the api

#### dataplex:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.dataScans.methods.delete.parameters.force (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...aplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html | 35 ++++++++++---------
 ..._v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html |  4 +--
 ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html |  2 +-
 docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html  |  4 +--
 .../documents/dataplex.v1.json                | 27 ++++++++------
 5 files changed, 39 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
index 012dd24af2..432dba1221 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   create(parent, body=None, dataScanId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a DataScan resource.

 

-  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+  delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a DataScan resource.

 

   generateDataQualityRules(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -413,13 +413,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "executionStatus": { # Status of the data scan execution. # Output only. Status of the data scan execution.
     "latestJobCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the DataScanJob execution was created.
-    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
-    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
+    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
+    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
   },
   "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the scan.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the DataScan.
   "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of DataScan.
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the scan. This ID will be different if the scan is deleted and re-created with the same name.
@@ -458,11 +458,12 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+    delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Deletes a DataScan resource.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the dataScan: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{data_scan_id} where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any child resources of this data scan will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the data scan has no child resources.)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -863,13 +864,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "executionStatus": { # Status of the data scan execution. # Output only. Status of the data scan execution.
     "latestJobCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the DataScanJob execution was created.
-    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
-    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
+    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
+    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
   },
   "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the scan.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the DataScan.
   "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of DataScan.
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the scan. This ID will be different if the scan is deleted and re-created with the same name.
@@ -1228,13 +1229,13 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "executionStatus": { # Status of the data scan execution. # Output only. Status of the data scan execution.
         "latestJobCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the DataScanJob execution was created.
-        "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
-        "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
+        "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
+        "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
       },
       "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the scan.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the DataScan.
       "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of DataScan.
       "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the scan. This ID will be different if the scan is deleted and re-created with the same name.
@@ -1267,7 +1268,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates a DataScan resource.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1554,20 +1555,20 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "executionStatus": { # Status of the data scan execution. # Output only. Status of the data scan execution.
     "latestJobCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the DataScanJob execution was created.
-    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
-    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
+    "latestJobEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.
+    "latestJobStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob started.
   },
   "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the scan.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the DataScan.
   "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of DataScan.
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the scan. This ID will be different if the scan is deleted and re-created with the same name.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the scan was last updated.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to update.
   validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1886,7 +1887,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended.
     "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state.
-    "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started.
     "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob.
     "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
index ed63c4fd6e..1dda71face 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended.
   "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob.
   "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan.
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended.
       "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.
       "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob.
       "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
index 8754387caf..5555237f7e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true and the entry doesn't exist, the service will create it.
-  aspectKeys: string, Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. * - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request. (repeated)
+  aspectKeys: string, Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. @* - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request. (repeated)
   deleteMissingAspects: boolean, Optional. If set to true and the aspect_keys specify aspect ranges, the service deletes any existing aspects from that range that weren't provided in the request.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to update. To update Aspects, the update_mask must contain the value "aspects".If the update_mask is empty, the service will update all modifiable fields present in the request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
index 7ed6b9d14b..c85012afbb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -312,10 +312,10 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. Supported values are: * relevance (default) * last_modified_timestamp * last_modified_timestamp asc
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of results in the search page. If <=0, then defaults to 10. Max limit for page_size is 1000. Throws an invalid argument for page_size > 1000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous SearchEntries call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
-  query: string, Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched.
+  query: string, Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched. The query syntax is defined in Search syntax for Dataplex Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/search-syntax).
   scope: string, Optional. The scope under which the search should be operating. It must either be organizations/ or projects/. If it is unspecified, it defaults to the organization where the project provided in name is located.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
index f2ba8024a0..6925cc4ef6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "orderBy": {
-"description": "Optional. Specifies the ordering of results.",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. Supported values are: * relevance (default) * last_modified_timestamp * last_modified_timestamp asc",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "query": {
-"description": "Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched.",
+"description": "Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched. The query syntax is defined in Search syntax for Dataplex Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/search-syntax).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1335,6 +1335,11 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "Optional. If set to true, any child resources of this data scan will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the data scan has no child resources.)",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. The resource name of the dataScan: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{data_scan_id} where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
 "location": "path",
@@ -1506,14 +1511,14 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataScans/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update.",
+"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to update.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2717,7 +2722,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "aspectKeys": {
-"description": "Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. * - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request.",
+"description": "Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. @* - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request.",
 "location": "query",
 "repeated": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -6239,7 +6244,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -8494,7 +8499,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the scan, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -8825,12 +8830,12 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "latestJobEndTime": {
-"description": "The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.",
+"description": "Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob ended.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "latestJobStartTime": {
-"description": "The time when the latest DataScanJob started.",
+"description": "Optional. The time when the latest DataScanJob started.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -8889,7 +8894,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -9941,7 +9946,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ImportItem",
 "properties": {
 "aspectKeys": {
-"description": "The aspects to modify. Supports the following syntaxes: {aspect_type_reference}: matches aspects that belong to the specified aspect type and are attached directly to the entry. {aspect_type_reference}@{path}: matches aspects that belong to the specified aspect type and path. {aspect_type_reference}@*: matches aspects that belong to the specified aspect type for all paths.Replace {aspect_type_reference} with a reference to the aspect type, in the format {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}.If you leave this field empty, it is treated as specifying exactly those aspects that are present within the specified entry.In FULL entry sync mode, Dataplex implicitly adds the keys for all of the required aspects of an entry.",
+"description": "The aspects to modify. Supports the following syntaxes: {aspect_type_reference}: matches aspects that belong to the specified aspect type and are attached directly to the entry. {aspect_type_reference}@{path}: matches aspects that belong to the specified aspect type and path. @* : matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path : matches aspects of all types on the given path. Replace {aspect_type_reference} with a reference to the aspect type, in the format {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}.If you leave this field empty, it is treated as specifying exactly those aspects that are present within the specified entry.In FULL entry sync mode, Dataplex implicitly adds the keys for all of the required aspects of an entry.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },

From d0e9430f072b7b5ca1d78a80e145d95e45e5ce2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 18/40] feat(datastream): update the api

#### datastream:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SpecificStartPosition.properties.sqlServerLsnPosition.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SqlServerLsnPosition (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html | 32 +++++++--------
 ...ream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 ...projects.locations.privateConnections.html |  6 +--
 ...s.locations.privateConnections.routes.html |  6 +--
 ...astream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html | 13 ++++---
 ...v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html | 10 ++---
 ...1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 .../documents/datastream.v1.json              | 39 +++++++++++++------
 .../documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json        |  6 +--
 9 files changed, 69 insertions(+), 51 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index 7a9c5d2e65..e69043adb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MySQL connection.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "oracleProfile": { # Oracle database profile. Next ID: 10. # Oracle ConnectionProfile configuration.
     "connectionAttributes": { # Connection string attributes
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "databaseService": "A String", # Required. Database for the Oracle connection.
     "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the Oracle connection.
-    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
+    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. . # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
       "asmService": "A String", # Required. ASM service name for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "connectionAttributes": { # Optional. Connection string attributes
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "caCertificate": "A String", # Input only. PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate.
         "caCertificateSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the ca_certificate field has been set for this Connection-Profile.
       },
-      "password": "A String", # Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
+      "password": "A String", # Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "port": 42, # Required. Port for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the Oracle ASM connection.
     },
@@ -310,14 +310,14 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MySQL connection.
     },
-    "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
     "oracleProfile": { # Oracle database profile. Next ID: 10. # Oracle ConnectionProfile configuration.
       "connectionAttributes": { # Connection string attributes
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "databaseService": "A String", # Required. Database for the Oracle connection.
       "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the Oracle connection.
-      "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
+      "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. . # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
         "asmService": "A String", # Required. ASM service name for the Oracle ASM connection.
         "connectionAttributes": { # Optional. Connection string attributes
           "a_key": "A String",
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "caCertificate": "A String", # Input only. PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate.
           "caCertificateSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the ca_certificate field has been set for this Connection-Profile.
         },
-        "password": "A String", # Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
+        "password": "A String", # Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
         "port": 42, # Required. Port for the Oracle ASM connection.
         "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the Oracle ASM connection.
       },
@@ -621,14 +621,14 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MySQL connection.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "oracleProfile": { # Oracle database profile. Next ID: 10. # Oracle ConnectionProfile configuration.
     "connectionAttributes": { # Connection string attributes
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "databaseService": "A String", # Required. Database for the Oracle connection.
     "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the Oracle connection.
-    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
+    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. . # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
       "asmService": "A String", # Required. ASM service name for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "connectionAttributes": { # Optional. Connection string attributes
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "caCertificate": "A String", # Input only. PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate.
         "caCertificateSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the ca_certificate field has been set for this Connection-Profile.
       },
-      "password": "A String", # Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
+      "password": "A String", # Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "port": 42, # Required. Port for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the Oracle ASM connection.
     },
@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MySQL connection.
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
       "oracleProfile": { # Oracle database profile. Next ID: 10. # Oracle ConnectionProfile configuration.
         "connectionAttributes": { # Connection string attributes
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "databaseService": "A String", # Required. Database for the Oracle connection.
         "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the Oracle connection.
-        "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
+        "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. . # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
           "asmService": "A String", # Required. ASM service name for the Oracle ASM connection.
           "connectionAttributes": { # Optional. Connection string attributes
             "a_key": "A String",
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "caCertificate": "A String", # Input only. PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate.
             "caCertificateSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the ca_certificate field has been set for this Connection-Profile.
           },
-          "password": "A String", # Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
+          "password": "A String", # Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
           "port": 42, # Required. Port for the Oracle ASM connection.
           "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the Oracle ASM connection.
         },
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Use this method to update the parameters of a connection profile.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource's name. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource's name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -842,14 +842,14 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the MySQL connection.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "oracleProfile": { # Oracle database profile. Next ID: 10. # Oracle ConnectionProfile configuration.
     "connectionAttributes": { # Connection string attributes
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "databaseService": "A String", # Required. Database for the Oracle connection.
     "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the Oracle connection.
-    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
+    "oracleAsmConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. . # Optional. Configuration for Oracle ASM connection.
       "asmService": "A String", # Required. ASM service name for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "connectionAttributes": { # Optional. Connection string attributes
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "caCertificate": "A String", # Input only. PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate.
         "caCertificateSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the ca_certificate field has been set for this Connection-Profile.
       },
-      "password": "A String", # Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
+      "password": "A String", # Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "port": 42, # Required. Port for the Oracle ASM connection.
       "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the Oracle ASM connection.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 827b83261c..d3c7c4b678 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Datastream API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
index 140a95627c..f7012fabb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
   "vpcPeeringConfig": { # The VPC Peering configuration is used to create VPC peering between Datastream and the consumer's VPC. # VPC Peering Config.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
   "vpcPeeringConfig": { # The VPC Peering configuration is used to create VPC peering between Datastream and the consumer's VPC. # VPC Peering Config.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Private Connection.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
       "vpcPeeringConfig": { # The VPC Peering configuration is used to create VPC peering between Datastream and the consumer's VPC. # VPC Peering Config.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
index 642f69d3a3..b5e7e32bfa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
 }
 
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
 }

 

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource's name.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
index a02192a5bd..c330816ea8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lastRecoveryTime": "A String", # Output only. If the stream was recovered, the time of the last recovery. Note: This field is currently experimental.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The stream's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.
   "sourceConfig": { # The configuration of the stream source. # Required. Source connection profile configuration.
     "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration.
       "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication.
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lastRecoveryTime": "A String", # Output only. If the stream was recovered, the time of the last recovery. Note: This field is currently experimental.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The stream's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.
   "sourceConfig": { # The configuration of the stream source. # Required. Source connection profile configuration.
     "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration.
       "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication.
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "lastRecoveryTime": "A String", # Output only. If the stream was recovered, the time of the last recovery. Note: This field is currently experimental.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The stream's name.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.
       "sourceConfig": { # The configuration of the stream source. # Required. Source connection profile configuration.
         "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration.
           "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication.
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Use this method to update the configuration of a stream.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The stream's name. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The stream's name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lastRecoveryTime": "A String", # Output only. If the stream was recovered, the time of the last recovery. Note: This field is currently experimental.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The stream's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.
   "sourceConfig": { # The configuration of the stream source. # Required. Source connection profile configuration.
     "mysqlSourceConfig": { # MySQL source configuration # MySQL data source configuration.
       "binaryLogPosition": { # Use Binary log position based replication. # Use Binary log position based replication.
@@ -1888,6 +1888,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "oracleScnPosition": { # Oracle SCN position # Oracle SCN to start replicating from.
         "scn": "A String", # Required. SCN number from where Logs will be read
       },
+      "sqlServerLsnPosition": { # SQL Server LSN position # SqlServer LSN to start replicating from.
+        "lsn": "A String", # Required. Log sequence number (LSN) from where Logs will be read
+      },
     },
   },
   "force": True or False, # Optional. Update the stream without validating it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
index 5b8ac44cee..ba83f50e04 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "reason": "A String", # A title that explains the reason for the error.
     },
   ],
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.
   "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
       "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "reason": "A String", # A title that explains the reason for the error.
         },
       ],
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.
       "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
         "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
           "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "reason": "A String", # A title that explains the reason for the error.
     },
   ],
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.
   "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
       "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "reason": "A String", # A title that explains the reason for the error.
       },
     ],
-    "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
         "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "reason": "A String", # A title that explains the reason for the error.
       },
     ],
-    "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
         "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index bb7369093d..c28cd8e9b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Datastream API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
index b1d58823c9..8c1b085263 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connectionProfiles/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "datastream.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The stream's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/streams/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241028",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppendOnly": {
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@
 "description": "MySQL ConnectionProfile configuration."
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "OracleAsmConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection.",
+"description": "Configuration for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM) connection. .",
 "id": "OracleAsmConfig",
 "properties": {
 "asmService": {
@@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. SSL configuration for the Oracle connection."
 },
 "password": {
-"description": "Required. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.",
+"description": "Optional. Password for the Oracle ASM connection.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "port": {
@@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource's name.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2986,6 +2986,10 @@
 "oracleScnPosition": {
 "$ref": "OracleScnPosition",
 "description": "Oracle SCN to start replicating from."
+},
+"sqlServerLsnPosition": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerLsnPosition",
+"description": "SqlServer LSN to start replicating from."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3039,6 +3043,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlServerLsnPosition": {
+"description": "SQL Server LSN position",
+"id": "SqlServerLsnPosition",
+"properties": {
+"lsn": {
+"description": "Required. Log sequence number (LSN) from where Logs will be read",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SqlServerObjectIdentifier": {
 "description": "SQLServer data source object identifier.",
 "id": "SqlServerObjectIdentifier",
@@ -3290,7 +3305,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The stream's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The stream's name.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3366,7 +3381,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The object resource's name.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The object resource's name.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
index 5584fccf35..80c3fd24c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "datastream.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240626",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AvroFileFormat": {
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },

From 939d19613aa9b7230470c0da1dc42cb478e4461a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 19/40] feat(dialogflow): update the api

#### dialogflow:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v2beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v3beta1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.agents.resources.playbooks.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.agents.resources.playbooks.methods.import (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.agents.resources.playbooks.resources.versions.methods.restore (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ConversationInteraction.properties.answerFeedback.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportPlaybookRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowInvocation.properties.displayName (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportPlaybookRequest (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.id.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookImportStrategy (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookInvocation.properties.displayName (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionRequest (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ToolUse.properties.displayName (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1IntentTrainingPhrase.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...flow_v2.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../dialogflow_v2.projects.operations.html    |   4 +-
 ...v2beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...ialogflow_v2beta1.projects.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...flow_v3.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../dialogflow_v3.projects.operations.html    |   4 +-
 ...ojects.locations.agents.conversations.html |  32 +++
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html |   9 +
 ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html |  18 ++
 ...1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html |  97 +++++++
 ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html | 104 ++++++++
 ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html |   9 +
 ...v3beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...ialogflow_v3beta1.projects.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json              |  10 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json         |  10 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json              |  10 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         | 245 +++++++++++++++++-
 18 files changed, 548 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
index 66d18c4e21..bc806f58f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.operations.html
index 3fc5576f2d..bf79df4a80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 5a99aa533f..0f9c3b1cca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.operations.html
index fa56532e9c..1e2abd3d29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.operations.html
index 1e2c5a76d7..ccff492925 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.operations.html
index b312b39e21..44b6a7e8f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
index 1d8000b721..99d9a3225a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
@@ -809,6 +809,16 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "interactions": [ # Interactions of the conversation. Only populated for `GetConversation` and empty for `ListConversations`.
     { # Represents an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V3 (Streaming)DetectIntent API, or an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V2 (Streaming)AnalyzeContent API.
+      "answerFeedback": { # Stores information about feedback provided by users about a response. # Answer feedback for the final response.
+        "customRating": "A String", # Optional. Custom rating from the user about the provided answer, with maximum length of 1024 characters. For example, client could use a customized JSON object to indicate the rating.
+        "rating": "A String", # Optional. Rating from user for the specific Dialogflow response.
+        "ratingReason": { # Stores extra information about why users provided thumbs down rating. # Optional. In case of thumbs down rating provided, users can optionally provide context about the rating.
+          "feedback": "A String", # Optional. Additional feedback about the rating. This field can be populated without choosing a predefined `reason`.
+          "reasonLabels": [ # Optional. Custom reason labels for thumbs down rating provided by the user. The maximum number of labels allowed is 10 and the maximum length of a single label is 128 characters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       "createTime": "A String", # The time that the interaction was created.
       "missingTransition": { # Information collected for DF CX agents in case NLU predicted an intent that was filtered out as being inactive which may indicate a missing transition and/or absent functionality. # Missing transition predicted for the interaction. This field is set only if the interaction match type was no-match.
         "intentDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the intent that could have triggered.
@@ -2559,6 +2569,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                     },
                     "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                       "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
                       "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
                       "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -2569,6 +2580,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                     },
                     "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                       "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
                       "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                         "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -2586,6 +2598,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                       "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
                       "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                       },
@@ -4689,6 +4702,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                   },
                   "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                     "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
                     "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
                     "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -4699,6 +4713,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                   },
                   "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                     "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
                     "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                       "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -4716,6 +4731,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                     "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
                     "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                     },
@@ -6739,6 +6755,16 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "interactions": [ # Interactions of the conversation. Only populated for `GetConversation` and empty for `ListConversations`.
         { # Represents an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V3 (Streaming)DetectIntent API, or an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V2 (Streaming)AnalyzeContent API.
+          "answerFeedback": { # Stores information about feedback provided by users about a response. # Answer feedback for the final response.
+            "customRating": "A String", # Optional. Custom rating from the user about the provided answer, with maximum length of 1024 characters. For example, client could use a customized JSON object to indicate the rating.
+            "rating": "A String", # Optional. Rating from user for the specific Dialogflow response.
+            "ratingReason": { # Stores extra information about why users provided thumbs down rating. # Optional. In case of thumbs down rating provided, users can optionally provide context about the rating.
+              "feedback": "A String", # Optional. Additional feedback about the rating. This field can be populated without choosing a predefined `reason`.
+              "reasonLabels": [ # Optional. Custom reason labels for thumbs down rating provided by the user. The maximum number of labels allowed is 10 and the maximum length of a single label is 128 characters.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
           "createTime": "A String", # The time that the interaction was created.
           "missingTransition": { # Information collected for DF CX agents in case NLU predicted an intent that was filtered out as being inactive which may indicate a missing transition and/or absent functionality. # Missing transition predicted for the interaction. This field is set only if the interaction match type was no-match.
             "intentDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the intent that could have triggered.
@@ -8489,6 +8515,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                         },
                         "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                           "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
                           "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
                           "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -8499,6 +8526,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           },
                         },
                         "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                           "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
                           "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                             "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -8516,6 +8544,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         },
                         "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                           "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
                           "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                           },
@@ -10619,6 +10648,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
                       },
                       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
                         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
                         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -10629,6 +10659,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         },
                       },
                       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
                         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -10646,6 +10677,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
                         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index 7c9f935703..232681f668 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -2011,6 +2011,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -2021,6 +2022,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -2038,6 +2040,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
@@ -4199,6 +4202,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -4209,6 +4213,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -4226,6 +4231,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
@@ -7623,6 +7629,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -7633,6 +7640,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -7650,6 +7658,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
index 0baa3e97f9..25fa3c4746 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html
@@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -127,6 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
@@ -194,6 +197,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -204,6 +208,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -221,6 +226,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
@@ -296,6 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -306,6 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -323,6 +331,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
@@ -385,6 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
             "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -395,6 +405,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
             "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
               "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -412,6 +423,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
@@ -481,6 +493,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -491,6 +504,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -508,6 +522,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
@@ -559,6 +574,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
       },
       "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
         "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
         "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -569,6 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
         "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
         "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
           "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -586,6 +603,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
         "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
         "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
index f28a1d0162..4385f50710 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html
@@ -93,9 +93,15 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a specified playbook.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves the specified Playbook.

+

+  import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.

 

   list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.

@@ -279,6 +285,49 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.ExportPlaybook.
+  "dataFormat": "A String", # Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.
+  "playbookUri": "A String", # Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the playbook to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized playbook is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, x__xgafv=None)
   
Retrieves the specified Playbook.
@@ -360,6 +409,54 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to import the playbook into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.ImportPlaybook.
+  "importStrategy": { # The playbook import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportPlaybookRequest. # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts.
+    "mainPlaybookImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving conflicts with the main playbook. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.
+    "nestedResourceImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving referenced playbook/flow conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.
+    "toolImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving tool conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. This will be applied after the main playbook and nested resource import strategies, meaning if the playbook that references the tool is skipped, the tool will also be skipped.
+  },
+  "playbookContent": "A String", # Uncompressed raw byte content for playbook.
+  "playbookUri": "A String", # [Dialogflow access control] (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
index 02476bdd3a..e3cb21d96c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html
@@ -92,6 +92,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -117,6 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
             "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -127,6 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
             "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
               "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -144,6 +149,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
@@ -266,6 +272,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
             "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -276,6 +283,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
             "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
               "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -293,6 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
@@ -440,6 +449,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
           },
           "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
             "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
             "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -450,6 +460,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
             "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
             "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
               "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -467,6 +478,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
             "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
             "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
@@ -601,6 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
               },
               "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
                 "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
                 "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
                 "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -611,6 +624,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
               },
               "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
                 "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
                 "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                   "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -628,6 +642,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
                 "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
                 "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                   "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                 },
@@ -749,4 +764,93 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.
+  "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # The updated playbook.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+    "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish.
+    "inputParameterDefinitions": [ # Optional. Defined structured input parameters for this playbook.
+      { # Defines the properties of a parameter. Used to define parameters used in the agent and the input / output parameters for each fulfillment.
+        "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of the parameter. Limited to 300 characters.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of parameter.
+        "type": "A String", # Type of parameter.
+        "typeSchema": { # Encapsulates different type schema variations: either a reference to an a schema that's already defined by a tool, or an inline definition. # Optional. Type schema of parameter.
+          "inlineSchema": { # A type schema object that's specified inline. # Set if this is an inline schema definition.
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TypeSchema # Schema of the elements if this is an ARRAY type.
+            "type": "A String", # Data type of the schema.
+          },
+          "schemaReference": { # A reference to the schema of an existing tool. # Set if this is a schema reference.
+            "schema": "A String", # The name of the schema.
+            "tool": "A String", # The tool that contains this schema definition. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+      "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+        { # Message of single step execution.
+          "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookStep
+          ],
+          "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+      "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+      "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "outputParameterDefinitions": [ # Optional. Defined structured output parameters for this playbook.
+      { # Defines the properties of a parameter. Used to define parameters used in the agent and the input / output parameters for each fulfillment.
+        "description": "A String", # Human-readable description of the parameter. Limited to 300 characters.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of parameter.
+        "type": "A String", # Type of parameter.
+        "typeSchema": { # Encapsulates different type schema variations: either a reference to an a schema that's already defined by a tool, or an inline definition. # Optional. Type schema of parameter.
+          "inlineSchema": { # A type schema object that's specified inline. # Set if this is an inline schema definition.
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TypeSchema # Schema of the elements if this is an ARRAY type.
+            "type": "A String", # Data type of the schema.
+          },
+          "schemaReference": { # A reference to the schema of an existing tool. # Set if this is a schema reference.
+            "schema": "A String", # The name of the schema.
+            "tool": "A String", # The tool that contains this schema definition. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+  },
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index 64465c4c48..3e675924ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -2014,6 +2014,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -2024,6 +2025,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -2041,6 +2043,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
@@ -4202,6 +4205,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -4212,6 +4216,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -4229,6 +4234,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
@@ -7626,6 +7632,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
             },
             "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
               "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
               "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the flow.
@@ -7636,6 +7643,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
               "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
                 "actionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
@@ -7653,6 +7661,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
               "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
               "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 0d3613cc53..0c7f9c86f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.operations.html
index d50cb20529..9e0465f5e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Dialogflow API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index a77072b274..9b51d0ed1e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -8359,7 +8359,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -8554,7 +8554,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -8714,7 +8714,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -9834,6 +9834,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -12141,6 +12142,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -17188,6 +17190,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -21180,6 +21183,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index b19d44496c..8c68a317f6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -7727,7 +7727,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -8079,7 +8079,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -8239,7 +8239,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -9359,6 +9359,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -11666,6 +11667,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -14482,6 +14484,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -19149,6 +19152,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index 677d59332a..e277c5a946 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -4355,7 +4355,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -7471,6 +7471,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -11371,6 +11372,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -14187,6 +14189,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -16563,6 +16566,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index b563eb316d..9f03710e67 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -3188,6 +3188,35 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.",
+"flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3beta1/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportPlaybookRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Retrieves the specified Playbook.",
 "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}",
@@ -3214,6 +3243,35 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
+"import": {
+"description": "Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.",
+"flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks:import",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.import",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to import the playbook into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3beta1/{+parent}/playbooks:import",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportPlaybookRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
 "list": {
 "description": "Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.",
 "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks",
@@ -3569,6 +3627,35 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
+},
+"restore": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.",
+"flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions/{versionsId}:restore",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.restore",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3beta1/{+name}:restore",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
 }
 }
 }
@@ -4830,7 +4917,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -5087,7 +5174,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -5185,7 +5272,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -6305,6 +6392,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -8345,6 +8433,10 @@
 "description": "Represents an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V3 (Streaming)DetectIntent API, or an interaction between an end user and a Dialogflow CX agent using V2 (Streaming)AnalyzeContent API.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ConversationInteraction",
 "properties": {
+"answerFeedback": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AnswerFeedback",
+"description": "Answer feedback for the final response."
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "The time that the interaction was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -9821,6 +9913,31 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportPlaybookRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.ExportPlaybook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportPlaybookRequest",
+"properties": {
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified format.",
+"Flow content will be exported as raw bytes.",
+"Flow content will be exported in JSON format."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"playbookUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the playbook to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized playbook is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportTestCasesMetadata": {
 "description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ExportTestCases long running operation. This message currently has no fields.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExportTestCasesMetadata",
@@ -10017,6 +10134,11 @@
 "description": "Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowInvocation",
 "properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the flow.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "flow": {
 "description": "Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -10749,6 +10871,26 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportPlaybookRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.ImportPlaybook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportPlaybookRequest",
+"properties": {
+"importStrategy": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookImportStrategy",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts."
+},
+"playbookContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for playbook.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"playbookUri": {
+"description": "[Dialogflow access control] (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportTestCasesMetadata": {
 "description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ImportTestCases long running operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ImportTestCasesMetadata",
@@ -11051,6 +11193,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "id": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -12043,6 +12186,73 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookImportStrategy": {
+"description": "The playbook import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportPlaybookRequest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookImportStrategy",
+"properties": {
+"mainPlaybookImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving conflicts with the main playbook. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nestedResourceImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving referenced playbook/flow conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"toolImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving tool conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. This will be applied after the main playbook and nested resource import strategies, meaning if the playbook that references the tool is skipped, the tool will also be skipped.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookInput": {
 "description": "Input of the playbook.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookInput",
@@ -12080,6 +12290,11 @@ false
 "description": "Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookInvocation",
 "properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the playbook.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "playbook": {
 "description": "Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -12726,6 +12941,23 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RestorePlaybookVersionResponse",
+"properties": {
+"playbook": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Playbook",
+"description": "The updated playbook."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RolloutConfig": {
 "description": "The configuration for auto rollout.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1RolloutConfig",
@@ -13757,6 +13989,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the tool.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "inputActionParameters": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
@@ -16257,6 +16494,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {
@@ -18633,6 +18871,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parts": {

From 7382301efa7da540ec145dc5bd4b0430eee8ccc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 20/40] feat(discoveryengine): update the api

#### discoveryengine:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse (Total Keys: 4)

#### discoveryengine:v1alpha

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse (Total Keys: 4)

#### discoveryengine:v1beta

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse (Total Keys: 4)
---
 ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html |  10 +-
 ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html |  14 +-
 ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html |  14 +-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1.json         | 170 +-----------------
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json    |  89 +--------
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json     |  89 +--------
 6 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 355 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
index 45710b44f2..d24f78b90d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
index 17b4730289..342e59b495 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
       "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
         "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
         "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical.
     "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`
     "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
index 1341804252..256d7d785e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+      "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters.
-  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
+  "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
index 15fd6d84bf..464eee72d5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
@@ -6341,7 +6341,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241206",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -9570,7 +9570,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -13777,73 +13777,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel": {
-"description": "Metadata that describes a custom tuned model.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel",
-"properties": {
-"createTime": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Deprecated: Timestamp the Model was created at.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The display name of the model.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"errorMessage": {
-"description": "Currently this is only populated if the model state is `INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"metrics": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"description": "The metrics of the trained model.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"modelState": {
-"description": "The state that the model is in (e.g.`TRAINING` or `TRAINING_FAILED`).",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TRAINING_PAUSED",
-"TRAINING",
-"TRAINING_COMPLETE",
-"READY_FOR_SERVING",
-"TRAINING_FAILED",
-"NO_IMPROVEMENT",
-"INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"The model is in a paused training state.",
-"The model is currently training.",
-"The model has successfully completed training.",
-"The model is ready for serving.",
-"The model training failed.",
-"The model training finished successfully but metrics did not improve.",
-"Input data validation failed. Model training didn't start."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"modelVersion": {
-"description": "The version of the model.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/customTuningModels/{custom_tuning_model}`. Model must be an alpha-numerical string with limit of 40 characters.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"trainingStartTime": {
-"description": "Timestamp the model training was initiated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": {
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore",
@@ -14323,7 +14256,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -15262,20 +15195,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for SearchTuningService.ListCustomModels method.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"models": {
-"description": "List of custom tuning models.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest": {
 "description": "Request for ListSessions method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest",
@@ -17432,73 +17351,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel": {
-"description": "Metadata that describes a custom tuned model.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel",
-"properties": {
-"createTime": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Deprecated: Timestamp the Model was created at.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The display name of the model.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"errorMessage": {
-"description": "Currently this is only populated if the model state is `INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"metrics": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"description": "The metrics of the trained model.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"modelState": {
-"description": "The state that the model is in (e.g.`TRAINING` or `TRAINING_FAILED`).",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TRAINING_PAUSED",
-"TRAINING",
-"TRAINING_COMPLETE",
-"READY_FOR_SERVING",
-"TRAINING_FAILED",
-"NO_IMPROVEMENT",
-"INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"The model is in a paused training state.",
-"The model is currently training.",
-"The model has successfully completed training.",
-"The model is ready for serving.",
-"The model training failed.",
-"The model training finished successfully but metrics did not improve.",
-"Input data validation failed. Model training didn't start."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"modelVersion": {
-"description": "The version of the model.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/customTuningModels/{custom_tuning_model}`. Model must be an alpha-numerical string with limit of 40 characters.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"trainingStartTime": {
-"description": "Timestamp the model training was initiated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore": {
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore",
@@ -17943,7 +17795,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -18509,20 +18361,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for SearchTuningService.ListCustomModels method.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"models": {
-"description": "List of custom tuning models.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": {
 "description": "Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
index bf1de3ca0a..2aff8fe6ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -8156,7 +8156,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241206",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -9325,7 +9325,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -13913,7 +13913,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -19574,73 +19574,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel": {
-"description": "Metadata that describes a custom tuned model.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel",
-"properties": {
-"createTime": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Deprecated: Timestamp the Model was created at.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The display name of the model.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"errorMessage": {
-"description": "Currently this is only populated if the model state is `INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"metrics": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"description": "The metrics of the trained model.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"modelState": {
-"description": "The state that the model is in (e.g.`TRAINING` or `TRAINING_FAILED`).",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TRAINING_PAUSED",
-"TRAINING",
-"TRAINING_COMPLETE",
-"READY_FOR_SERVING",
-"TRAINING_FAILED",
-"NO_IMPROVEMENT",
-"INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"The model is in a paused training state.",
-"The model is currently training.",
-"The model has successfully completed training.",
-"The model is ready for serving.",
-"The model training failed.",
-"The model training finished successfully but metrics did not improve.",
-"Input data validation failed. Model training didn't start."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"modelVersion": {
-"description": "The version of the model.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/customTuningModels/{custom_tuning_model}`. Model must be an alpha-numerical string with limit of 40 characters.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"trainingStartTime": {
-"description": "Timestamp the model training was initiated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore": {
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDataStore",
@@ -20085,7 +20018,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -20651,20 +20584,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for SearchTuningService.ListCustomModels method.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListCustomModelsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"models": {
-"description": "List of custom tuning models.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomTuningModel"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": {
 "description": "Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
index b489a7feb6..0461105546 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
@@ -7354,7 +7354,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241206",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8523,7 +8523,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -10719,73 +10719,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel": {
-"description": "Metadata that describes a custom tuned model.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel",
-"properties": {
-"createTime": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Deprecated: Timestamp the Model was created at.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The display name of the model.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"errorMessage": {
-"description": "Currently this is only populated if the model state is `INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"metrics": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"description": "The metrics of the trained model.",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"modelState": {
-"description": "The state that the model is in (e.g.`TRAINING` or `TRAINING_FAILED`).",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TRAINING_PAUSED",
-"TRAINING",
-"TRAINING_COMPLETE",
-"READY_FOR_SERVING",
-"TRAINING_FAILED",
-"NO_IMPROVEMENT",
-"INPUT_VALIDATION_FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"The model is in a paused training state.",
-"The model is currently training.",
-"The model has successfully completed training.",
-"The model is ready for serving.",
-"The model training failed.",
-"The model training finished successfully but metrics did not improve.",
-"Input data validation failed. Model training didn't start."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"modelVersion": {
-"description": "The version of the model.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/customTuningModels/{custom_tuning_model}`. Model must be an alpha-numerical string with limit of 40 characters.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"trainingStartTime": {
-"description": "Timestamp the model training was initiated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": {
 "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore",
@@ -11265,7 +11198,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",
@@ -12204,20 +12137,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for SearchTuningService.ListCustomModels method.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListCustomModelsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"models": {
-"description": "List of custom tuning models.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomTuningModel"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest": {
 "description": "Request for ListSessions method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest",
@@ -17145,7 +17064,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "industryVertical": {
-"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: If unspecified, default to `GENERIC`. Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
+"description": "The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine.",
 "enum": [
 "INDUSTRY_VERTICAL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GENERIC",

From 207265e8f1e722955810deb4f55043ef957c736a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 21/40] feat(file): update the api

#### file:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FixedIOPS.properties.maxReadIops (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.IOPSPerTB.properties.maxReadIopsPerTb (Total Keys: 3)

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.instances.resources.snapshots.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListSnapshotsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)

#### file:v1beta1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FixedIOPS.properties.maxReadIops (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.IOPSPerTB.properties.maxReadIopsPerTb (Total Keys: 3)

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.instances.resources.snapshots.methods.list.parameters.returnPartialSuccess (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ListSnapshotsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
---
 .../file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html   | 10 ++---
 .../file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 18 +++-----
 ...rojects.locations.instances.snapshots.html | 16 ++++---
 ...file_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 ...le_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html | 10 ++---
 ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html | 18 +++-----
 ...1.projects.locations.instances.shares.html |  2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.instances.snapshots.html | 16 ++++---
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json    | 40 +++++++++---------
 .../documents/file.v1beta1.json               | 42 +++++++++----------
 11 files changed, 86 insertions(+), 94 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
index 7abef85834..798450ec68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }

@@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
       "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token you can use to retrieve the next page of results. Not returned if there are no more results in the list.
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
     "A String",
   ],
 }

@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 5b217bd5bc..38aa7f20ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -170,11 +170,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -204,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -336,11 +334,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -370,7 +366,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -443,11 +439,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
         "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
           "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-          "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
         },
         "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
           "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-          "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
         },
       },
       "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -477,14 +471,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token you can use to retrieve the next page of results. Not returned if there are no more results in the list.
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
     "A String",
   ],
 }

@@ -559,11 +553,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -593,7 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
index 831bcfe558..692db121c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the details of a specific snapshot.

 

-  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.

 

   list_next()

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }

 

 
 

-    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
@@ -228,6 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are "name", "name desc" or "" (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value to use if there are additional results to retrieve for this list request.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -248,11 +249,14 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }

 

 
@@ -288,7 +292,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b49c4f2372..beaf74ba2c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Filestore API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
index 4cd67d9d47..be92fd0cb9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }

@@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
       "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token you can use to retrieve the next page of results. Not returned if there are no more results in the list.
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
     "A String",
   ],
 }

@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The service tier of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
   "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 0c6a3a42b6..73450ea039 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -189,11 +189,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -223,7 +221,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -369,11 +367,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -403,7 +399,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -490,11 +486,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
         "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
           "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-          "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
         },
         "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
           "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-          "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
         },
       },
       "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -524,14 +518,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token you can use to retrieve the next page of results. Not returned if there are no more results in the list.
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
     "A String",
   ],
 }

@@ -620,11 +614,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "performanceConfig": { # Used for setting the performance configuration. If the user doesn't specify PerformanceConfig, automatically provision the default performance settings as described in https://cloud.google.com/filestore/docs/performance. Larger instances will be linearly set to more IOPS. If the instance's capacity is increased or decreased, its performance will be automatically adjusted upwards or downwards accordingly (respectively). # Optional. Used to configure performance.
     "fixedIops": { # Fixed IOPS (input/output operations per second) parameters. # Choose a fixed provisioned IOPS value for the instance, which will remain constant regardless of instance capacity. Value must be a multiple of 1000. If the chosen value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIops": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS.
-      "maxReadIops": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.
     },
     "iopsPerTb": { # IOPS per TB. Filestore defines TB as 1024^4 bytes (TiB). # Provision IOPS dynamically based on the capacity of the instance. Provisioned read IOPS will be calculated by multiplying the capacity of the instance in TiB by the `iops_per_tb` value. For example, for a 2 TiB instance with an `iops_per_tb` value of 17000 the provisioned read IOPS will be 34000. If the calculated value is outside the supported range for the instance's capacity during instance creation, instance creation will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error. Similarly, if an instance capacity update would result in a value outside the supported range, the update will fail with an `InvalidArgument` error.
       "maxIopsPerTb": "A String", # Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.
-      "maxReadIopsPerTb": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.
     },
   },
   "performanceLimits": { # The enforced performance limits, calculated from the instance's performance configuration. # Output only. Used for getting performance limits.
@@ -654,7 +646,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. Field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.shares.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.shares.html
index daf3228e8b..a5adc590e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.shares.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.shares.html
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The share state.
     },
   ],
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
     "A String",
   ],
 }

diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
index bfc83103a2..4ecd0411e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the details of a specific snapshot.

 

-  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.

 

   list_next()

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }

 

 
 

-    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
@@ -228,6 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are "name", "name desc" or "" (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value to use if there are additional results to retrieve for this list request.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -248,11 +249,14 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
     },
   ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
 }

 

 
@@ -288,7 +292,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state.
-  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing"
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: "123456789012/environment" : "production", "123456789013/costCenter" : "marketing" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 7e926dabe6..f050f6839a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Filestore API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index e55859b2af..fb61dfe298 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -726,6 +726,11 @@
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+parent}/snapshots",
@@ -777,7 +782,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "file.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -902,7 +907,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241104",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Backup": {
@@ -1038,7 +1043,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 }
 },
@@ -1148,12 +1153,6 @@
 "description": "Required. Maximum IOPS.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"maxReadIops": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1441,12 +1440,6 @@
 "description": "Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"maxReadIopsPerTb": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1607,7 +1600,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "tier": {
@@ -1655,7 +1648,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1680,7 +1673,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1739,6 +1732,13 @@
 "$ref": "Snapshot"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 865f88d3ed..3f003709f2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -893,6 +893,11 @@
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, allow partial responses for multi-regional Aggregated List requests.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/snapshots",
@@ -944,7 +949,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "file.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1069,7 +1074,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241104",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Backup": {
@@ -1205,7 +1210,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 }
 },
@@ -1326,12 +1331,6 @@
 "description": "Required. Maximum IOPS.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"maxReadIops": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1619,12 +1618,6 @@
 "description": "Required. Maximum IOPS per TiB.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"maxReadIopsPerTb": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated: `max_iops_per_tb` should be used instead of this parameter. Maximum read IOPS per TiB.",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1815,7 +1808,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "tier": {
@@ -1863,7 +1856,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1888,7 +1881,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1949,7 +1942,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1972,6 +1965,13 @@
 "$ref": "Snapshot"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs are bound to this resource. For example: \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\"",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag key-value pairs bound to this resource. Each key must be a namespaced name and each value a short name. Example: \"123456789012/environment\" : \"production\", \"123456789013/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" See the documentation for more information: - Namespaced name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_key - Short name: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-creating-and-managing#retrieving_tag_value",
 "type": "object"
 }
 },

From 8d1e066c08a7c11bbf2a6552de47238e001acc1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 22/40] feat(gkehub): update the api

#### gkehub:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FeatureConfigRef (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.MembershipFeature.properties.featureConfigRef.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### gkehub:v2alpha

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FeatureConfigRef (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.MembershipFeature.properties.featureConfigRef.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### gkehub:v2beta

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FeatureConfigRef (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.MembershipFeature.properties.featureConfigRef.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...ehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...ojects.locations.memberships.features.html | 28 +++-------------
 ...ehub_v2.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...ojects.locations.memberships.features.html | 28 +++-------------
 ...v2alpha.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...ojects.locations.memberships.features.html | 28 +++-------------
 ..._v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json  |  6 ++--
 .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json             |  6 ++--
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json              |  6 ++--
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json             |  4 +--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json  | 32 ++-----------------
 .../documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json             | 32 ++-----------------
 .../documents/gkehub.v2beta.json              | 32 ++-----------------
 17 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 184 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b61c0e9a00..9e3775093b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
index 85284adb19..da10870678 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index b32417ce02..dde5c8e61b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b68910aa24..2ff1adf4dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.memberships.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
index 2489cd334d..bd04ca32ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
@@ -113,11 +113,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -125,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -777,11 +772,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -789,7 +779,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1381,11 +1371,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-      "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-        "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-        "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-        "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-      },
       "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1393,7 +1378,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
         "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
           "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
           "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1994,11 +1979,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -2006,7 +1986,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
index a8a406aad6..203dd6d472 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.memberships.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
index d0d6fb941d..ea4302fdc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
@@ -113,11 +113,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -125,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -777,11 +772,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -789,7 +779,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1381,11 +1371,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-      "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-        "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-        "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-        "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-      },
       "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1393,7 +1378,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
         "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
           "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
           "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1994,11 +1979,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -2006,7 +1986,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
index 5b592ca406..366e3398c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.memberships.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
index b0e335e43d..2ee0233076 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.memberships.features.html
@@ -113,11 +113,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -125,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -777,11 +772,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -789,7 +779,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1381,11 +1371,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-      "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-        "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-        "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-        "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-      },
       "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -1393,7 +1378,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+      "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
         "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
           "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
           "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
@@ -1994,11 +1979,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # MembershipFeature represents the settings and status of a Fleet Feature enabled on a single Fleet Membership.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was created.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the MembershipFeature resource was deleted.
-  "featureConfigRef": { # Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature. # Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.
-    "config": "A String", # Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.
-    "configUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.
-    "uuid": "A String", # Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.
-  },
   "labels": { # GCP labels for this MembershipFeature.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -2006,7 +1986,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the membershipFeature, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/features/{feature}`. Note that `membershipFeatures` is shortened to `features` in the resource name. (see http://go/aip/122#collection-identifiers)
-  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Spec of this membershipFeature.
+  "spec": { # FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information. # Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature.
     "cloudbuild": { # **Cloud Build**: Configurations for each Cloud Build enabled cluster. # Cloudbuild-specific FeatureSpec.
       "securityPolicy": "A String", # Whether it is allowed to run the privileged builds on the cluster or not.
       "version": "A String", # Version of the cloud build software on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index e44d67cd1a..f804becdbc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GKE Hub API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index c77f3b61b8..101e6a9881 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
@@ -5396,7 +5396,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index f12f021c65..7a61ba6085 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": {
@@ -5935,7 +5935,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 92e8f39858..80762602a5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": {
@@ -5559,7 +5559,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index 26a4d00b96..b5da67dd57 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApplianceCluster": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json
index c1750bfa5d..f41d056526 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceState": {
@@ -1670,28 +1670,6 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FeatureConfigRef": {
-"description": "Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.",
-"id": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"properties": {
-"config": {
-"description": "Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"configUpdateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"uuid": {
-"description": "Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "FeatureSpec": {
 "description": "FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information.",
 "id": "FeatureSpec",
@@ -2325,10 +2303,6 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"featureConfigRef": {
-"$ref": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"description": "Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature."
-},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -2348,7 +2322,7 @@
 },
 "spec": {
 "$ref": "FeatureSpec",
-"description": "Spec of this membershipFeature."
+"description": "Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature."
 },
 "state": {
 "$ref": "FeatureState",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
index ceed90b499..96ce91c828 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceState": {
@@ -1670,28 +1670,6 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FeatureConfigRef": {
-"description": "Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.",
-"id": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"properties": {
-"config": {
-"description": "Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"configUpdateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"uuid": {
-"description": "Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "FeatureSpec": {
 "description": "FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information.",
 "id": "FeatureSpec",
@@ -2325,10 +2303,6 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"featureConfigRef": {
-"$ref": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"description": "Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature."
-},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -2348,7 +2322,7 @@
 },
 "spec": {
 "$ref": "FeatureSpec",
-"description": "Spec of this membershipFeature."
+"description": "Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature."
 },
 "state": {
 "$ref": "FeatureState",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json
index 94392d4e7f..7813e0f0d4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceState": {
@@ -1670,28 +1670,6 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FeatureConfigRef": {
-"description": "Information of the FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature.",
-"id": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"properties": {
-"config": {
-"description": "Input only. Resource name of FeatureConfig, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/global/featureConfigs/{feature_config}`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"configUpdateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. When the FeatureConfig was last applied and copied to FeatureSpec.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"uuid": {
-"description": "Output only. An id that uniquely identify a FeatureConfig object.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "FeatureSpec": {
 "description": "FeatureSpec contains user input per-feature spec information.",
 "id": "FeatureSpec",
@@ -2325,10 +2303,6 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"featureConfigRef": {
-"$ref": "FeatureConfigRef",
-"description": "Reference information for a FeatureConfig applied on the MembershipFeature."
-},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -2348,7 +2322,7 @@
 },
 "spec": {
 "$ref": "FeatureSpec",
-"description": "Spec of this membershipFeature."
+"description": "Optional. Spec of this membershipFeature."
 },
 "state": {
 "$ref": "FeatureState",

From 421a937bd2ac9ebc3b916e9d46f50b1924ddc2e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 23/40] feat(healthcare): update the api

#### healthcare:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.resources.fhirStores.methods.applyAdminConsents (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.resources.fhirStores.methods.applyConsents (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.resources.fhirStores.methods.explainDataAccess (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.resources.fhirStores.resources.fhir.methods.Consent-enforcement-status (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.datasets.resources.fhirStores.resources.fhir.methods.Patient-consent-enforcement-status (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.AccessDeterminationLogConfig (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AdminConsents (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ApplyAdminConsentsErrorDetail (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.ApplyAdminConsentsRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ApplyAdminConsentsResponse (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.ApplyConsentsRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ApplyConsentsResponse (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.ConsentAccessorScope (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ConsentConfig (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.ConsentErrors (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ConsentHeaderHandling (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ExplainDataAccessConsentInfo (Total Keys: 13)
- schemas.ExplainDataAccessConsentScope (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.ExplainDataAccessResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.FhirStore.properties.consentConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.PatientScope (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.TimeRange (Total Keys: 4)

#### healthcare:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirBigQueryDestination.properties.changeDataCaptureConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirChangeDataCaptureConfig (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...ts.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html |  58 ++
 ...rojects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html | 239 ++++++++
 ...rojects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html |  21 +
 .../documents/healthcare.v1.json              | 542 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json         |  27 +-
 5 files changed, 885 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
index bf348aa256..7872963c41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
@@ -86,6 +86,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   Binary_vread(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the contents of a version (current or historical) of a FHIR Binary resource by version ID. This method can be used to retrieve a Binary resource version either by using the FHIR JSON mimetype as the value for the Accept header, or as a raw data stream. If the FHIR Accept type is used this method will return a Binary resource with the data base64-encoded, regardless of how the resource version was created. The resource data can be retrieved in base64-decoded form if the Accept type of the request matches the value of the resource version's `contentType` field. The definition of the Binary REST API can be found at https://hl7.org/fhir/binary.html#rest.

+

+  Consent_enforcement_status(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns the consent enforcement status of a single consent resource. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resource, containing the current enforcement status. Does not support DSTU2.

+

+  Patient_consent_enforcement_status(name, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None)

+
Returns the consent enforcement status of all consent resources for a patient. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a bundle of `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resources, containing the current enforcement status for each consent resource of the patient. Does not support DSTU2.

 

   Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

 
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).

@@ -267,6 +273,58 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    Consent_enforcement_status(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns the consent enforcement status of a single consent resource. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resource, containing the current enforcement status. Does not support DSTU2.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the consent resource to find enforcement status, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{consent_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    Patient_consent_enforcement_status(name, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None)
+  
Returns the consent enforcement status of all consent resources for a patient. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a bundle of `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resources, containing the current enforcement status for each consent resource of the patient. Does not support DSTU2.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the patient to find enforcement statuses, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Patient/{patient_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+  x_count: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results on a page. If not specified, 100 is used. May not be larger than 1000.
+  x_page_token: string, Optional. Used to retrieve the first, previous, next, or last page of consent enforcement statuses when using pagination. Value should be set to the value of `_page_token` set in next or previous page links' URLs. Next and previous page are returned in the response bundle's links field, where `link.relation` is "previous" or "next". Omit `_page_token` if no previous request has been made.
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     Patient_everything(name, end=None, start=None, x__xgafv=None, x_count=None, x_page_token=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)
   
Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 85b8def224..22a8460f4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -79,6 +79,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the fhir Resource.

 
+

+  applyAdminConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Applies the admin Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindexes the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consents. This method also updates the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field of the FhirStore unless `validate_only=true` in ApplyAdminConsentsRequest. Any admin Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyAdminConsents again for the change to take effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the resources that were reindexed, by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyAdminConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that were reindexed. If at least one Consent resource contains an error or fails be be enforced for any reason, the method returns an error instead of an Operation. No resources will be reindexed and the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field will be unchanged. To enforce a consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.

+

+  applyConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Apply the Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindex the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consent. The aggregate consent of the patient in scope in this request replaces any previous call of this method. Any Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyConsents again to have effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the consent resources that were processed by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that was reindexed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). To enforce consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -91,6 +97,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified FHIR store and removes all resources within it.

+

+  explainDataAccess(name, resourceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Explains all the permitted/denied actor, purpose and environment for a given resource.

 

   export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Export resources from the FHIR store to the specified destination. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the export by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type ExportResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.

@@ -125,6 +134,104 @@ 
Instance Methods

   testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

 
Method Details

+

+    applyAdminConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Applies the admin Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindexes the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consents. This method also updates the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field of the FhirStore unless `validate_only=true` in ApplyAdminConsentsRequest. Any admin Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyAdminConsents again for the change to take effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the resources that were reindexed, by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyAdminConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that were reindexed. If at least one Consent resource contains an error or fails be be enforced for any reason, the method returns an error instead of an Operation. No resources will be reindexed and the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field will be unchanged. To enforce a consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to apply the admin Consent resources for the specified FHIR store.
+  "newConsentsList": { # List of admin Consent resources to be applied. # A new list of admin Consent resources to be applied. Any existing enforced Consents, which are specified in `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` of the FhirStore, that are not part of this list will be disabled. An empty list is equivalent to clearing or disabling all Consents enforced on the FHIR store. When a FHIR store has `disable_resource_versioning=true` and this list contains a Consent resource that exists in `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents`, the method enforces any updates to the existing resource since the last enforcement. If the existing resource hasn't been updated since the last enforcement, the resource is unaffected. After the method finishes, the resulting consent enforcement model is determined by the contents of the Consent resource(s) when the method was called: * When `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the result is identical to the current resource(s) in the FHIR store. * When `disable_resource_versioning=false`, the result is based on the historical version(s) of the Consent resource(s) at the point in time when the method was called. At most 200 Consents can be specified.
+    "names": [ # Optional. The versioned names of the admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, the method only validates Consent resources to make sure they are supported. Otherwise, the method applies the aggregate consent information to update the enforcement model and reindex the FHIR resources. If all Consent resources can be applied successfully, the ApplyAdminConsentsResponse is returned containing the following fields: * `consent_apply_success` to indicate the number of Consent resources applied. * `affected_resources` to indicate the number of resources that might have had their consent access changed. If, however, one or more Consent resources are unsupported or cannot be applied, the method fails and ApplyAdminConsentsErrorDetail is is returned with details about the unsupported Consent resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    applyConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Apply the Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindex the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consent. The aggregate consent of the patient in scope in this request replaces any previous call of this method. Any Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyConsents again to have effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the consent resources that were processed by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that was reindexed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). To enforce consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to apply the Consent resources for the specified FHIR store.
+  "patientScope": { # Apply consents given by a list of patients. # Optional. Scope down to a list of patients.
+    "patientIds": [ # Optional. The list of patient IDs whose Consent resources will be enforced. At most 10,000 patients can be specified. An empty list is equivalent to all patients (meaning the entire FHIR store).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "timeRange": { # Apply consents given by patients whose most recent consent changes are in the time range. Note that after identifying these patients, the server applies all Consent resources given by those patients, not just the Consent resources within the timestamp in the range. # Optional. Scope down to patients whose most recent consent changes are in the time range. Can only be used with a versioning store (i.e. when disable_resource_versioning is set to false).
+    "end": "A String", # Optional. The latest consent change time, in format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz If not specified, the system uses the time when ApplyConsents was called.
+    "start": "A String", # Optional. The earliest consent change time, in format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz If not specified, the system uses the FHIR store creation time.
+  },
+  "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, the method only validates Consent resources to make sure they are supported. When the operation completes, ApplyConsentsResponse is returned where `consent_apply_success` and `consent_apply_failure` indicate supported and unsupported (or invalid) Consent resources, respectively. Otherwise, the method propagates the aggregate consensual information to the patient's resources. Upon success, `affected_resources` in the ApplyConsentsResponse indicates the number of resources that may have consensual access changed.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -141,6 +248,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Represents a FHIR store.
   "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+  "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+    "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+      "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+    },
+    "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+    "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+      "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+    },
+    "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+  },
   "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
   "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
   "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
@@ -298,6 +418,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Represents a FHIR store.
   "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+  "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+    "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+      "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+    },
+    "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+    "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+      "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+    },
+    "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+  },
   "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
   "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
   "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
@@ -606,6 +739,60 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    explainDataAccess(name, resourceId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Explains all the permitted/denied actor, purpose and environment for a given resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+  resourceId: string, Required. The ID (`{resourceType}/{id}`) of the resource to explain data access on.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List of consent scopes that are applicable to the explained access on a given resource.
+  "consentScopes": [ # List of applicable consent scopes. Sorted in order of actor such that scopes belonging to the same actor will be adjacent to each other in the list.
+    { # A single consent scope that provides info on who has access to the requested resource scope for a particular purpose and environment, enforced by which consent.
+      "accessorScope": { # The accessor scope that describes who can access, for what purpose, in which environment. # The accessor scope that describes who can access, for what purpose, and in which environment.
+        "actor": "A String", # An individual, group, or access role that identifies the accessor or a characteristic of the accessor. This can be a resource ID (such as `{resourceType}/{id}`) or an external URI. This value must be present.
+        "environment": "A String", # An abstract identifier that describes the environment or conditions under which the accessor is acting. Can be "*" if it applies to all environments.
+        "purpose": "A String", # The intent of data use. Can be "*" if it applies to all purposes.
+      },
+      "decision": "A String", # Whether the current consent scope is permitted or denied access on the requested resource.
+      "enforcingConsents": [ # Metadata of the consent resources that enforce the consent scope's access.
+        { # The enforcing consent's metadata.
+          "cascadeOrigins": [ # The compartment base resources that matched a cascading policy. Each resource has the following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/{resource_type}/{resource_id}`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "consentResource": "A String", # The resource name of this consent resource, in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`.
+          "enforcementTime": "A String", # Last enforcement timestamp of this consent resource.
+          "matchingAccessorScopes": [ # A list of all the matching accessor scopes of this consent policy that enforced ExplainDataAccessConsentScope.accessor_scope.
+            { # The accessor scope that describes who can access, for what purpose, in which environment.
+              "actor": "A String", # An individual, group, or access role that identifies the accessor or a characteristic of the accessor. This can be a resource ID (such as `{resourceType}/{id}`) or an external URI. This value must be present.
+              "environment": "A String", # An abstract identifier that describes the environment or conditions under which the accessor is acting. Can be "*" if it applies to all environments.
+              "purpose": "A String", # The intent of data use. Can be "*" if it applies to all purposes.
+            },
+          ],
+          "patientConsentOwner": "A String", # The patient owning the consent (only applicable for patient consents), in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Patient/{patient_id}`
+          "type": "A String", # The policy type of consent resource (e.g. PATIENT, ADMIN).
+          "variants": [ # The consent's variant combinations. A single consent may have multiple variants.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "exceptions": [ # Other consent scopes that created exceptions within this scope.
+        # Object with schema name: ExplainDataAccessConsentScope
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "warning": "A String", # Warnings associated with this response. It inform user with exceeded scope limit errors.
+}

+

+
 

     export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Export resources from the FHIR store to the specified destination. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the export by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type ExportResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.
@@ -681,6 +868,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Represents a FHIR store.
   "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+  "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+    "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+      "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+    },
+    "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+    "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+      "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+    },
+    "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+  },
   "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
   "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
   "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
@@ -968,6 +1168,19 @@ 
Method Details

   "fhirStores": [ # The returned FHIR stores. Won't be more FHIR stores than the value of page_size in the request.
     { # Represents a FHIR store.
       "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+      "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+        "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+          "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+        },
+        "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+        "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+          "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+        },
+        "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+      },
       "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
       "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
       "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
@@ -1143,6 +1356,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Represents a FHIR store.
   "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+  "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+    "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+      "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+    },
+    "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+    "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+      "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+    },
+    "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+  },
   "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
   "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
   "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
@@ -1300,6 +1526,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Represents a FHIR store.
   "complexDataTypeReferenceParsing": "A String", # Optional. Enable parsing of references within complex FHIR data types such as Extensions. If this value is set to ENABLED, then features like referential integrity and Bundle reference rewriting apply to all references. If this flag has not been specified the behavior of the FHIR store will not change, references in complex data types will not be parsed. New stores will have this value set to ENABLED after a notification period. Warning: turning on this flag causes processing existing resources to fail if they contain references to non-existent resources.
+  "consentConfig": { # Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used. # Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources.
+    "accessDeterminationLogConfig": { # Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`. # Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used.
+      "logLevel": "A String", # Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.
+    },
+    "accessEnforced": True or False, # Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.
+    "consentHeaderHandling": { # How the server handles the consent header. # Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header.
+      "profile": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.
+    },
+    "enforcedAdminConsents": [ # Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "version": "A String", # Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.
+  },
   "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": True or False, # Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.
   "disableReferentialIntegrity": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable referential integrity in this FHIR store. This field is immutable after FHIR store creation. The default value is false, meaning that the API enforces referential integrity and fails the requests that result in inconsistent state in the FHIR store. When this field is set to true, the API skips referential integrity checks. Consequently, operations that rely on references, such as GetPatientEverything, do not return all the results if broken references exist.
   "disableResourceVersioning": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to disable resource versioning for this FHIR store. This field can not be changed after the creation of FHIR store. If set to false, all write operations cause historical versions to be recorded automatically. The historical versions can be fetched through the history APIs, but cannot be updated. If set to true, no historical versions are kept. The server sends errors for attempts to read the historical versions. Defaults to false.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 23cae37af8..1cadb79b10 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -346,6 +346,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
       "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+        "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+          "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+        },
         "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -633,6 +636,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
       "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+        "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+          "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+        },
         "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -1202,6 +1208,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "_since": "A String", # If provided, only resources updated after this time are exported. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.
   "_type": "A String", # String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) are exported.
   "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Unlike when setting `BigQueryDestination` for `StreamConfig`, `ExportResources` does not create BigQuery views.
+    "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+      "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+    },
     "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
     "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
     "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -1355,6 +1364,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
       "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+        "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+          "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+        },
         "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -1818,6 +1830,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
         { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
           "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+            "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+              "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+            },
             "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
             "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
             "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -2123,6 +2138,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
       "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+        "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+          "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+        },
         "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -2410,6 +2428,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "streamConfigs": [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project's **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
       "bigqueryDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. "Patient", "Observation". When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn't align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+        "changeDataCaptureConfig": { # BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration. # Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details.
+          "historyMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.
+        },
         "datasetUri": "A String", # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         "force": True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         "schemaConfig": { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
index 6eabd17873..2d6ebd713e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
@@ -2942,6 +2942,64 @@
 },
 "fhirStores": {
 "methods": {
+"applyAdminConsents": {
+"description": "Applies the admin Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindexes the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consents. This method also updates the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field of the FhirStore unless `validate_only=true` in ApplyAdminConsentsRequest. Any admin Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyAdminConsents again for the change to take effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the resources that were reindexed, by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyAdminConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that were reindexed. If at least one Consent resource contains an error or fails be be enforced for any reason, the method returns an error instead of an Operation. No resources will be reindexed and the `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` field will be unchanged. To enforce a consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:applyAdminConsents",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.applyAdminConsents",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:applyAdminConsents",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ApplyAdminConsentsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"applyConsents": {
+"description": "Apply the Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindex the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consent. The aggregate consent of the patient in scope in this request replaces any previous call of this method. Any Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyConsents again to have effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the consent resources that were processed by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that was reindexed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). To enforce consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:applyConsents",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.applyConsents",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:applyConsents",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ApplyConsentsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates a new FHIR store within the parent dataset.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores",
@@ -3031,6 +3089,37 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"explainDataAccess": {
+"description": "Explains all the permitted/denied actor, purpose and environment for a given resource.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:explainDataAccess",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.explainDataAccess",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to enforce, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resourceId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID (`{resourceType}/{id}`) of the resource to explain data access on.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:explainDataAccess",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ExplainDataAccessResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "export": {
 "description": "Export resources from the FHIR store to the specified destination. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the export by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type ExportResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:export",
@@ -3451,6 +3540,69 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"Consent-enforcement-status": {
+"description": "Returns the consent enforcement status of a single consent resource. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resource, containing the current enforcement status. Does not support DSTU2.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Consent/{ConsentId}/$consent-enforcement-status",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Consent-enforcement-status",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the consent resource to find enforcement status, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{consent_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+/fhir/Consent/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/$consent-enforcement-status",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "HttpBody"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"Patient-consent-enforcement-status": {
+"description": "Returns the consent enforcement status of all consent resources for a patient. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a bundle of `Parameters` (http://hl7.org/fhir/parameters.html) FHIR resources, containing the current enforcement status for each consent resource of the patient. Does not support DSTU2.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Patient/{PatientId}/$consent-enforcement-status",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.Patient-consent-enforcement-status",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"_count": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results on a page. If not specified, 100 is used. May not be larger than 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"_page_token": {
+"description": "Optional. Used to retrieve the first, previous, next, or last page of consent enforcement statuses when using pagination. Value should be set to the value of `_page_token` set in next or previous page links' URLs. Next and previous page are returned in the response bundle's links field, where `link.relation` is \"previous\" or \"next\". Omit `_page_token` if no previous request has been made.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the patient to find enforcement statuses, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Patient/{patient_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+/fhir/Patient/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/$consent-enforcement-status",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "HttpBody"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "Patient-everything": {
 "description": "Retrieves a Patient resource and resources related to that patient. Implements the FHIR extended operation Patient-everything ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/patient-operations.html#everything), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/patient-operations.html#everything), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/patient-operations.html#everything)). On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the operation. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The resources in scope for the response are: * The patient resource itself. * All the resources directly referenced by the patient resource. * Resources directly referencing the patient resource that meet the inclusion criteria. The inclusion criteria are based on the membership rules in the patient compartment definition ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/fhir/DSTU2/compartment-patient.html), [STU3](http://www.hl7.org/fhir/stu3/compartmentdefinition-patient.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/fhir/R4/compartmentdefinition-patient.html)), which details the eligible resource types and referencing search parameters. For samples that show how to call `Patient-everything`, see [Getting all patient compartment resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_all_patient_compartment_resources).",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/Patient/{PatientId}/$everything",
@@ -4783,9 +4935,32 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
+"AccessDeterminationLogConfig": {
+"description": "Configures consent audit log config for FHIR create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations. Cloud audit log for healthcare API must be [enabled](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit/configure-data-access#config-console-enable). The consent-related logs are included as part of `protoPayload.metadata`.",
+"id": "AccessDeterminationLogConfig",
+"properties": {
+"logLevel": {
+"description": "Optional. Controls the amount of detail to include as part of the audit logs.",
+"enum": [
+"LOG_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DISABLED",
+"MINIMUM",
+"VERBOSE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"No log level specified. This value is unused.",
+"No additional consent-related logging is added to audit logs.",
+"The following information is included: * One of the following [`consentMode`](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/fhir-consent#audit_logs) fields: (`off`|`emptyScope`|`enforced`|`btg`|`bypass`). * The accessor's request headers * The `log_level` of the AccessDeterminationLogConfig * The final consent evaluation (`PERMIT`, `DENY`, or `NO_CONSENT`) * A human-readable summary of the evaluation",
+"Includes `MINIMUM` and, for each resource owner, returns: * The resource owner's name * Most specific part of the `X-Consent-Scope` resulting in consensual determination * Timestamp of the applied enforcement leading to the decision * Enforcement version at the time the applicable consents were applied * The Consent resource name * The timestamp of the Consent resource used for enforcement * Policy type (`PATIENT` or `ADMIN`) Note that this mode adds some overhead to CRUD operations."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ActivateConsentRequest": {
 "description": "Activates the latest revision of the specified Consent by committing a new revision with `state` updated to `ACTIVE`. If the latest revision of the given Consent is in the `ACTIVE` state, no new revision is committed. A FAILED_PRECONDITION error occurs if the latest revision of the given consent is in the `REJECTED` or `REVOKED` state.",
 "id": "ActivateConsentRequest",
@@ -4807,6 +4982,20 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AdminConsents": {
+"description": "List of admin Consent resources to be applied.",
+"id": "AdminConsents",
+"properties": {
+"names": {
+"description": "Optional. The versioned names of the admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
 "description": "The request to analyze healthcare entities in a document.",
 "id": "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest",
@@ -4879,6 +5068,108 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ApplyAdminConsentsErrorDetail": {
+"description": "Contains the error details of the unsupported admin Consent resources for when the ApplyAdminConsents method fails to apply one or more Consent resources.",
+"id": "ApplyAdminConsentsErrorDetail",
+"properties": {
+"consentErrors": {
+"description": "The list of Consent resources that are unsupported or cannot be applied and the error associated with each of them.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ConsentErrors"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"existingOperationId": {
+"description": "The currently in progress non-validate-only ApplyAdminConsents operation ID if exist.",
+"format": "uint64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ApplyAdminConsentsRequest": {
+"description": "Request to apply the admin Consent resources for the specified FHIR store.",
+"id": "ApplyAdminConsentsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"newConsentsList": {
+"$ref": "AdminConsents",
+"description": "A new list of admin Consent resources to be applied. Any existing enforced Consents, which are specified in `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents` of the FhirStore, that are not part of this list will be disabled. An empty list is equivalent to clearing or disabling all Consents enforced on the FHIR store. When a FHIR store has `disable_resource_versioning=true` and this list contains a Consent resource that exists in `consent_config.enforced_admin_consents`, the method enforces any updates to the existing resource since the last enforcement. If the existing resource hasn't been updated since the last enforcement, the resource is unaffected. After the method finishes, the resulting consent enforcement model is determined by the contents of the Consent resource(s) when the method was called: * When `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the result is identical to the current resource(s) in the FHIR store. * When `disable_resource_versioning=false`, the result is based on the historical version(s) of the Consent resource(s) at the point in time when the method was called. At most 200 Consents can be specified."
+},
+"validateOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, the method only validates Consent resources to make sure they are supported. Otherwise, the method applies the aggregate consent information to update the enforcement model and reindex the FHIR resources. If all Consent resources can be applied successfully, the ApplyAdminConsentsResponse is returned containing the following fields: * `consent_apply_success` to indicate the number of Consent resources applied. * `affected_resources` to indicate the number of resources that might have had their consent access changed. If, however, one or more Consent resources are unsupported or cannot be applied, the method fails and ApplyAdminConsentsErrorDetail is is returned with details about the unsupported Consent resources.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ApplyAdminConsentsResponse": {
+"description": "Response when all admin Consent resources in scope were processed and all affected resources were reindexed successfully. This structure will be included in the response when the operation finishes successfully.",
+"id": "ApplyAdminConsentsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"affectedResources": {
+"description": "The number of resources (including the Consent resources) that may have consent access change.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"consentApplySuccess": {
+"description": "If `validate_only=false` in ApplyAdminConsentsRequest, this counter contains the number of Consent resources that were successfully applied. Otherwise, it is the number of Consent resources that are supported.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"failedResources": {
+"description": "The number of resources (including the Consent resources) that ApplyAdminConsents failed to re-index.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ApplyConsentsRequest": {
+"description": "Request to apply the Consent resources for the specified FHIR store.",
+"id": "ApplyConsentsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"patientScope": {
+"$ref": "PatientScope",
+"description": "Optional. Scope down to a list of patients."
+},
+"timeRange": {
+"$ref": "TimeRange",
+"description": "Optional. Scope down to patients whose most recent consent changes are in the time range. Can only be used with a versioning store (i.e. when disable_resource_versioning is set to false)."
+},
+"validateOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, the method only validates Consent resources to make sure they are supported. When the operation completes, ApplyConsentsResponse is returned where `consent_apply_success` and `consent_apply_failure` indicate supported and unsupported (or invalid) Consent resources, respectively. Otherwise, the method propagates the aggregate consensual information to the patient's resources. Upon success, `affected_resources` in the ApplyConsentsResponse indicates the number of resources that may have consensual access changed.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ApplyConsentsResponse": {
+"description": "Response when all Consent resources in scope were processed and all affected resources were reindexed successfully. This structure is included in the response when the operation finishes successfully.",
+"id": "ApplyConsentsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"affectedResources": {
+"description": "The number of resources (including the Consent resources) that may have consensual access change.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"consentApplyFailure": {
+"description": "If `validate_only = false` in ApplyConsentsRequest, this counter is the number of Consent resources that were failed to apply. Otherwise, it is the number of Consent resources that are not supported or invalid.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"consentApplySuccess": {
+"description": "If `validate_only = false` in ApplyConsentsRequest, this counter is the number of Consent resources that were successfully applied. Otherwise, it is the number of Consent resources that are supported.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"failedResources": {
+"description": "The number of resources (including the Consent resources) that ApplyConsents failed to re-index.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ArchiveUserDataMappingRequest": {
 "description": "Archives the specified User data mapping.",
 "id": "ArchiveUserDataMappingRequest",
@@ -5231,6 +5522,25 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ConsentAccessorScope": {
+"description": "The accessor scope that describes who can access, for what purpose, in which environment.",
+"id": "ConsentAccessorScope",
+"properties": {
+"actor": {
+"description": "An individual, group, or access role that identifies the accessor or a characteristic of the accessor. This can be a resource ID (such as `{resourceType}/{id}`) or an external URI. This value must be present.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"environment": {
+"description": "An abstract identifier that describes the environment or conditions under which the accessor is acting. Can be \"*\" if it applies to all environments.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"purpose": {
+"description": "The intent of data use. Can be \"*\" if it applies to all purposes.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConsentArtifact": {
 "description": "Documentation of a user's consent.",
 "id": "ConsentArtifact",
@@ -5276,6 +5586,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ConsentConfig": {
+"description": "Configures whether to enforce consent for the FHIR store and which consent enforcement version is being used.",
+"id": "ConsentConfig",
+"properties": {
+"accessDeterminationLogConfig": {
+"$ref": "AccessDeterminationLogConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies how the server logs the consent-aware requests. If not specified, the `AccessDeterminationLogConfig.LogLevel.MINIMUM` option is used."
+},
+"accessEnforced": {
+"description": "Optional. The default value is false. If set to true, when accessing FHIR resources, the consent headers will be verified against consents given by patients. See the ConsentEnforcementVersion for the supported consent headers.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"consentHeaderHandling": {
+"$ref": "ConsentHeaderHandling",
+"description": "Optional. Different options to configure the behaviour of the server when handling the `X-Consent-Scope` header."
+},
+"enforcedAdminConsents": {
+"description": "Output only. The versioned names of the enforced admin Consent resource(s), in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`. This field can only be updated using ApplyAdminConsents.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "Required. Specifies which consent enforcement version is being used for this FHIR store. This field can only be set once by either CreateFhirStore or UpdateFhirStore. After that, you must call ApplyConsents to change the version.",
+"enum": [
+"CONSENT_ENFORCEMENT_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"V1"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Users must specify an enforcement version or an error is returned.",
+"Enforcement version 1. See the [FHIR Consent resources in the Cloud Healthcare API](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare-api/docs/fhir-consent) guide for more details."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ConsentErrors": {
+"description": "The Consent resource name and error.",
+"id": "ConsentErrors",
+"properties": {
+"error": {
+"$ref": "Status",
+"description": "The error code and message."
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The versioned name of the admin Consent resource, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}/_history/{version_id}`. For FHIR stores with `disable_resource_versioning=true`, the format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConsentEvaluation": {
 "description": "The detailed evaluation of a particular Consent.",
 "id": "ConsentEvaluation",
@@ -5301,6 +5665,27 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ConsentHeaderHandling": {
+"description": "How the server handles the consent header.",
+"id": "ConsentHeaderHandling",
+"properties": {
+"profile": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the default server behavior when the header is empty. If not specified, the `ScopeProfile.PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` option is used.",
+"enum": [
+"SCOPE_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE",
+"REQUIRED_ON_READ"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not specified, the default value `PERMIT_EMPTY_SCOPE` is used.",
+"When no consent scopes are provided (for example, if there's an empty or missing header), then consent check is disabled, similar to when `access_enforced` is `false`. You can use audit logs to differentiate these two cases by looking at the value of `protopayload.metadata.consentMode`. If consents scopes are present, they must be valid and within the allowed limits, otherwise the request will be rejected with a `4xx` code.",
+"The consent header must be non-empty when performing read and search operations, otherwise the request is rejected with a `4xx` code. Additionally, invalid consent scopes or scopes exceeding the allowed limits are rejected."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ConsentList": {
 "description": "List of resource names of Consent resources.",
 "id": "ConsentList",
@@ -5805,6 +6190,128 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExplainDataAccessConsentInfo": {
+"description": "The enforcing consent's metadata.",
+"id": "ExplainDataAccessConsentInfo",
+"properties": {
+"cascadeOrigins": {
+"description": "The compartment base resources that matched a cascading policy. Each resource has the following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/{resource_type}/{resource_id}`",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"consentResource": {
+"description": "The resource name of this consent resource, in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Consent/{resource_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enforcementTime": {
+"description": "Last enforcement timestamp of this consent resource.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"matchingAccessorScopes": {
+"description": "A list of all the matching accessor scopes of this consent policy that enforced ExplainDataAccessConsentScope.accessor_scope.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ConsentAccessorScope"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"patientConsentOwner": {
+"description": "The patient owning the consent (only applicable for patient consents), in the format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/fhir/Patient/{patient_id}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "The policy type of consent resource (e.g. PATIENT, ADMIN).",
+"enum": [
+"CONSENT_POLICY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONSENT_POLICY_TYPE_PATIENT",
+"CONSENT_POLICY_TYPE_ADMIN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified policy type.",
+"Consent represent a patient consent.",
+"Consent represent an admin consent."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"variants": {
+"description": "The consent's variant combinations. A single consent may have multiple variants.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CONSENT_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONSENT_VARIANT_STANDARD",
+"CONSENT_VARIANT_CASCADE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Consent variant unspecified.",
+"Consent is a standard patient or admin consent.",
+"Consent is a cascading consent."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExplainDataAccessConsentScope": {
+"description": "A single consent scope that provides info on who has access to the requested resource scope for a particular purpose and environment, enforced by which consent.",
+"id": "ExplainDataAccessConsentScope",
+"properties": {
+"accessorScope": {
+"$ref": "ConsentAccessorScope",
+"description": "The accessor scope that describes who can access, for what purpose, and in which environment."
+},
+"decision": {
+"description": "Whether the current consent scope is permitted or denied access on the requested resource.",
+"enum": [
+"CONSENT_DECISION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONSENT_DECISION_TYPE_PERMIT",
+"CONSENT_DECISION_TYPE_DENY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified consent decision type.",
+"Consent permitted access.",
+"Consent denied access."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enforcingConsents": {
+"description": "Metadata of the consent resources that enforce the consent scope's access.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ExplainDataAccessConsentInfo"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"exceptions": {
+"description": "Other consent scopes that created exceptions within this scope.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ExplainDataAccessConsentScope"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExplainDataAccessResponse": {
+"description": "List of consent scopes that are applicable to the explained access on a given resource.",
+"id": "ExplainDataAccessResponse",
+"properties": {
+"consentScopes": {
+"description": "List of applicable consent scopes. Sorted in order of actor such that scopes belonging to the same actor will be adjacent to each other in the list.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ExplainDataAccessConsentScope"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"warning": {
+"description": "Warnings associated with this response. It inform user with exceeded scope limit errors.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ExportDicomDataRequest": {
 "description": "Exports data from the specified DICOM store. If a given resource, such as a DICOM object with the same SOPInstance UID, already exists in the output, it is overwritten with the version in the source dataset. Exported DICOM data persists when the DICOM store from which it was exported is deleted.",
 "id": "ExportDicomDataRequest",
@@ -5995,6 +6502,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"consentConfig": {
+"$ref": "ConsentConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies whether this store has consent enforcement. Not available for DSTU2 FHIR version due to absence of Consent resources."
+},
 "defaultSearchHandlingStrict": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, overrides the default search behavior for this FHIR store to `handling=strict` which returns an error for unrecognized search parameters. If false, uses the FHIR specification default `handling=lenient` which ignores unrecognized search parameters. The handling can always be changed from the default on an individual API call by setting the HTTP header `Prefer: handling=strict` or `Prefer: handling=lenient`. Defaults to false.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -7223,6 +7734,20 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"PatientScope": {
+"description": "Apply consents given by a list of patients.",
+"id": "PatientScope",
+"properties": {
+"patientIds": {
+"description": "Optional. The list of patient IDs whose Consent resources will be enforced. At most 10,000 patients can be specified. An empty list is equivalent to all patients (meaning the entire FHIR store).",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Policy": {
 "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
 "id": "Policy",
@@ -8059,6 +8584,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"TimeRange": {
+"description": "Apply consents given by patients whose most recent consent changes are in the time range. Note that after identifying these patients, the server applies all Consent resources given by those patients, not just the Consent resources within the timestamp in the range.",
+"id": "TimeRange",
+"properties": {
+"end": {
+"description": "Optional. The latest consent change time, in format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz If not specified, the system uses the time when ApplyConsents was called.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"start": {
+"description": "Optional. The earliest consent change time, in format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz If not specified, the system uses the FHIR store creation time.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Type": {
 "description": "A type definition for some HL7v2 type (incl. Segments and Datatypes).",
 "id": "Type",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
index 4e4c9156b4..cf2066eda9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
@@ -5858,7 +5858,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": {
@@ -8383,6 +8383,10 @@
 "description": "The configuration for exporting to BigQuery.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirBigQueryDestination",
 "properties": {
+"changeDataCaptureConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirChangeDataCaptureConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Setting this field will enable BigQuery's Change Data Capture (CDC) on the destination tables. Use this field if you: - Want to only keep the latest version of each resource. Updates and deletes to an existing resource will overwrite the corresponding row. - Have a store with enabled history modifications and want to keep the entire history of resource versions but want the history to be mutable. Updates and deletes to a specific resource version will overwrite the corresponding row. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/change-data-capture for details."
+},
 "datasetUri": {
 "description": "BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -8414,6 +8418,27 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirChangeDataCaptureConfig": {
+"description": "BigQuery Change Data Capture configuration.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirChangeDataCaptureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"historyMode": {
+"description": "Optional. Configures how historical versions of FHIR resources will be reflected in the destination table through updates and deletes. Defaults to `HistoryMode.KEEP_LATEST_VERSION` if unspecified.",
+"enum": [
+"HISTORY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"KEEP_LATEST_VERSION",
+"KEEP_ALL_VERSIONS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default behavior is the same as KEEP_LATEST_VERSION.",
+"The table will have a unique entry for each resource ID. Updates and deletes will overwrite the row matching the resource ID if it exists in the table.",
+"Historical versions of resources will be maintained. However, history mutation is allowed. Updates will overwrite the row matching the resource ID and version if it exists in the table. This option is only supported for stores with history enabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirExportResourcesResponse": {
 "description": "Response when all resources export successfully. This structure is included in the response to describe the detailed outcome after the operation finishes successfully.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirExportResourcesResponse",

From 07c58f8ad6d69d2403b24d68d43c32eec1725631 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 24/40] feat(integrations): update the api

#### integrations:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.EnterpriseCrmFrontendsEventbusProtoEventExecutionInfoReplayInfo.properties.replayMode.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaExecutionReplayInfo.properties.replayMode.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...cts.locations.integrations.executions.html |  5 ++-
 ...tions.integrations.versions.testCases.html |  1 +
 ...ions.products.integrations.executions.html |  3 ++
 .../documents/integrations.v1.json            | 32 +++++++++++++++++--
 4 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html
index 171f1ce28b..8a3ccfc2b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html
@@ -404,6 +404,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Auto-generated primary key.
   "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Output only. Replay info for the execution
     "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+    "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
     "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
     "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
       "A String",
@@ -790,6 +791,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "product": "A String", # Which Google product the execution_info belongs to. If not set, the execution_info belongs to Integration Platform by default.
       "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Replay info for the execution
         "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+        "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
         "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
         "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
           "A String",
@@ -1142,6 +1144,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Auto-generated primary key.
       "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Output only. Replay info for the execution
         "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+        "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
         "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
         "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
           "A String",
@@ -1327,7 +1330,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Re-execute an existing execution, with same request parameters and execution strategy.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Next ID: 5 The execution resource name. Format: projects/{gcp_project_id}/locations/{location}/integrations/{integration}/executions/{execution_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Next ID: 6 The execution resource name. Format: projects/{gcp_project_id}/locations/{location}/integrations/{integration}/executions/{execution_id} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html
index ecc753b75d..133afcc512 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html
@@ -1715,6 +1715,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Auto-generated primary key.
       "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Output only. Replay info for the execution
         "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+        "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
         "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
         "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
           "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html
index ff5f17f51a..f2104bb33a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html
@@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Auto-generated primary key.
   "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Output only. Replay info for the execution
     "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+    "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
     "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
     "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
       "A String",
@@ -758,6 +759,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "product": "A String", # Which Google product the execution_info belongs to. If not set, the execution_info belongs to Integration Platform by default.
       "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Replay info for the execution
         "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+        "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
         "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
         "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
           "A String",
@@ -1110,6 +1112,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Auto-generated primary key.
       "replayInfo": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the replay reason and replay tree connecting executions in a parent-child relationship # Output only. Replay info for the execution
         "originalExecutionInfoId": "A String", # If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.
+        "replayMode": "A String", # Replay mode for the execution
         "replayReason": "A String", # reason for replay
         "replayedExecutionInfoIds": [ # If this execution has been replayed, then this field contains the execution ids of the replayed executions.
           "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
index fb7dc442c2..568072e115 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Next ID: 5 The execution resource name. Format: projects/{gcp_project_id}/locations/{location}/integrations/{integration}/executions/{execution_id}",
+"description": "Required. Next ID: 6 The execution resource name. Format: projects/{gcp_project_id}/locations/{location}/integrations/{integration}/executions/{execution_id}",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/integrations/[^/]+/executions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -4525,7 +4525,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241207",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CrmlogErrorCode": {
@@ -8137,6 +8137,20 @@ false
 "description": "If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"replayMode": {
+"description": "Replay mode for the execution",
+"enum": [
+"REPLAY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REPLAY_MODE_FROM_BEGINNING",
+"REPLAY_MODE_POINT_OF_FAILURE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"",
+"Replay the original execution from the beginning.",
+"Replay the execution from the first failed task."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "replayReason": {
 "description": "reason for replay",
 "type": "string"
@@ -11447,6 +11461,20 @@ false
 "description": "If this execution is a replay of another execution, then this field contains the original execution id.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"replayMode": {
+"description": "Replay mode for the execution",
+"enum": [
+"REPLAY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REPLAY_MODE_FROM_BEGINNING",
+"REPLAY_MODE_POINT_OF_FAILURE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value.",
+"Replay the original execution from the beginning.",
+"Replay the execution from the first failed task."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "replayReason": {
 "description": "reason for replay",
 "type": "string"

From 5d134758b02e03c11779bfb17fff3f9288f003dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 25/40] feat(migrationcenter): update the api

#### migrationcenter:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.MachineArchitectureDetails.properties.cpuManufacturer.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...oncenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html |  7 +++++
 ...nter_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...rojects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html |  2 ++
 ...er_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html | 28 +++++++++----------
 ...1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...rojects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html |  8 +++---
 .../documents/migrationcenter.v1.json         |  8 ++++--
 .../documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json   |  8 +++---
 8 files changed, 41 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
index c5e700301e..96a71b6376 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
@@ -411,6 +411,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
             },
             "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+            "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
             "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
             "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
             "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -910,6 +911,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
           },
           "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+          "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
           "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
           "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
           "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -1440,6 +1442,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
       },
       "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+      "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
       "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
       "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
       "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -1950,6 +1953,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
           },
           "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+          "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
           "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
           "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
           "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -2464,6 +2468,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
       },
       "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+      "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
       "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
       "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
       "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -2958,6 +2963,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
       },
       "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+      "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
       "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
       "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
       "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -3417,6 +3423,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
           },
           "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+          "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
           "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
           "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
           "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index fe2d0c2a14..b8b23935b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Migration Center API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
index e4e1745a92..8830f281d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
@@ -277,6 +277,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
         },
         "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+        "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
         "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
         "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
         "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
@@ -713,6 +714,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "version": "A String", # BIOS version.
             },
             "cpuArchitecture": "A String", # CPU architecture, e.g., "x64-based PC", "x86_64", "i686" etc.
+            "cpuManufacturer": "A String", # Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., "Intel", "AMD".
             "cpuName": "A String", # CPU name, e.g., "Intel Xeon E5-2690", "AMD EPYC 7571" etc.
             "cpuSocketCount": 42, # Number of processor sockets allocated to the machine.
             "cpuThreadCount": 42, # Deprecated: use MachineDetails.core_count instead. Number of CPU threads allocated to the machine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
index 6843b587d1..a1811d1566 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
@@ -629,8 +629,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
                   "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
                   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
                   },
                   "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
                   "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1219,8 +1219,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
                 "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
                 "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
                 },
                 "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
                 "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1841,8 +1841,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -2444,8 +2444,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
                 "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
                 "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
                 },
                 "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
                 "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -3049,8 +3049,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -3634,8 +3634,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -4069,8 +4069,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
                 "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
                 "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                  "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                  "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
                 },
                 "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
                 "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 924e590682..129d7d574c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Migration Center API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
index 1df515cd9f..d5fdedf7f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
@@ -373,8 +373,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
               "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
               "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
               },
               "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
               "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -830,8 +830,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
                   "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
                   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-                    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-                    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+                    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+                    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
                   },
                   "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
                   "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
index 02f0e1d6a9..add6d78d74 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "migrationcenter.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": {
@@ -4743,6 +4743,10 @@
 "description": "CPU architecture, e.g., \"x64-based PC\", \"x86_64\", \"i686\" etc.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"cpuManufacturer": {
+"description": "Optional. CPU manufacturer, e.g., \"Intel\", \"AMD\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "cpuName": {
 "description": "CPU name, e.g., \"Intel Xeon E5-2690\", \"AMD EPYC 7571\" etc.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
index 113a5cadf3..1d85b960d8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "migrationcenter.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": {
@@ -8181,11 +8181,11 @@ false
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From 67550b115c3dad868176f571d33e209c4866d53b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 26/40] feat(netapp): update the api

#### netapp:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2)

#### netapp:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Backup.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ojects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html |  8 +++++++
 ...pp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html |  8 +++++++
 ...ojects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html |  8 +++++++
 ...beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html |  8 +++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json  | 22 ++++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/netapp.v1beta1.json             | 22 ++++++++++++++++++-
 6 files changed, 74 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
index 51ebc1a1a4..2b1353cbc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
@@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -213,6 +215,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -249,6 +253,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
       "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -294,6 +300,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 52ffcc1309..5806479640 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -133,6 +133,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -237,6 +239,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -284,6 +288,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
       "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
       "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
       "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
       "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
       "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -338,6 +344,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
index c16a23c9c2..7d41e488b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html
@@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -213,6 +215,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -249,6 +253,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
       "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
@@ -294,6 +300,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`
   "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 6dd556a78b..244b8cc9cb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -133,6 +133,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -237,6 +239,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -284,6 +288,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
       "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
       "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
       "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
       "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
       "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
@@ -338,6 +344,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}
   "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored.
   "replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use
   "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool
   "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool
   "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
index 82b4a70d81..fcae225d73 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveDirectory": {
@@ -2277,6 +2277,16 @@
 "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "sourceSnapshot": {
 "description": "If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3671,6 +3681,16 @@
 "description": "Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "serviceLevel": {
 "description": "Required. Service level of the storage pool",
 "enum": [
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
index 090abb4143..fe27bc8f8f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveDirectory": {
@@ -2277,6 +2277,16 @@
 "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the backup. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "sourceSnapshot": {
 "description": "If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3671,6 +3681,16 @@
 "description": "Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "serviceLevel": {
 "description": "Required. Service level of the storage pool",
 "enum": [

From 6f1d8051344ed79b92e6f79abff4f0ab19e53d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 27/40] feat(networkmanagement): update the api

#### networkmanagement:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.methods.create (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.methods.list (Total Keys: 20)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15)
- schemas.ListVpcFlowLogsConfigsResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.advertisedRouteNextHopUri.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nccHubRouteUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHop.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHopNetworkUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHopUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.originatingRouteDisplayName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.originatingRouteUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.routeScope.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.VpcFlowLogsConfig (Total Keys: 23)

#### networkmanagement:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.advertisedRouteNextHopUri.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nccHubRouteUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHop.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHopNetworkUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.nextHopUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.originatingRouteDisplayName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.originatingRouteUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouteInfo.properties.routeScope.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 248 +++++++-----
 ...tworkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html |   5 +
 ...projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.html | 357 +++++++++++++++++
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 248 +++++++-----
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json       | 378 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json  |  61 ++-
 6 files changed, 1051 insertions(+), 246 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index cc5b79b2b2..1136bbb103 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -424,33 +424,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -721,33 +726,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1197,33 +1207,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1494,33 +1509,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1961,33 +1981,38 @@ 
Method Details

                   "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
                 },
                 "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
                   "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
                   "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+                  "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
                   "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+                  "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+                  "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
                   "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
                   "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 },
                 "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
                   "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2258,33 +2283,38 @@ 
Method Details

                   "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
                 },
                 "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
                   "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
                   "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+                  "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
                   "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+                  "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+                  "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
                   "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
                   "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 },
                 "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
                   "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2684,33 +2714,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2981,33 +3016,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
index f6635a3acf..bcda9bec48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the global_ Resource.

 
+

+  vpcFlowLogsConfigs()
+

+
Returns the vpcFlowLogsConfigs Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08bf8297da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+
+
+
+
Network Management API . projects . locations . vpcFlowLogsConfigs

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, vpcFlowLogsConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Creating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - creating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the details of a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` in a given project.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates an existing `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Updating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail. 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - updating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, vpcFlowLogsConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Creating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - creating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the VPC Flow Logs configuration to create: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A configuration to generate VPC Flow Logs.
+  "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Optional. The aggregation interval for the logs. Default value is INTERVAL_5_SEC.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The user-supplied description of the VPC Flow Logs configuration. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "filterExpr": "A String", # Optional. Export filter used to define which VPC Flow Logs should be logged.
+  "flowSampling": 3.14, # Optional. The value of the field must be in (0, 1]. The sampling rate of VPC Flow Logs where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported. Setting the sampling rate to 0.0 is not allowed. If you want to disable VPC Flow Logs, use the state field instead. Default value is 1.0.
+  "interconnectAttachment": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the Interconnect Attachment. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{name}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadata": "A String", # Optional. Configures whether all, none or a subset of metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Default value is INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
+  "metadataFields": [ # Optional. Custom metadata fields to include in the reported VPC flow logs. Can only be specified if "metadata" was set to CUSTOM_METADATA.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. The state of the VPC Flow Log configuration. Default value is ENABLED. When creating a new configuration, it must be enabled.
+  "targetResourceState": "A String", # Output only. A diagnostic bit - describes the state of the configured target resource for diagnostic purposes.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was updated.
+  "vpnTunnel": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the VPN Tunnel. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{name}
+}
+
+  vpcFlowLogsConfigId: string, Required. ID of the `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. `VpcFlowLogsConfig` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the details of a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. `VpcFlowLogsConfig` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A configuration to generate VPC Flow Logs.
+  "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Optional. The aggregation interval for the logs. Default value is INTERVAL_5_SEC.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The user-supplied description of the VPC Flow Logs configuration. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "filterExpr": "A String", # Optional. Export filter used to define which VPC Flow Logs should be logged.
+  "flowSampling": 3.14, # Optional. The value of the field must be in (0, 1]. The sampling rate of VPC Flow Logs where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported. Setting the sampling rate to 0.0 is not allowed. If you want to disable VPC Flow Logs, use the state field instead. Default value is 1.0.
+  "interconnectAttachment": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the Interconnect Attachment. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{name}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadata": "A String", # Optional. Configures whether all, none or a subset of metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Default value is INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
+  "metadataFields": [ # Optional. Custom metadata fields to include in the reported VPC flow logs. Can only be specified if "metadata" was set to CUSTOM_METADATA.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. The state of the VPC Flow Log configuration. Default value is ENABLED. When creating a new configuration, it must be enabled.
+  "targetResourceState": "A String", # Output only. A diagnostic bit - describes the state of the configured target resource for diagnostic purposes.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was updated.
+  "vpnTunnel": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the VPN Tunnel. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{name}
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` in a given project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the VpcFlowLogsConfig: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Lists the `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` that match the filter expression. A filter expression must use the supported [CEL logic operators] (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-flow-logs-records#supported_cel_logic_operators).
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to use to sort the list.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` to return.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `ListVpcFlowLogsConfigs` method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of configurations.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "vpcFlowLogsConfigs": [ # List of VPC Flow Log configurations.
+    { # A configuration to generate VPC Flow Logs.
+      "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Optional. The aggregation interval for the logs. Default value is INTERVAL_5_SEC.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The user-supplied description of the VPC Flow Logs configuration. Maximum of 512 characters.
+      "filterExpr": "A String", # Optional. Export filter used to define which VPC Flow Logs should be logged.
+      "flowSampling": 3.14, # Optional. The value of the field must be in (0, 1]. The sampling rate of VPC Flow Logs where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported. Setting the sampling rate to 0.0 is not allowed. If you want to disable VPC Flow Logs, use the state field instead. Default value is 1.0.
+      "interconnectAttachment": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the Interconnect Attachment. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{name}
+      "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metadata": "A String", # Optional. Configures whether all, none or a subset of metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Default value is INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
+      "metadataFields": [ # Optional. Custom metadata fields to include in the reported VPC flow logs. Can only be specified if "metadata" was set to CUSTOM_METADATA.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`
+      "state": "A String", # Optional. The state of the VPC Flow Log configuration. Default value is ENABLED. When creating a new configuration, it must be enabled.
+      "targetResourceState": "A String", # Output only. A diagnostic bit - describes the state of the configured target resource for diagnostic purposes.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was updated.
+      "vpnTunnel": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the VPN Tunnel. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{name}
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates an existing `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Updating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail. 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - updating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A configuration to generate VPC Flow Logs.
+  "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Optional. The aggregation interval for the logs. Default value is INTERVAL_5_SEC.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The user-supplied description of the VPC Flow Logs configuration. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "filterExpr": "A String", # Optional. Export filter used to define which VPC Flow Logs should be logged.
+  "flowSampling": 3.14, # Optional. The value of the field must be in (0, 1]. The sampling rate of VPC Flow Logs where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported. Setting the sampling rate to 0.0 is not allowed. If you want to disable VPC Flow Logs, use the state field instead. Default value is 1.0.
+  "interconnectAttachment": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the Interconnect Attachment. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{name}
+  "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadata": "A String", # Optional. Configures whether all, none or a subset of metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Default value is INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.
+  "metadataFields": [ # Optional. Custom metadata fields to include in the reported VPC flow logs. Can only be specified if "metadata" was set to CUSTOM_METADATA.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. The state of the VPC Flow Log configuration. Default value is ENABLED. When creating a new configuration, it must be enabled.
+  "targetResourceState": "A String", # Output only. A diagnostic bit - describes the state of the configured target resource for diagnostic purposes.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the config was updated.
+  "vpnTunnel": "A String", # Traffic will be logged from the VPN Tunnel. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{name}
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index d429305059..3926bc034b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -424,33 +424,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -721,33 +726,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1197,33 +1207,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1494,33 +1509,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -1961,33 +1981,38 @@ 
Method Details

                   "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
                 },
                 "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
                   "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
                   "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+                  "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
                   "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+                  "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+                  "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
                   "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
                   "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 },
                 "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
                   "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2258,33 +2283,38 @@ 
Method Details

                   "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
                 },
                 "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
                   "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
                   "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+                  "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
                   "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+                  "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+                  "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
                   "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
                   "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 },
                 "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
                   "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2684,33 +2714,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
@@ -2981,33 +3016,38 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
             },
             "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
-              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
-              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
               "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
-              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
               "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
-              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
-              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nccHubRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where route is located.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # String type of the next hop of the route (for example, "VPN tunnel"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.
+              "nextHopNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.
               "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "nextHopUri": "A String", # URI of the next hop resource.
+              "originatingRouteDisplayName": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.
+              "originatingRouteUri": "A String", # For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.
               "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
-              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
-              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.
               "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
-              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
-              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.
             },
             "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
               "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
index e7f90c8504..e6408adf89 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
@@ -585,13 +585,180 @@
 }
 }
 }
+},
+"vpcFlowLogsConfigs": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Creating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - creating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource of the VPC Flow Logs configuration to create: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vpcFlowLogsConfigId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "VpcFlowLogsConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpcFlowLogsConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. `VpcFlowLogsConfig` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the details of a specific `VpcFlowLogsConfig`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpcFlowLogsConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. `VpcFlowLogsConfig` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "VpcFlowLogsConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` in a given project.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Lists the `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` that match the filter expression. A filter expression must use the supported [CEL logic operators] (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-flow-logs-records#supported_cel_logic_operators).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Field to use to sort the list.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of `VpcFlowLogsConfigs` to return.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource of the VpcFlowLogsConfig: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListVpcFlowLogsConfigsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates an existing `VpcFlowLogsConfig`. If a configuration with the exact same settings already exists (even if the ID is different), the creation fails. Notes: 1. Updating a configuration with state=DISABLED will fail. 2. The following fields are not considered as `settings` for the purpose of the check mentioned above, therefore - updating another configuration with the same fields but different values for the following fields will fail as well: * name * create_time * update_time * labels * description",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpcFlowLogsConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.vpcFlowLogsConfigs.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241202",
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "VpcFlowLogsConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortInfo": {
@@ -1890,6 +2057,31 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListVpcFlowLogsConfigsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for the `ListVpcFlowLogsConfigs` method.",
+"id": "ListVpcFlowLogsConfigsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Page token to fetch the next set of configurations.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`).",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"vpcFlowLogsConfigs": {
+"description": "List of VPC Flow Log configurations.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "VpcFlowLogsConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "LoadBalancerBackend": {
 "description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend.",
 "id": "LoadBalancerBackend",
@@ -2534,11 +2726,12 @@ false
 "id": "RouteInfo",
 "properties": {
 "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": {
-"description": "For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": {
-"description": "For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.",
+"description": "For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "destIpRange": {
@@ -2546,7 +2739,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "destPortRanges": {
-"description": "Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2563,20 +2756,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"nccHubRouteUri": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "nccHubUri": {
-"description": "URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.",
+"description": "URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nccSpokeUri": {
-"description": "URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.",
+"description": "URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "networkUri": {
-"description": "URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.",
+"description": "URI of a VPC network where route is located.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nextHop": {
-"description": "Next hop of the route.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "String type of the next hop of the route (for example, \"VPN tunnel\"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nextHopNetworkUri": {
+"description": "URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nextHopType": {
@@ -2601,36 +2803,49 @@ false
 "Next hop is an IP address.",
 "Next hop is a Compute Engine instance.",
 "Next hop is a VPC network gateway.",
-"Next hop is a peering VPC.",
+"Next hop is a peering VPC. This scenario only happens when the user doesn't have permissions to the project where the next hop resource is located.",
 "Next hop is an interconnect.",
 "Next hop is a VPN tunnel.",
 "Next hop is a VPN gateway. This scenario only happens when tracing connectivity from an on-premises network to Google Cloud through a VPN. The analysis simulates a packet departing from the on-premises network through a VPN tunnel and arriving at a Cloud VPN gateway.",
 "Next hop is an internet gateway.",
-"Next hop is blackhole; that is, the next hop either does not exist or is not running.",
+"Next hop is blackhole; that is, the next hop either does not exist or is unusable.",
 "Next hop is the forwarding rule of an Internal Load Balancer.",
 "Next hop is a [router appliance instance](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/ra-overview).",
-"Next hop is an NCC hub."
+"Next hop is an NCC hub. This scenario only happens when the user doesn't have permissions to the project where the next hop resource is located."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"nextHopUri": {
+"description": "URI of the next hop resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"originatingRouteDisplayName": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"originatingRouteUri": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "priority": {
 "description": "Priority of the route.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "protocols": {
-"description": "Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "region": {
-"description": "Region of the route (if applicable).",
+"description": "Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "routeScope": {
-"description": "Indicates where route is applicable.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.",
 "enum": [
 "ROUTE_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "NETWORK",
@@ -2661,27 +2876,27 @@ false
 "Route is a subnet route automatically created by the system.",
 "Static route created by the user, including the default route to the internet.",
 "Dynamic route exchanged between BGP peers.",
-"A subnet route received from peering network.",
+"A subnet route received from peering network or NCC Hub.",
 "A static route received from peering network.",
-"A dynamic route received from peering network.",
+"A dynamic route received from peering network or NCC Hub.",
 "Policy based route.",
 "Advertised route. Synthetic route which is used to transition from the StartFromPrivateNetwork state in Connectivity tests."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
 "srcIpRange": {
-"description": "Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "srcPortRanges": {
-"description": "Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "uri": {
-"description": "URI of a route (if applicable).",
+"description": "URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -3062,6 +3277,131 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"VpcFlowLogsConfig": {
+"description": "A configuration to generate VPC Flow Logs.",
+"id": "VpcFlowLogsConfig",
+"properties": {
+"aggregationInterval": {
+"description": "Optional. The aggregation interval for the logs. Default value is INTERVAL_5_SEC.",
+"enum": [
+"AGGREGATION_INTERVAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INTERVAL_5_SEC",
+"INTERVAL_30_SEC",
+"INTERVAL_1_MIN",
+"INTERVAL_5_MIN",
+"INTERVAL_10_MIN",
+"INTERVAL_15_MIN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not specified, will default to INTERVAL_5_SEC.",
+"Aggregate logs in 5s intervals.",
+"Aggregate logs in 30s intervals.",
+"Aggregate logs in 1m intervals.",
+"Aggregate logs in 5m intervals.",
+"Aggregate logs in 10m intervals.",
+"Aggregate logs in 15m intervals."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the config was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The user-supplied description of the VPC Flow Logs configuration. Maximum of 512 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"filterExpr": {
+"description": "Optional. Export filter used to define which VPC Flow Logs should be logged.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"flowSampling": {
+"description": "Optional. The value of the field must be in (0, 1]. The sampling rate of VPC Flow Logs where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported. Setting the sampling rate to 0.0 is not allowed. If you want to disable VPC Flow Logs, use the state field instead. Default value is 1.0.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"interconnectAttachment": {
+"description": "Traffic will be logged from the Interconnect Attachment. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{name}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"metadata": {
+"description": "Optional. Configures whether all, none or a subset of metadata fields should be added to the reported VPC flow logs. Default value is INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.",
+"enum": [
+"METADATA_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA",
+"EXCLUDE_ALL_METADATA",
+"CUSTOM_METADATA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not specified, will default to INCLUDE_ALL_METADATA.",
+"Include all metadata fields.",
+"Exclude all metadata fields.",
+"Include only custom fields (specified in metadata_fields)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"metadataFields": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom metadata fields to include in the reported VPC flow logs. Can only be specified if \"metadata\" was set to CUSTOM_METADATA.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the configuration using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/vpcFlowLogsConfigs/{vpc_flow_logs_config_id}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Optional. The state of the VPC Flow Log configuration. Default value is ENABLED. When creating a new configuration, it must be enabled.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENABLED",
+"DISABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not specified, will default to ENABLED.",
+"When ENABLED, this configuration will generate logs.",
+"When DISABLED, this configuration will not generate logs."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetResourceState": {
+"description": "Output only. A diagnostic bit - describes the state of the configured target resource for diagnostic purposes.",
+"enum": [
+"TARGET_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"TARGET_RESOURCE_EXISTS",
+"TARGET_RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified target resource state.",
+"Indicates that the target resource exists.",
+"Indicates that the target resource does not exist."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the config was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vpnTunnel": {
+"description": "Traffic will be logged from the VPN Tunnel. Format: projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{name}",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "VpnGatewayInfo": {
 "description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway.",
 "id": "VpnGatewayInfo",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
index a37a1aece9..5c2255a240 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241202",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortInfo": {
@@ -2726,11 +2726,12 @@ false
 "id": "RouteInfo",
 "properties": {
 "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": {
-"description": "For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "For ADVERTISED routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_uri field, not used in new tests.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": {
-"description": "For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.",
+"description": "For ADVERTISED dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "destIpRange": {
@@ -2738,7 +2739,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "destPortRanges": {
-"description": "Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Destination port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2755,20 +2756,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"nccHubRouteUri": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub, the URI of the corresponding route in NCC Hub's routing table.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "nccHubUri": {
-"description": "URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.",
+"description": "URI of the NCC Hub the route is advertised by. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nccSpokeUri": {
-"description": "URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.",
+"description": "URI of the destination NCC Spoke. PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes that are advertised by NCC Hub only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "networkUri": {
-"description": "URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.",
+"description": "URI of a VPC network where route is located.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nextHop": {
-"description": "Next hop of the route.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "String type of the next hop of the route (for example, \"VPN tunnel\"). Deprecated in favor of the next_hop_type and next_hop_uri fields, not used in new tests.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nextHopNetworkUri": {
+"description": "URI of a VPC network where the next hop resource is located.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nextHopType": {
@@ -2793,36 +2803,49 @@ false
 "Next hop is an IP address.",
 "Next hop is a Compute Engine instance.",
 "Next hop is a VPC network gateway.",
-"Next hop is a peering VPC.",
+"Next hop is a peering VPC. This scenario only happens when the user doesn't have permissions to the project where the next hop resource is located.",
 "Next hop is an interconnect.",
 "Next hop is a VPN tunnel.",
 "Next hop is a VPN gateway. This scenario only happens when tracing connectivity from an on-premises network to Google Cloud through a VPN. The analysis simulates a packet departing from the on-premises network through a VPN tunnel and arriving at a Cloud VPN gateway.",
 "Next hop is an internet gateway.",
-"Next hop is blackhole; that is, the next hop either does not exist or is not running.",
+"Next hop is blackhole; that is, the next hop either does not exist or is unusable.",
 "Next hop is the forwarding rule of an Internal Load Balancer.",
 "Next hop is a [router appliance instance](https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/network-connectivity-center/concepts/ra-overview).",
-"Next hop is an NCC hub."
+"Next hop is an NCC hub. This scenario only happens when the user doesn't have permissions to the project where the next hop resource is located."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"nextHopUri": {
+"description": "URI of the next hop resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"originatingRouteDisplayName": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET, PEERING_STATIC and PEERING_DYNAMIC routes, the name of the originating SUBNET/STATIC/DYNAMIC route.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"originatingRouteUri": {
+"description": "For PEERING_SUBNET and PEERING_STATIC routes, the URI of the originating SUBNET/STATIC route.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "priority": {
 "description": "Priority of the route.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "protocols": {
-"description": "Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Protocols of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "region": {
-"description": "Region of the route (if applicable).",
+"description": "Region of the route. DYNAMIC, PEERING_DYNAMIC, POLICY_BASED and ADVERTISED routes only. If set for POLICY_BASED route, this is a region of VLAN attachments for Cloud Interconnect the route applies to.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "routeScope": {
-"description": "Indicates where route is applicable.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Indicates where route is applicable. Deprecated, routes with NCC_HUB scope are not included in the trace in new tests.",
 "enum": [
 "ROUTE_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "NETWORK",
@@ -2853,27 +2876,27 @@ false
 "Route is a subnet route automatically created by the system.",
 "Static route created by the user, including the default route to the internet.",
 "Dynamic route exchanged between BGP peers.",
-"A subnet route received from peering network.",
+"A subnet route received from peering network or NCC Hub.",
 "A static route received from peering network.",
-"A dynamic route received from peering network.",
+"A dynamic route received from peering network or NCC Hub.",
 "Policy based route.",
 "Advertised route. Synthetic route which is used to transition from the StartFromPrivateNetwork state in Connectivity tests."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
 "srcIpRange": {
-"description": "Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Source IP address range of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "srcPortRanges": {
-"description": "Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.",
+"description": "Source port ranges of the route. POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "uri": {
-"description": "URI of a route (if applicable).",
+"description": "URI of a route. SUBNET, STATIC, PEERING_SUBNET (only for peering network) and POLICY_BASED routes only.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From d0837350711d47c8187e962a7149c7395f9c9354 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 28/40] feat(notebooks): update the api

#### notebooks:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Instance.properties.enableThirdPartyIdentity.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.operations.html  | 4 ++--
 docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html   | 4 ++++
 docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.operations.html  | 4 ++--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json           | 4 ++--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json           | 8 ++++++--
 5 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 4f7753ac74..84e0fb3cb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Notebooks API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
index fdc8ef5759..07c35f92c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Instance creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of entity that sent original CreateInstance request.
   "disableProxyAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.
+  "enableThirdPartyIdentity": True or False, # Optional. Flag that specifies that a notebook can be accessed with third party identity provider.
   "gceSetup": { # The definition of how to configure a VM instance outside of Resources and Identity. # Optional. Compute Engine setup for the notebook. Uses notebook-defined fields.
     "acceleratorConfigs": [ # Optional. The hardware accelerators used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). Currently supports only one accelerator configuration.
       { # An accelerator configuration for a VM instance Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that there is no check on `type` and `core_count` combinations. TPUs are not supported. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination.
@@ -418,6 +419,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Instance creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of entity that sent original CreateInstance request.
   "disableProxyAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.
+  "enableThirdPartyIdentity": True or False, # Optional. Flag that specifies that a notebook can be accessed with third party identity provider.
   "gceSetup": { # The definition of how to configure a VM instance outside of Resources and Identity. # Optional. Compute Engine setup for the notebook. Uses notebook-defined fields.
     "acceleratorConfigs": [ # Optional. The hardware accelerators used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). Currently supports only one accelerator configuration.
       { # An accelerator configuration for a VM instance Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that there is no check on `type` and `core_count` combinations. TPUs are not supported. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination.
@@ -616,6 +618,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Instance creation time.
       "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of entity that sent original CreateInstance request.
       "disableProxyAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.
+      "enableThirdPartyIdentity": True or False, # Optional. Flag that specifies that a notebook can be accessed with third party identity provider.
       "gceSetup": { # The definition of how to configure a VM instance outside of Resources and Identity. # Optional. Compute Engine setup for the notebook. Uses notebook-defined fields.
         "acceleratorConfigs": [ # Optional. The hardware accelerators used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). Currently supports only one accelerator configuration.
           { # An accelerator configuration for a VM instance Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that there is no check on `type` and `core_count` combinations. TPUs are not supported. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination.
@@ -753,6 +756,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Instance creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of entity that sent original CreateInstance request.
   "disableProxyAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.
+  "enableThirdPartyIdentity": True or False, # Optional. Flag that specifies that a notebook can be accessed with third party identity provider.
   "gceSetup": { # The definition of how to configure a VM instance outside of Resources and Identity. # Optional. Compute Engine setup for the notebook. Uses notebook-defined fields.
     "acceleratorConfigs": [ # Optional. The hardware accelerators used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). Currently supports only one accelerator configuration.
       { # An accelerator configuration for a VM instance Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that there is no check on `type` and `core_count` combinations. TPUs are not supported. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
index 142ab1a98e..7b0acbde34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Notebooks API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
index 9140b19fea..f6bb10ff55 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
index 442b7f3b10..bd7abf1a15 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -1406,6 +1406,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"enableThirdPartyIdentity": {
+"description": "Optional. Flag that specifies that a notebook can be accessed with third party identity provider.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "gceSetup": {
 "$ref": "GceSetup",
 "description": "Optional. Compute Engine setup for the notebook. Uses notebook-defined fields."

From 8fb19ea990b0b494fd778a7c42eb50df0096c843 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 29/40] feat(oracledatabase): update the api

#### oracledatabase:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.CloudVmClusterProperties.properties.systemVersion.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ..._v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html | 18 +++++++++---------
 ...abase_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 ++--
 .../documents/oracledatabase.v1.json           | 17 +++++++++--------
 3 files changed, 20 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html
index 1f065a778b..099f886d8d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html
@@ -165,10 +165,10 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the cluster.
     "storageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The storage allocation for the disk group, in gigabytes (GB).
-    "systemVersion": "A String", # Output only. Operating system version of the image.
+    "systemVersion": "A String", # Optional. Operating system version of the image.
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Optional. Time zone of VM Cluster to set. Defaults to UTC if not specified.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
   },
 }
@@ -308,10 +308,10 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the cluster.
     "storageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The storage allocation for the disk group, in gigabytes (GB).
-    "systemVersion": "A String", # Output only. Operating system version of the image.
+    "systemVersion": "A String", # Optional. Operating system version of the image.
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Optional. Time zone of VM Cluster to set. Defaults to UTC if not specified.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
   },
 }

@@ -389,10 +389,10 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the cluster.
         "storageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The storage allocation for the disk group, in gigabytes (GB).
-        "systemVersion": "A String", # Output only. Operating system version of the image.
+        "systemVersion": "A String", # Optional. Operating system version of the image.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Optional. Time zone of VM Cluster to set. Defaults to UTC if not specified.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 97f1dcda04..b09d9244c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Oracle Database@Google Cloud API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
index 8c944cac6a..bb2e2214b6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241009",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AllConnectionStrings": {
@@ -2634,8 +2634,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "systemVersion": {
-"description": "Output only. Operating system version of the image.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Optional. Operating system version of the image.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "timeZone": {
@@ -3068,13 +3067,15 @@
 "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "ACCOUNT_NOT_LINKED",
 "ACCOUNT_NOT_ACTIVE",
-"ACTIVE"
+"ACTIVE",
+"ACCOUNT_SUSPENDED"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default unspecified value.",
 "Account not linked.",
 "Account is linked but not active.",
-"Entitlement and Account are active."
+"Entitlement and Account are active.",
+"Account is suspended."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -3749,11 +3750,11 @@
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From f891c7e82a3a9e74e0dca3ab654f56f7f23d7eb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 30/40] feat(paymentsresellersubscription): update the api

#### paymentsresellersubscription:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Subscription.properties.migrationDetails (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionMigrationDetails (Total Keys: 4)
---
 ...ubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html | 24 +++++++++++++++++++
 ...subscription_v1.partners.userSessions.html |  3 +++
 .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json      | 19 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 45 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
index 9a24f5ef07..7b2ed7f21b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html
@@ -201,6 +201,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
       },
     ],
+    "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+      "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+    },
     "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
     "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
     "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -343,6 +346,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
     },
   ],
+  "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+    "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
   "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
   "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -478,6 +484,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
     },
   ],
+  "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+    "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
   "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
   "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -634,6 +643,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
       },
     ],
+    "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+      "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+    },
     "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
     "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
     "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -811,6 +823,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
     },
   ],
+  "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+    "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
   "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
   "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -947,6 +962,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
     },
   ],
+  "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+    "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
   "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
   "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -1082,6 +1100,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
     },
   ],
+  "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+    "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
   "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
   "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
@@ -1230,6 +1251,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
       },
     ],
+    "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+      "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+    },
     "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
     "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
     "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.userSessions.html b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.userSessions.html
index 3c55b14227..81793e8e4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.userSessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.userSessions.html
@@ -178,6 +178,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the line item.
           },
         ],
+        "migrationDetails": { # Describes the details of the migrated subscription. # Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.
+          "migratedSubscriptionId": "A String", # Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.
+        },
         "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of "partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.
         "partnerUserToken": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the end-user in partner’s system. The value is restricted to 63 ASCII characters at the maximum.
         "processingState": "A String", # Output only. Describes the processing state of the subscription. See more details at [the lifecycle of a subscription](/payments/reseller/subscription/reference/index/Receive.Notifications#payments-subscription-lifecycle).
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index adc643576f..f398abfedd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": {
@@ -1161,6 +1161,11 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"migrationDetails": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionMigrationDetails",
+"description": "Output only. Describes the details of the migrated subscription. Only populated if this subscription is migrated from another system.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. It will have the format of \"partners/{partner_id}/subscriptions/{subscription_id}\". This is available for authorizeAddon, but otherwise is response only.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -1427,6 +1432,18 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionMigrationDetails": {
+"description": "Describes the details of the migrated subscription.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionMigrationDetails",
+"properties": {
+"migratedSubscriptionId": {
+"description": "Output only. The migrated subscription id in the legacy system.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionPromotionSpec": {
 "description": "Describes the spec for one promotion.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1SubscriptionPromotionSpec",

From 8f7e7cd55d04e260c6f665907e07979295a1e809 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 31/40] feat(privateca): update the api

#### privateca:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.CaPool.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Certificate.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CertificateAuthority.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CertificateRevocationList.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.CertificateTemplate.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...uthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html |  8 ++---
 ...ations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html | 10 +++----
 ...ojects.locations.caPools.certificates.html | 16 +++++-----
 ...ivateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html | 10 +++----
 ...ojects.locations.certificateTemplates.html | 10 +++----
 ...teca_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +--
 .../documents/privateca.v1.json               | 29 ++++++++-----------
 .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json          |  4 +--
 9 files changed, 45 insertions(+), 50 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html
index b965645897..040ffe49dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
   "pemCrl": "A String", # Output only. The PEM-encoded X.509 CRL.
   "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of this CertificateRevocationList. A new revision is committed whenever a new CRL is published. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
   "revokedCertificates": [ # Output only. The revoked serial numbers that appear in pem_crl.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
       "pemCrl": "A String", # Output only. The PEM-encoded X.509 CRL.
       "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of this CertificateRevocationList. A new revision is committed whenever a new CRL is published. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
       "revokedCertificates": [ # Output only. The revoked serial numbers that appear in pem_crl.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Update a CertificateRevocationList.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.
   "pemCrl": "A String", # Output only. The PEM-encoded X.509 CRL.
   "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of this CertificateRevocationList. A new revision is committed whenever a new CRL is published. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string.
   "revokedCertificates": [ # Output only. The revoked serial numbers that appear in pem_crl.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
index edcda97d55..49866a39da 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of the CA certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
   "pemCaCertificates": [ # Output only. This CertificateAuthority's certificate chain, including the current CertificateAuthority's certificate. Ordered such that the root issuer is the final element (consistent with RFC 5246). For a self-signed CA, this will only list the current CertificateAuthority's certificate.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of the CA certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
   "pemCaCertificates": [ # Output only. This CertificateAuthority's certificate chain, including the current CertificateAuthority's certificate. Ordered such that the root issuer is the final element (consistent with RFC 5246). For a self-signed CA, this will only list the current CertificateAuthority's certificate.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of the CA certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
       "pemCaCertificates": [ # Output only. This CertificateAuthority's certificate chain, including the current CertificateAuthority's certificate. Ordered such that the root issuer is the final element (consistent with RFC 5246). For a self-signed CA, this will only list the current CertificateAuthority's certificate.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Update a CertificateAuthority.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of the CA certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.
   "pemCaCertificates": [ # Output only. This CertificateAuthority's certificate chain, including the current CertificateAuthority's certificate. Ordered such that the root issuer is the final element (consistent with RFC 5246). For a self-signed CA, this will only list the current CertificateAuthority's certificate.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
index 7a35b3462e..b9f183d815 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
       "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
       "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
         "A String",
@@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Update a Certificate. Currently, the only field you can update is the labels field.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "lifetime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The desired lifetime of a certificate. Used to create the "not_before_time" and "not_after_time" fields inside an X.509 certificate. Note that the lifetime may be truncated if it would extend past the life of any certificate authority in the issuing chain.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.
   "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
   "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
     "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
index 0a00e2742d..9ea31883ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
   "publishingOptions": { # Options relating to the publication of each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and CRLs and their inclusion as extensions in issued Certificates. The options set here apply to certificates issued by any CertificateAuthority in the CaPool. # Optional. The PublishingOptions to follow when issuing Certificates from any CertificateAuthority in this CaPool.
     "encodingFormat": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the encoding format of each CertificateAuthority resource's CA certificate and CRLs. If this is omitted, CA certificates and CRLs will be published in PEM.
     "publishCaCert": True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and includes its URL in the "Authority Information Access" X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, the CA certificate will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
   "publishingOptions": { # Options relating to the publication of each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and CRLs and their inclusion as extensions in issued Certificates. The options set here apply to certificates issued by any CertificateAuthority in the CaPool. # Optional. The PublishingOptions to follow when issuing Certificates from any CertificateAuthority in this CaPool.
     "encodingFormat": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the encoding format of each CertificateAuthority resource's CA certificate and CRLs. If this is omitted, CA certificates and CRLs will be published in PEM.
     "publishCaCert": True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and includes its URL in the "Authority Information Access" X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, the CA certificate will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
       "publishingOptions": { # Options relating to the publication of each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and CRLs and their inclusion as extensions in issued Certificates. The options set here apply to certificates issued by any CertificateAuthority in the CaPool. # Optional. The PublishingOptions to follow when issuing Certificates from any CertificateAuthority in this CaPool.
         "encodingFormat": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the encoding format of each CertificateAuthority resource's CA certificate and CRLs. If this is omitted, CA certificates and CRLs will be published in PEM.
         "publishCaCert": True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and includes its URL in the "Authority Information Access" X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, the CA certificate will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates.
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Update a CaPool.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.
   "publishingOptions": { # Options relating to the publication of each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and CRLs and their inclusion as extensions in issued Certificates. The options set here apply to certificates issued by any CertificateAuthority in the CaPool. # Optional. The PublishingOptions to follow when issuing Certificates from any CertificateAuthority in this CaPool.
     "encodingFormat": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the encoding format of each CertificateAuthority resource's CA certificate and CRLs. If this is omitted, CA certificates and CRLs will be published in PEM.
     "publishCaCert": True or False, # Optional. When true, publishes each CertificateAuthority's CA certificate and includes its URL in the "Authority Information Access" X.509 extension in all issued Certificates. If this is false, the CA certificate will not be published and the corresponding X.509 extension will not be written in issued certificates.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
index e62f0221c5..11cba54c9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool resource's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
   "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values.
     "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions.
       { # An ObjectId specifies an object identifier (OID). These provide context and describe types in ASN.1 messages.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool resource's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
   "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values.
     "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions.
       { # An ObjectId specifies an object identifier (OID). These provide context and describe types in ASN.1 messages.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool resource's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
       "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values.
         "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions.
           { # An ObjectId specifies an object identifier (OID). These provide context and describe types in ASN.1 messages.
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Update a CertificateTemplate.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool resource's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.
   "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values.
     "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions.
       { # An ObjectId specifies an object identifier (OID). These provide context and describe types in ASN.1 messages.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index f7cc91eaca..8ec9174eb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Certificate Authority API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 4e27b8f18a..6e3c85c1cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Certificate Authority API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index 411d95c768..7f88ba1522 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/caPools/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/caPools/[^/]+/certificateAuthorities/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/caPools/[^/]+/certificateAuthorities/[^/]+/certificateRevocationLists/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/caPools/[^/]+/certificates/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/certificateTemplates/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "privateca.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessUrls": {
@@ -1762,8 +1762,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CaPool in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "publishingOptions": {
@@ -1847,8 +1846,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this Certificate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificates/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pemCertificate": {
@@ -1956,8 +1954,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateAuthority in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*/certificateAuthorities/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pemCaCertificates": {
@@ -2216,8 +2213,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateRevocationList in the format `projects/*/locations/*/caPools/*certificateAuthorities/*/ certificateRevocationLists/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pemCrl": {
@@ -2299,8 +2295,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "passthroughExtensions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index de4176f4c6..165adee010 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "privateca.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240626",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {

From 024a0ec595e1d1f0cff4d5095619f507c2de2e6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 32/40] feat(run): update the api

#### run:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRunV2ServiceScaling.properties.manualInstanceCount (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html      | 4 ++++
 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json | 7 ++++++-
 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
index 7ad3657acb..41ce633a1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings
+    "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total instance count for the service in manual scaling mode. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the service.
   },
@@ -511,6 +512,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings
+    "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total instance count for the service in manual scaling mode. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the service.
   },
@@ -837,6 +839,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings
+        "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total instance count for the service in manual scaling mode. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
         "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
         "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the service.
       },
@@ -1120,6 +1123,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings
+    "manualInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total instance count for the service in manual scaling mode. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.
     "scalingMode": "A String", # Optional. The scaling mode for the service.
   },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
index a2383b5d0a..90fd11d9c9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": {
@@ -3428,6 +3428,11 @@
 "description": "Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2ServiceScaling",
 "properties": {
+"manualInstanceCount": {
+"description": "Optional. total instance count for the service in manual scaling mode. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
 "minInstanceCount": {
 "description": "Optional. total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving.",
 "format": "int32",

From 0a137f331109f6ec34c3f52f9f305dd0d7ddd75a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 33/40] feat(securitycenter): update the api

#### securitycenter:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)

#### securitycenter:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)

#### securitycenter:v1beta2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Finding.properties.dataRetentionDeletionEvents (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html |  8 ++
 ...itycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html | 40 +++++++++
 ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html |  8 ++
 ...ter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html | 56 +++++++++++++
 ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html |  8 ++
 ...tycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html | 40 +++++++++
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json          | 84 ++++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json     | 84 ++++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json     | 84 ++++++++++++++++++-
 9 files changed, 409 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
index 6a847a271b..083db9cafa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
@@ -768,6 +768,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
         },
       ],
+      "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+        { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+          "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+          "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+          "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+          "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+        },
+      ],
       "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
         "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
         "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
index 3a487c6dc1..6bc865f618 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
@@ -337,6 +337,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
           },
         ],
+        "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+          { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+            "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+            "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+            "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+            "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+          },
+        ],
         "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
           "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
           "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -1003,6 +1011,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -1583,6 +1599,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2176,6 +2200,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2770,6 +2802,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
index 7617b778d3..d3affd699d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
@@ -768,6 +768,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
         },
       ],
+      "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+        { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+          "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+          "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+          "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+          "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+        },
+      ],
       "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
         "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
         "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
index 4ef9a8bf3d..8447df3dbe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
@@ -270,6 +270,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -850,6 +858,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -1501,6 +1517,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
           },
         ],
+        "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+          { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+            "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+            "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+            "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+            "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+          },
+        ],
         "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
           "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
           "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2167,6 +2191,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2747,6 +2779,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -3340,6 +3380,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -3934,6 +3982,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
index 84dc5672d6..8407e3a534 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html
@@ -768,6 +768,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
         },
       ],
+      "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+        { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+          "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+          "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+          "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+          "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+        },
+      ],
       "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
         "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
         "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
index 76f233af13..00f6275c6a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
@@ -337,6 +337,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
           },
         ],
+        "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+          { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+            "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+            "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+            "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+            "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+          },
+        ],
         "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
           "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
           "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -1003,6 +1011,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -1583,6 +1599,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2176,6 +2200,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
@@ -2770,6 +2802,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "violatedLocation": "A String", # Non-compliant location of the principal or the data destination.
     },
   ],
+  "dataRetentionDeletionEvents": [ # Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.
+    { # Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.
+      "dataObjectCount": "A String", # Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.
+      "eventDetectionTime": "A String", # Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.
+      "eventType": "A String", # Type of the DRD event.
+      "maxRetentionAllowed": "A String", # Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.
+    },
+  ],
   "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
     "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
     "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
index 5d1a25db43..b360a03fc5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
@@ -5938,7 +5938,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241205",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Access": {
@@ -7288,6 +7288,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "Database",
@@ -7739,6 +7773,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."
@@ -9958,6 +9999,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
@@ -10294,6 +10369,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
index 312d38a10c..e31139e117 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241205",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Access": {
@@ -2024,6 +2024,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "Database",
@@ -2329,6 +2363,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."
@@ -4629,6 +4670,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
@@ -4965,6 +5040,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
index 852f7e2622..06796e7997 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241205",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Access": {
@@ -3050,6 +3050,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "Database",
@@ -3426,6 +3460,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."
@@ -5622,6 +5663,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent": {
+"description": "Details about data retention deletion violations, in which the data is non-compliant based on their retention or deletion time, as defined in the applicable data security policy. The Data Retention Deletion (DRD) control is a control of the DSPM (Data Security Posture Management) suite that enables organizations to manage data retention and deletion policies in compliance with regulations, such as GDPR and CRPA. DRD supports two primary policy types: maximum storage length (max TTL) and minimum storage length (min TTL). Both are aimed at helping organizations meet regulatory and data management commitments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent",
+"properties": {
+"dataObjectCount": {
+"description": "Number of objects that violated the policy for this resource. If the number is less than 1,000, then the value of this field is the exact number. If the number of objects that violated the policy is greater than or equal to 1,000, then the value of this field is 1000.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventDetectionTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp indicating when the event was detected.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"eventType": {
+"description": "Type of the DRD event.",
+"enum": [
+"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EVENT_TYPE_MAX_TTL_EXCEEDED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified event type.",
+"The maximum retention time has been exceeded."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxRetentionAllowed": {
+"description": "Maximum duration of retention allowed from the DRD control. This comes from the DRD control where users set a max TTL for their data. For example, suppose that a user set the max TTL for a Cloud Storage bucket to 90 days. However, an object in that bucket is 100 days old. In this case, a DataRetentionDeletionEvent will be generated for that Cloud Storage bucket, and the max_retention_allowed is 90 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database": {
 "description": "Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
@@ -5958,6 +6033,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"dataRetentionDeletionEvents": {
+"description": "Data retention deletion events associated with the finding.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DataRetentionDeletionEvent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "database": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Database",
 "description": "Database associated with the finding."

From 96572b5a4a1921342f3d48f5721cf37749787d2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 34/40] feat(servicecontrol): update the api

#### servicecontrol:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.CheckResponse.properties.dynamicMetadata (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/servicecontrol_v2.services.html               |  3 +++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json   | 10 +++++++++-
 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicecontrol_v2.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicecontrol_v2.services.html
index 30c5bf5c31..e1b42d83a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicecontrol_v2.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicecontrol_v2.services.html
@@ -212,6 +212,9 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Response message for the Check method.
+  "dynamicMetadata": { # Optional response metadata that will be emitted as dynamic metadata to be consumed by the caller of ServiceController. For compatibility with the ext_authz interface.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
   "headers": { # Returns a set of request contexts generated from the `CheckRequest`.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
index 5c3e4a607a..cbffc07e73 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240802",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Api": {
@@ -487,6 +487,14 @@
 "description": "Response message for the Check method.",
 "id": "CheckResponse",
 "properties": {
+"dynamicMetadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional response metadata that will be emitted as dynamic metadata to be consumed by the caller of ServiceController. For compatibility with the ext_authz interface.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "headers": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"

From 297f497837a6d40470b27b30da5f6d1d3be69fe7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 35/40] feat(sheets): update the api

#### sheets:v4

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SetDataValidationRequest.properties.filteredRowsIncluded.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html                     | 1 +
 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json | 6 +++++-
 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
index 09d0be9ff6..8da9960c19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
@@ -4482,6 +4482,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "setDataValidation": { # Sets a data validation rule to every cell in the range. To clear validation in a range, call this with no rule specified. # Sets data validation for one or more cells.
+        "filteredRowsIncluded": True or False, # Optional. If true, the data validation rule will be applied to the filtered rows as well.
         "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range the data validation rule should apply to.
           "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded.
           "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index 9c89636918..dc1beeb4f1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241008",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddBandingRequest": {
@@ -6538,6 +6538,10 @@
 "description": "Sets a data validation rule to every cell in the range. To clear validation in a range, call this with no rule specified.",
 "id": "SetDataValidationRequest",
 "properties": {
+"filteredRowsIncluded": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, the data validation rule will be applied to the filtered rows as well.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "range": {
 "$ref": "GridRange",
 "description": "The range the data validation rule should apply to."

From 5cf231be6e2dbbbe9046e9dfcd497cf68b6bd0df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 36/40] feat(sqladmin): update the api

#### sqladmin:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ConnectSettings.properties.customSubjectAlternativeNames (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.DatabaseInstance.properties.tags (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.IpConfiguration.properties.customSubjectAlternativeNames (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.IpConfiguration.properties.serverCaPool.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Operation.properties.subOperationType.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SqlSubOperationType (Total Keys: 3)

#### sqladmin:v1beta4

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ConnectSettings.properties.customSubjectAlternativeNames (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.DatabaseInstance.properties.tags (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.IpConfiguration.properties.customSubjectAlternativeNames (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.IpConfiguration.properties.serverCaPool.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Operation.properties.subOperationType.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SqlSubOperationType (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html          |   6 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html             |   3 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html           |  12 ++
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html           | 132 ++++++++++++++++--
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html          |   6 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html  |  12 ++
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html            |   6 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html               |   9 ++
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html     |   6 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html        |   3 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html      |  12 ++
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html      | 132 ++++++++++++++++--
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html     |   6 +
 .../sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html  |  12 ++
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html       |   6 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html          |   9 ++
 .../documents/sqladmin.v1.json                |  76 ++++++++--
 .../documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json           |  76 ++++++++--
 18 files changed, 476 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
index f4b197eaaa..f249eb4198 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
@@ -226,6 +226,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -442,6 +445,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
index 8f31c2a469..a0aa9bf2c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Connect settings retrieval response.
   "backendType": "A String", # `SECOND_GEN`: Cloud SQL database instance. `EXTERNAL`: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the `tier` property in the `settings` object to determine the database type.
+  "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Custom subject alternative names for the server certificate.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "databaseVersion": "A String", # The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11`, `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.
   "dnsName": "A String", # The dns name of the instance.
   "ipAddresses": [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
index dca5645f1b..2b3c79c224 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
@@ -229,6 +229,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -413,6 +416,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -602,6 +608,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -755,6 +764,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
index 0a694d059c..b16057f1cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Stops the replication in the read replica instance.

 

   switchover(project, instance, dbTimeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.

+
Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.

 

   truncateLog(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Truncate MySQL general and slow query log tables MySQL only.

@@ -352,6 +352,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -518,6 +521,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -652,6 +658,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -809,6 +818,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -948,6 +960,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1092,6 +1107,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1249,6 +1267,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1429,6 +1450,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1573,6 +1597,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1692,10 +1719,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -1791,6 +1818,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -1811,6 +1841,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -1858,6 +1889,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2040,6 +2074,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2153,10 +2190,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -2252,6 +2289,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -2272,6 +2312,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -2319,6 +2360,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2449,6 +2493,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2572,10 +2619,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+      "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
         "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
         "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-        "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+        "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
       },
       "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -2671,6 +2718,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
             },
           ],
+          "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
           "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
           "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -2691,6 +2741,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.
           "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+          "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
           "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
         },
         "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -2738,6 +2789,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
         { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
           "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2915,10 +2969,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -3014,6 +3068,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -3034,6 +3091,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -3081,6 +3139,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -3211,6 +3272,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3225,7 +3289,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the read replica. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL read replica instance name. (required)
-  failover: boolean, Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the designated DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  failover: boolean, Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -3346,6 +3410,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3490,6 +3557,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3644,6 +3714,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3778,6 +3851,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3924,6 +4000,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4068,6 +4147,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4202,6 +4284,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4336,6 +4421,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4345,12 +4433,12 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     switchover(project, instance, dbTimeout=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.
+  
Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the replica. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL read replica instance name. (required)
-  dbTimeout: string, Optional. (MySQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.
+  dbTimeout: string, Optional. (MySQL and PostgreSQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -4471,6 +4559,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4615,6 +4706,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4729,10 +4823,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -4828,6 +4922,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -4848,6 +4945,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -4895,6 +4993,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -5025,6 +5126,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
index 6517699c57..fb1be4aefa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -379,6 +382,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
       "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
       "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+      "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+        "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+      },
       "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
       "targetLink": "A String",
       "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
index e2796e8bba..246d230869 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
@@ -281,6 +281,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -425,6 +428,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -565,6 +571,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -717,6 +726,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
index 2e6a4c3f6b..28522b997f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
@@ -262,6 +262,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -448,6 +451,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
     "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
     "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+    "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+      "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+    },
     "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
     "targetLink": "A String",
     "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index 7e796b4e12..baf8b0239a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -227,6 +227,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -438,6 +441,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -655,6 +661,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
index 9a09281e9d..64b2652af2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
@@ -226,6 +226,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -442,6 +445,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
index c56b9f5ea1..239390ff3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Connect settings retrieval response.
   "backendType": "A String", # `SECOND_GEN`: Cloud SQL database instance. `EXTERNAL`: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the `tier` property in the `settings` object to determine the database type.
+  "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Custom subject alternative names for the server certificate.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "databaseVersion": "A String", # The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11` or `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.
   "dnsName": "A String", # The dns name of the instance.
   "ipAddresses": [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
index e4f7e27486..3e3fb46d22 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
@@ -229,6 +229,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -413,6 +416,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -602,6 +608,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -755,6 +764,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
index c65e86732a..7ddd350d23 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Stops the replication in the read replica instance.

 

   switchover(project, instance, dbTimeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.

+
Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.

 

   truncateLog(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Truncate MySQL general and slow query log tables MySQL only.

@@ -352,6 +352,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -518,6 +521,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -652,6 +658,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -809,6 +818,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -948,6 +960,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1092,6 +1107,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1249,6 +1267,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1429,6 +1450,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1573,6 +1597,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -1692,10 +1719,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -1791,6 +1818,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -1811,6 +1841,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -1858,6 +1889,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2040,6 +2074,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2153,10 +2190,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -2252,6 +2289,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -2272,6 +2312,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -2319,6 +2360,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2449,6 +2493,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -2572,10 +2619,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+      "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
         "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
         "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-        "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+        "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
       },
       "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
       "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -2671,6 +2718,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
             },
           ],
+          "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+            "A String",
+          ],
           "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
           "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
           "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -2691,6 +2741,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.
           "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+          "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
           "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
         },
         "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -2738,6 +2789,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
         { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
           "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -2915,10 +2969,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -3014,6 +3068,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -3034,6 +3091,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -3081,6 +3139,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -3211,6 +3272,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3225,7 +3289,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the read replica. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL read replica instance name. (required)
-  failover: boolean, Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the designated DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  failover: boolean, Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -3346,6 +3410,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3490,6 +3557,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3644,6 +3714,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3778,6 +3851,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -3924,6 +4000,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4068,6 +4147,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4202,6 +4284,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4336,6 +4421,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4345,12 +4433,12 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     switchover(project, instance, dbTimeout=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.
+  
Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the replica. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL read replica instance name. (required)
-  dbTimeout: string, Optional. (MySQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.
+  dbTimeout: string, Optional. (MySQL and PostgreSQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -4471,6 +4559,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4615,6 +4706,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -4729,10 +4823,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "replicaNames": [ # The replicas of the instance.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.
+  "replicationCluster": { # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL. # A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.
     "drReplica": True or False, # Output only. Read-only field that indicates whether the replica is a DR replica. This field is not set if the instance is a primary instance.
     "failoverDrReplicaName": "A String", # Optional. If the instance is a primary instance, then this field identifies the disaster recovery (DR) replica. A DR replica is an optional configuration for Enterprise Plus edition instances. If the instance is a read replica, then the field is not set. Set this field to a replica name to designate a DR replica for a primary instance. Remove the replica name to remove the DR replica designation.
-    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.
+    "psaWriteEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.
   },
   "rootPassword": "A String", # Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.
   "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. This status indicates whether the instance satisfies PZI. The status is reserved for future use.
@@ -4828,6 +4922,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The allowlisted value for the access control list.
         },
       ],
+      "customSubjectAlternativeNames": [ # Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": True or False, # Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.
       "ipv4Enabled": True or False, # Whether the instance is assigned a public IP address or not.
       "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
@@ -4848,6 +4945,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.
       "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.
+      "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/
       "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.
     },
     "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`.
@@ -4895,6 +4993,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `"" : ""`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` "123/environment": "production", "123/costCenter": "marketing", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.
     { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name.
@@ -5025,6 +5126,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
index b852bcb8c5..f4746fdea0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -379,6 +382,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
       "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
       "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+      "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+        "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+      },
       "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
       "targetLink": "A String",
       "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
index 0fa764266b..8739bcb344 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
@@ -281,6 +281,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -425,6 +428,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -565,6 +571,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -717,6 +726,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
index 76e5f54720..e43191d3be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
@@ -262,6 +262,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -448,6 +451,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
     "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
     "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+    "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+      "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+    },
     "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
     "targetLink": "A String",
     "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
index 0861689ffe..ba47958255 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
@@ -227,6 +227,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -438,6 +441,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
@@ -655,6 +661,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
   "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
   "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
+    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
+  },
   "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
   "targetLink": "A String",
   "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
index 9528e7183f..8c56935f39 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "failover": {
-"description": "Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the designated DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance. Only applicable to MySQL.",
+"description": "Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "switchover": {
-"description": "Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.",
+"description": "Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/switchover",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "sql.instances.switchover",
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "dbTimeout": {
-"description": "Optional. (MySQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.",
+"description": "Optional. (MySQL and PostgreSQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.",
 "format": "google-duration",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AclEntry": {
@@ -2856,6 +2856,13 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"customSubjectAlternativeNames": {
+"description": "Custom subject alternative names for the server certificate.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "databaseVersion": {
 "description": "The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11`, `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.",
 "enum": [
@@ -3448,7 +3455,7 @@ false
 },
 "replicationCluster": {
 "$ref": "ReplicationCluster",
-"description": "Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL."
+"description": "Optional. A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL."
 },
 "rootPassword": {
 "description": "Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.",
@@ -3559,6 +3566,13 @@ true
 "description": "Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"tags": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `\"\" : \"\"`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "upgradableDatabaseVersions": {
 "description": "Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.",
 "items": {
@@ -4681,6 +4695,13 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"customSubjectAlternativeNames": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": {
 "description": "Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -4706,15 +4727,21 @@ false
 "enum": [
 "CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA",
-"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA"
+"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA",
+"CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "CA mode is unspecified. It is effectively the same as `GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA`.",
 "Google-managed self-signed internal CA.",
-"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)."
+"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS).",
+"Customer-managed CA hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"serverCaPool": {
+"description": "Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "sslMode": {
 "description": "Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.",
 "enum": [
@@ -5184,6 +5211,10 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"subOperationType": {
+"$ref": "SqlSubOperationType",
+"description": "Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type."
+},
 "targetId": {
 "description": "Name of the database instance related to this operation.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -5249,7 +5280,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5456,7 +5487,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ReplicationCluster": {
-"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.",
+"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.",
 "id": "ReplicationCluster",
 "properties": {
 "drReplica": {
@@ -5469,7 +5500,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "psaWriteEndpoint": {
-"description": "Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.",
+"description": "Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -6300,6 +6331,31 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlSubOperationType": {
+"description": "The sub operation type based on the operation type.",
+"id": "SqlSubOperationType",
+"properties": {
+"maintenanceType": {
+"description": "The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.",
+"enum": [
+"SQL_MAINTENANCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INSTANCE_MAINTENANCE",
+"REPLICA_INCLUDED_MAINTENANCE",
+"INSTANCE_SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE",
+"REPLICA_INCLUDED_SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Maintenance type is unspecified.",
+"Indicates that a standalone instance is undergoing maintenance. The instance can be either a primary instance or a replica.",
+"Indicates that the primary instance and all of its replicas, including cascading replicas, are undergoing maintenance. Maintenance is performed on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance.",
+"Indicates that the standalone instance is undergoing maintenance, initiated by self-service. The instance can be either a primary instance or a replica.",
+"Indicates that the primary instance and all of its replicas are undergoing maintenance, initiated by self-service. Maintenance is performed on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SslCert": {
 "description": "SslCerts Resource",
 "id": "SslCert",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
index a652cd2a6b..8146456edd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "failover": {
-"description": "Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the designated DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance. Only applicable to MySQL.",
+"description": "Set to true to invoke a replica failover to the DR replica. As part of replica failover, the promote operation attempts to add the original primary instance as a replica of the promoted DR replica when the original primary instance comes back online. If set to false or not specified, then the original primary instance becomes an independent Cloud SQL primary instance.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "switchover": {
-"description": "Switches over from the primary instance to the designated DR replica instance.",
+"description": "Switches over from the primary instance to the DR replica instance.",
 "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/switchover",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "sql.instances.switchover",
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "dbTimeout": {
-"description": "Optional. (MySQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.",
+"description": "Optional. (MySQL and PostgreSQL only) Cloud SQL instance operations timeout, which is a sum of all database operations. Default value is 10 minutes and can be modified to a maximum value of 24 hours.",
 "format": "google-duration",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AclEntry": {
@@ -2856,6 +2856,13 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"customSubjectAlternativeNames": {
+"description": "Custom subject alternative names for the server certificate.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "databaseVersion": {
 "description": "The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11` or `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.",
 "enum": [
@@ -3448,7 +3455,7 @@ false
 },
 "replicationCluster": {
 "$ref": "ReplicationCluster",
-"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL."
+"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance experiences regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL."
 },
 "rootPassword": {
 "description": "Initial root password. Use only on creation. You must set root passwords before you can connect to PostgreSQL instances.",
@@ -3560,6 +3567,13 @@ true
 "description": "Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"tags": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys and tag values that are bound to this instance. You must represent each item in the map as: `\"\" : \"\"`. For example, a single resource can have the following tags: ``` \"123/environment\": \"production\", \"123/costCenter\": \"marketing\", ``` For more information on tag creation and management, see https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/tags/tags-overview.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "upgradableDatabaseVersions": {
 "description": "Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.",
 "items": {
@@ -4682,6 +4696,13 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"customSubjectAlternativeNames": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom Subject Alternative Name(SAN)s for a Cloud SQL instance.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "enablePrivatePathForGoogleCloudServices": {
 "description": "Controls connectivity to private IP instances from Google services, such as BigQuery.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -4707,15 +4728,21 @@ false
 "enum": [
 "CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA",
-"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA"
+"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA",
+"CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "CA mode is unspecified. It is effectively the same as `GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA`.",
 "Google-managed self-signed internal CA.",
-"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)."
+"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS).",
+"Customer-managed CA hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"serverCaPool": {
+"description": "Optional. The resource name of the server CA pool for an instance with `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA` as the `server_ca_mode`. Format: projects//locations//caPools/",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "sslMode": {
 "description": "Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.",
 "enum": [
@@ -5185,6 +5212,10 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"subOperationType": {
+"$ref": "SqlSubOperationType",
+"description": "Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type."
+},
 "targetId": {
 "description": "Name of the database instance related to this operation.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -5250,7 +5281,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5457,7 +5488,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ReplicationCluster": {
-"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Only applicable to MySQL.",
+"description": "A primary instance and disaster recovery (DR) replica pair. A DR replica is a cross-region replica that you designate for failover in the event that the primary instance has regional failure. Applicable to MySQL and PostgreSQL.",
 "id": "ReplicationCluster",
 "properties": {
 "drReplica": {
@@ -5470,7 +5501,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "psaWriteEndpoint": {
-"description": "Output only. If set, it indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) dns endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, the dns should be pointing to this instance. After Switchover or Replica failover, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance does not yet have a replica, or had a DR replica that was deleted.",
+"description": "Output only. If set, this field indicates this instance has a private service access (PSA) DNS endpoint that is pointing to the primary instance of the cluster. If this instance is the primary, then the DNS endpoint points to this instance. After a switchover or replica failover operation, this DNS endpoint points to the promoted instance. This is a read-only field, returned to the user as information. This field can exist even if a standalone instance doesn't have a DR replica yet or the DR replica is deleted.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -6299,6 +6330,31 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlSubOperationType": {
+"description": "The sub operation type based on the operation type.",
+"id": "SqlSubOperationType",
+"properties": {
+"maintenanceType": {
+"description": "The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.",
+"enum": [
+"SQL_MAINTENANCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INSTANCE_MAINTENANCE",
+"REPLICA_INCLUDED_MAINTENANCE",
+"INSTANCE_SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE",
+"REPLICA_INCLUDED_SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Maintenance type is unspecified.",
+"Indicates that a standalone instance is undergoing maintenance. The instance can be either a primary instance or a replica.",
+"Indicates that the primary instance and all of its replicas, including cascading replicas, are undergoing maintenance. Maintenance is performed on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance.",
+"Indicates that the standalone instance is undergoing maintenance, initiated by self-service. The instance can be either a primary instance or a replica.",
+"Indicates that the primary instance and all of its replicas are undergoing maintenance, initiated by self-service. Maintenance is performed on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SslCert": {
 "description": "SslCerts Resource",
 "id": "SslCert",

From 6cbba22a4066da5a48200d1bb4ce4f48521af86c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 37/40] feat(storage): update the api

#### storage:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.objects.methods.move (Total Keys: 29)
---
 docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html              | 106 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json |  96 +++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 200 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
index 12f978234d..7b1d565b7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
@@ -107,6 +107,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  move(bucket, sourceObject, destinationObject, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch=None, userProject=None)

+
Moves the source object to the destination object in the same bucket.

 

   patch(bucket, object, body=None, generation=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, overrideUnlockedRetention=None, predefinedAcl=None, projection=None, userProject=None)

 
Patches an object's metadata.

@@ -1113,6 +1116,109 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    move(bucket, sourceObject, destinationObject, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch=None, userProject=None)
+  
Moves the source object to the destination object in the same bucket.
+
+Args:
+  bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
+  sourceObject: string, Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
+  destinationObject: string, Name of the destination object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
+  ifGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object. `ifGenerationMatch` and `ifGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifGenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current generation does not match the given value. If no live object exists, the precondition fails. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there is a live version of the object.`ifGenerationMatch` and `ifGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifMetagenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current metageneration matches the given value. `ifMetagenerationMatch` and `ifMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifMetagenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current metageneration does not match the given value. `ifMetagenerationMatch` and `ifMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifSourceGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current generation matches the given value. `ifSourceGenerationMatch` and `ifSourceGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifSourceGenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current generation does not match the given value. `ifSourceGenerationMatch` and `ifSourceGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifSourceMetagenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current metageneration matches the given value. `ifSourceMetagenerationMatch` and `ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current metageneration does not match the given value. `ifSourceMetagenerationMatch` and `ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.
+  userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object.
+  "acl": [ # Access controls on the object.
+    { # An access-control entry.
+      "bucket": "A String", # The name of the bucket.
+      "domain": "A String", # The domain associated with the entity, if any.
+      "email": "A String", # The email address associated with the entity, if any.
+      "entity": "A String", # The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms:
+          # - user-userId
+          # - user-email
+          # - group-groupId
+          # - group-email
+          # - domain-domain
+          # - project-team-projectId
+          # - allUsers
+          # - allAuthenticatedUsers Examples:
+          # - The user liz@example.com would be user-liz@example.com.
+          # - The group example@googlegroups.com would be group-example@googlegroups.com.
+          # - To refer to all members of the Google Apps for Business domain example.com, the entity would be domain-example.com.
+      "entityId": "A String", # The ID for the entity, if any.
+      "etag": "A String", # HTTP 1.1 Entity tag for the access-control entry.
+      "generation": "A String", # The content generation of the object, if applied to an object.
+      "id": "A String", # The ID of the access-control entry.
+      "kind": "storage#objectAccessControl", # The kind of item this is. For object access control entries, this is always storage#objectAccessControl.
+      "object": "A String", # The name of the object, if applied to an object.
+      "projectTeam": { # The project team associated with the entity, if any.
+        "projectNumber": "A String", # The project number.
+        "team": "A String", # The team.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # The access permission for the entity.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this access-control entry.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bucket": "A String", # The name of the bucket containing this object.
+  "cacheControl": "A String", # Cache-Control directive for the object data. If omitted, and the object is accessible to all anonymous users, the default will be public, max-age=3600.
+  "componentCount": 42, # Number of underlying components that make up this object. Components are accumulated by compose operations.
+  "contentDisposition": "A String", # Content-Disposition of the object data.
+  "contentEncoding": "A String", # Content-Encoding of the object data.
+  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Content-Language of the object data.
+  "contentType": "A String", # Content-Type of the object data. If an object is stored without a Content-Type, it is served as application/octet-stream.
+  "crc32c": "A String", # CRC32c checksum, as described in RFC 4960, Appendix B; encoded using base64 in big-endian byte order. For more information about using the CRC32c checksum, see [Data Validation and Change Detection](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/data-validation).
+  "customTime": "A String", # A timestamp in RFC 3339 format specified by the user for an object.
+  "customerEncryption": { # Metadata of customer-supplied encryption key, if the object is encrypted by such a key.
+    "encryptionAlgorithm": "A String", # The encryption algorithm.
+    "keySha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash value of the encryption key.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # HTTP 1.1 Entity tag for the object.
+  "eventBasedHold": True or False, # Whether an object is under event-based hold. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects until an event occurs, which is signified by the hold's release (i.e. this value is set to false). After being released (set to false), such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is the loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false.
+  "generation": "A String", # The content generation of this object. Used for object versioning.
+  "hardDeleteTime": "A String", # This is the time (in the future) when the soft-deleted object will no longer be restorable. It is equal to the soft delete time plus the current soft delete retention duration of the bucket.
+  "id": "A String", # The ID of the object, including the bucket name, object name, and generation number.
+  "kind": "storage#object", # The kind of item this is. For objects, this is always storage#object.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Not currently supported. Specifying the parameter causes the request to fail with status code 400 - Bad Request.
+  "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash of the data; encoded using base64. For more information about using the MD5 hash, see [Data Validation and Change Detection](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/data-validation).
+  "mediaLink": "A String", # Media download link.
+  "metadata": { # User-provided metadata, in key/value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String", # An individual metadata entry.
+  },
+  "metageneration": "A String", # The version of the metadata for this object at this generation. Used for preconditions and for detecting changes in metadata. A metageneration number is only meaningful in the context of a particular generation of a particular object.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the object. Required if not specified by URL parameter.
+  "owner": { # The owner of the object. This will always be the uploader of the object.
+    "entity": "A String", # The entity, in the form user-userId.
+    "entityId": "A String", # The ID for the entity.
+  },
+  "restoreToken": "A String", # Restore token used to differentiate deleted objects with the same name and generation. This field is only returned for deleted objects in hierarchical namespace buckets.
+  "retention": { # A collection of object level retention parameters.
+    "mode": "A String", # The bucket's object retention mode, can only be Unlocked or Locked.
+    "retainUntilTime": "A String", # A time in RFC 3339 format until which object retention protects this object.
+  },
+  "retentionExpirationTime": "A String", # A server-determined value that specifies the earliest time that the object's retention period expires. This value is in RFC 3339 format. Note 1: This field is not provided for objects with an active event-based hold, since retention expiration is unknown until the hold is removed. Note 2: This value can be provided even when temporary hold is set (so that the user can reason about policy without having to first unset the temporary hold).
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this object.
+  "size": "A String", # Content-Length of the data in bytes.
+  "softDeleteTime": "A String", # The time at which the object became soft-deleted in RFC 3339 format.
+  "storageClass": "A String", # Storage class of the object.
+  "temporaryHold": True or False, # Whether an object is under temporary hold. While this flag is set to true, the object is protected against deletion and overwrites. A common use case of this flag is regulatory investigations where objects need to be retained while the investigation is ongoing. Note that unlike event-based hold, temporary hold does not impact retention expiration time of an object.
+  "timeCreated": "A String", # The creation time of the object in RFC 3339 format.
+  "timeDeleted": "A String", # The time at which the object became noncurrent in RFC 3339 format. Will be returned if and only if this version of the object has been deleted.
+  "timeFinalized": "A String", # The time when the object was finalized.
+  "timeStorageClassUpdated": "A String", # The time at which the object's storage class was last changed. When the object is initially created, it will be set to timeCreated.
+  "updated": "A String", # The modification time of the object metadata in RFC 3339 format. Set initially to object creation time and then updated whenever any metadata of the object changes. This includes changes made by a requester, such as modifying custom metadata, as well as changes made by Cloud Storage on behalf of a requester, such as changing the storage class based on an Object Lifecycle Configuration.
+}

+

+
 

     patch(bucket, object, body=None, generation=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, overrideUnlockedRetention=None, predefinedAcl=None, projection=None, userProject=None)
   
Patches an object's metadata.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 3580446924..2e18e9e4fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 "location": "us-west4"
 }
 ],
-"etag": "\"3134393437363236373436353839383934323639\"",
+"etag": "\"3133343838373034343130353038353234313337\"",
 "icons": {
 "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
 "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -3224,6 +3224,98 @@
 ],
 "supportsSubscription": true
 },
+"move": {
+"description": "Moves the source object to the destination object in the same bucket.",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "storage.objects.move",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"bucket",
+"sourceObject",
+"destinationObject"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"bucket": {
+"description": "Name of the bucket in which the object resides.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"destinationObject": {
+"description": "Name of the destination object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifGenerationMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object. `ifGenerationMatch` and `ifGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifGenerationNotMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current generation does not match the given value. If no live object exists, the precondition fails. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there is a live version of the object.`ifGenerationMatch` and `ifGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifMetagenerationMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current metageneration matches the given value. `ifMetagenerationMatch` and `ifMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifMetagenerationNotMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the destination object's current metageneration does not match the given value. `ifMetagenerationMatch` and `ifMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifSourceGenerationMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current generation matches the given value. `ifSourceGenerationMatch` and `ifSourceGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifSourceGenerationNotMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current generation does not match the given value. `ifSourceGenerationMatch` and `ifSourceGenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifSourceMetagenerationMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current metageneration matches the given value. `ifSourceMetagenerationMatch` and `ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch": {
+"description": "Makes the operation conditional on whether the source object's current metageneration does not match the given value. `ifSourceMetagenerationMatch` and `ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch` conditions are mutually exclusive: it's an error for both of them to be set in the request.",
+"format": "int64",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceObject": {
+"description": "Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"userProject": {
+"description": "The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "b/{bucket}/o/{sourceObject}/moveTo/o/{destinationObject}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Object"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write"
+]
+},
 "patch": {
 "description": "Patches an object's metadata.",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
@@ -4272,7 +4364,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241113",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": {

From a2188e92aae520458a8dde5c46cff1f4ce3c71c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 38/40] feat(workflows): update the api

#### workflows:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Workflow.properties.tags (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html | 15 +++++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json   |  9 ++++++++-
 2 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
index 5ce97d56cf..806b072e2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
@@ -142,6 +142,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "details": "A String", # Provides specifics about the error.
     "type": "A String", # The type of this state error.
   },
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.
   "userEnvVars": { # Optional. User-defined environment variables associated with this workflow revision. This map has a maximum length of 20. Each string can take up to 4KiB. Keys cannot be empty strings and cannot start with "GOOGLE" or "WORKFLOWS".
     "a_key": "A String",
@@ -254,6 +257,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "details": "A String", # Provides specifics about the error.
     "type": "A String", # The type of this state error.
   },
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.
   "userEnvVars": { # Optional. User-defined environment variables associated with this workflow revision. This map has a maximum length of 20. Each string can take up to 4KiB. Keys cannot be empty strings and cannot start with "GOOGLE" or "WORKFLOWS".
     "a_key": "A String",
@@ -311,6 +317,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "details": "A String", # Provides specifics about the error.
         "type": "A String", # The type of this state error.
       },
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.
       "userEnvVars": { # Optional. User-defined environment variables associated with this workflow revision. This map has a maximum length of 20. Each string can take up to 4KiB. Keys cannot be empty strings and cannot start with "GOOGLE" or "WORKFLOWS".
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -365,6 +374,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "details": "A String", # Provides specifics about the error.
         "type": "A String", # The type of this state error.
       },
+      "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.
       "userEnvVars": { # Optional. User-defined environment variables associated with this workflow revision. This map has a maximum length of 20. Each string can take up to 4KiB. Keys cannot be empty strings and cannot start with "GOOGLE" or "WORKFLOWS".
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -437,6 +449,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "details": "A String", # Provides specifics about the error.
     "type": "A String", # The type of this state error.
   },
+  "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.
   "userEnvVars": { # Optional. User-defined environment variables associated with this workflow revision. This map has a maximum length of 20. Each string can take up to 4KiB. Keys cannot be empty strings and cannot start with "GOOGLE" or "WORKFLOWS".
     "a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
index fd3edf0602..6cefa439a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240925",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -840,6 +840,13 @@
 "description": "Output only. Error regarding the state of the workflow. For example, this field will have error details if the execution data is unavailable due to revoked KMS key permissions.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
+"tags": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tags associated with this workflow.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "updateTime": {
 "description": "Output only. The timestamp for when the workflow was last updated. This is a workflow-wide field and is not tied to a specific revision.",
 "format": "google-datetime",

From 2b6e6ead6d60bcb05d251e3ecdfa5f949890c2bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 39/40] feat(workloadmanager): update the api

#### workloadmanager:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Evaluation.properties.evaluationType.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Execution.properties.resultSummary (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Insight.properties.torsoValidation.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Summary (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.TorsoValidation (Total Keys: 8)
---
 ...ects.locations.evaluations.executions.html | 15 +++
 ...ger_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html |  3 +
 ...anager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html |  9 ++
 ...ager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 .../documents/workloadmanager.v1.json         | 98 ++++++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 125 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.executions.html
index 7281b28375..934f3cd32d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.executions.html
@@ -179,6 +179,11 @@ 
Method Details

       "message": "A String", # Output only. Message of the notice
     },
   ],
+  "resultSummary": { # Message for execution summary # Output only. [Output only] Result summary
+    "failures": "A String", # Output only. Number of failures
+    "newFailures": "A String", # Output only. Number of new failures compared to the previous execution
+    "newFixes": "A String", # Output only. Number of new fixes compared to the previous execution
+  },
   "ruleResults": [ # Output only. execution result summary per rule
     { # Message for execution result summary per rule
       "message": "A String", # Execution message, if any
@@ -235,6 +240,11 @@ 
Method Details

           "message": "A String", # Output only. Message of the notice
         },
       ],
+      "resultSummary": { # Message for execution summary # Output only. [Output only] Result summary
+        "failures": "A String", # Output only. Number of failures
+        "newFailures": "A String", # Output only. Number of new failures compared to the previous execution
+        "newFixes": "A String", # Output only. Number of new fixes compared to the previous execution
+      },
       "ruleResults": [ # Output only. execution result summary per rule
         { # Message for execution result summary per rule
           "message": "A String", # Execution message, if any
@@ -301,6 +311,11 @@ 
Method Details

         "message": "A String", # Output only. Message of the notice
       },
     ],
+    "resultSummary": { # Message for execution summary # Output only. [Output only] Result summary
+      "failures": "A String", # Output only. Number of failures
+      "newFailures": "A String", # Output only. Number of new failures compared to the previous execution
+      "newFixes": "A String", # Output only. Number of new fixes compared to the previous execution
+    },
     "ruleResults": [ # Output only. execution result summary per rule
       { # Message for execution result summary per rule
         "message": "A String", # Execution message, if any
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index 08695a6ea7..4e0d3af78c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
   "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
+  "evaluationType": "A String", # Evaluation type
   "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -246,6 +247,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
   "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
+  "evaluationType": "A String", # Evaluation type
   "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -311,6 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
       "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
       "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
+      "evaluationType": "A String", # Evaluation type
       "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
index afc869fc23..00cbbb7131 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
@@ -267,6 +267,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
     },
+    "torsoValidation": { # The schema of torso workload validation data. # The insights data for workload validation of torso workloads.
+      "agentVersion": "A String", # Required. agent_version lists the version of the agent that collected this data.
+      "instanceName": "A String", # Required. instance_name lists the human readable name of the instance that the data comes from.
+      "projectId": "A String", # Required. project_id lists the human readable cloud project that the data comes from.
+      "validationDetails": { # Required. validation_details contains the pairs of validation data: field name & field value.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "workloadType": "A String", # Required. workload_type specifies the type of torso workload.
+    },
   },
   "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 1874be5761..90fd69e0ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Workload Manager API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
index 9fa7145f75..cd2d39996d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241016",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AgentCommand": {
@@ -857,6 +857,24 @@
 "description": "Description of the Evaluation",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"evaluationType": {
+"description": "Evaluation type",
+"enum": [
+"EVALUATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SAP",
+"SQL_SERVER",
+"OTHER",
+"SCC_IAC"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified",
+"SAP best practices",
+"SQL best practices",
+"Customized best practices",
+"SCC IaC (Infra as Code) best practices"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -952,6 +970,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"resultSummary": {
+"$ref": "Summary",
+"description": "Output only. [Output only] Result summary",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "ruleResults": {
 "description": "Output only. execution result summary per rule",
 "items": {
@@ -1122,6 +1145,10 @@
 "sqlserverValidation": {
 "$ref": "SqlserverValidation",
 "description": "The insights data for the sqlserver workload validation."
+},
+"torsoValidation": {
+"$ref": "TorsoValidation",
+"description": "The insights data for workload validation of torso workloads."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2240,6 +2267,73 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Summary": {
+"description": "Message for execution summary",
+"id": "Summary",
+"properties": {
+"failures": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of failures",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"newFailures": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of new failures compared to the previous execution",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"newFixes": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of new fixes compared to the previous execution",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"TorsoValidation": {
+"description": "The schema of torso workload validation data.",
+"id": "TorsoValidation",
+"properties": {
+"agentVersion": {
+"description": "Required. agent_version lists the version of the agent that collected this data.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"instanceName": {
+"description": "Required. instance_name lists the human readable name of the instance that the data comes from.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"projectId": {
+"description": "Required. project_id lists the human readable cloud project that the data comes from.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"validationDetails": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Required. validation_details contains the pairs of validation data: field name & field value.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"workloadType": {
+"description": "Required. workload_type specifies the type of torso workload.",
+"enum": [
+"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MYSQL",
+"ORACLE",
+"REDIS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified workload type.",
+"MySQL workload.",
+"Oracle workload.",
+"Redis workload."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ViolationDetails": {
 "description": "Message describing the violation in an evaluation result.",
 "id": "ViolationDetails",

From 64d71f14acdde482122ec5f803bcd4823c562c29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 17 Dec 2024 07:10:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 40/40] chore(docs): Add new discovery artifacts and artifacts
 with minor updates

---
 ...1.organizations.gcpUserAccessBindings.html |  104 +-
 .../admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html   |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html     |    2 +
 ...eway_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html         |    8 +-
 ...atch_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...v1.organizations.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...corp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ha.organizations.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...bleadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html |   12 +-
 ...gine_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html |    4 +-
 ...assroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html |   12 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html            |    4 +
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html                |    8 +
 .../dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html |    4 +
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html     |    4 +
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html     |    4 +
 ....locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html |    6 +-
 ...ploy_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.operations.html    |    4 +-
 .../cloudsupport_v2.cases.attachments.html    |    2 +-
 ...cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html |    2 +-
 ...ects.locations.environments.workloads.html |    4 +-
 ...ects.locations.environments.workloads.html |    4 +-
 ...1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 .../dyn/datastore_v1.projects.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ations.connections.gitRepositoryLinks.html |    6 +-
 ...ect_v1.projects.locations.connections.html |    8 +-
 ...nect_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html |   28 +-
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html |   14 +-
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html |   28 +-
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...projects.locations.processors.dataset.html |   14 +-
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html |   42 +-
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html |   28 +-
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html |   42 +-
 ...s_v1.projects.locations.registrations.html |  330 +--
 ...pha2.projects.locations.registrations.html |  330 +--
 ...eta1.projects.locations.registrations.html |  330 +--
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.about.html                  |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.apps.html                   |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html                |   14 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.channels.html               |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html               |   20 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html                  |   16 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html            |   12 +-
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html |   16 +-
 docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.html       |    4 +-
 .../firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html   |   10 +-
 .../firebaserules_v1.projects.rulesets.html   |    6 +-
 ...tore_v1.projects.databases.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...ckup_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...prem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html     |    4 +-
 ...oker_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 .../merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html |    2 +-
 ...roducts_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html |    4 +-
 ...api_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html |    4 +-
 ...s.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html |    2 +-
 ....projects.locations.regionalEndpoints.html |    6 +-
 ...ojects.locations.mirroringDeployments.html |    8 +-
 ...ning_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html           |    2 +-
 ...ment_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |   16 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |    4 +-
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html |    4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |    6 +-
 ....projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html |    4 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |   16 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |    4 +-
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html |    4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |    6 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |   16 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |    4 +-
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html |    4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |    6 +-
 ...ecretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html |   12 +-
 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html              |  116 +
 .../dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.html |   91 +
 ...ityposture_v1.organizations.locations.html |  111 +
 ...v1.organizations.locations.operations.html |  235 ++
 ...izations.locations.postureDeployments.html |  361 +++
 ...anizations.locations.postureTemplates.html |  438 ++++
 ...e_v1.organizations.locations.postures.html | 1123 +++++++++
 ...re_v1.organizations.locations.reports.html |  269 +++
 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.html     |   91 +
 ...securityposture_v1.projects.locations.html |  171 ++
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html        |    3 +
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html   |    2 +
 docs/dyn/solar_v1.buildingInsights.html       |    2 +-
 .../tpu_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 .../tpu_v2.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 ...2alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |    4 +-
 .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json    |   18 +-
 .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json         |    4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json |    6 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1.json              |    6 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json          |    6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json  |    4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json   |    6 +-
 .../documents/beyondcorp.v1.json              |   18 +-
 .../documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json         |   18 +-
 .../documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json           |    6 +-
 .../documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json    |    4 +-
 .../documents/certificatemanager.v1.json      |   12 +-
 .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json        |   98 +-
 .../documents/classroom.v1.json               |   10 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json              |   10 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json         |   10 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json       |   10 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json       |   10 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json       |   10 +-
 .../documents/clouddeploy.v1.json             |    8 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json          |    8 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json     |    8 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json      |    8 +-
 .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json          |    4 +-
 .../documents/cloudsupport.v2.json            |    4 +-
 .../documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json        |    4 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1.json                |    4 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json           |    4 +-
 .../contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json     |    6 +-
 .../documents/dataportability.v1.json         |    2 +-
 .../documents/dataportability.v1beta.json     |    2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1.json               |    4 +-
 .../documents/developerconnect.v1.json        |    8 +-
 .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json            |   28 +-
 .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json            |   28 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1.json              |   18 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json         |   18 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json |   12 +-
 .../documents/domains.v1alpha2.json           |   12 +-
 .../documents/domains.v1beta1.json            |   12 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json   |   28 +-
 .../documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json |    4 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json          |    4 +-
 .../documents/firebaserules.v1.json           |   22 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1.json               |    4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json   |    4 +-
 .../gamesManagement.v1management.json         |    4 +-
 .../documents/gkebackup.v1.json               |    6 +-
 .../documents/gkeonprem.v1.json               |    4 +-
 .../documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json         |    6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json  |   14 +-
 .../merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json          |    4 +-
 .../merchantapi.products_v1beta.json          |    4 +-
 .../documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json     |    8 +-
 .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json    |    4 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json        |    4 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json   |    4 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json            |    4 +-
 .../documents/parallelstore.v1.json           |    4 +-
 .../documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json       |    4 +-
 .../rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json          |    4 +-
 .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json     |    6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json   |   22 +-
 .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json              |   22 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json  |    4 +-
 .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json             |    4 +-
 .../documents/retail.v2beta.json              |    4 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json      |    4 +-
 .../documents/securityposture.v1.json         | 2136 +++++++++++++++++
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json    |    6 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json       |    6 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json   |    6 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json            |    6 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json       |    6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json   |    4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json     |    4 +-
 .../documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json               |    4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json     |   10 +-
 .../documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json               |    4 +-
 .../documents/workspaceevents.v1.json         |    2 +-
 183 files changed, 6508 insertions(+), 1133 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postures.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.reports.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.locations.html
 create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json

diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.organizations.gcpUserAccessBindings.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.organizations.gcpUserAccessBindings.html
index 091e7820fe..a73f101368 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.organizations.gcpUserAccessBindings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.organizations.gcpUserAccessBindings.html
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. GCSL policy for the group key.
-    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. The Google Cloud session length (GCSL) policy for the group key.
+    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
     "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
   },
 }
@@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -299,11 +299,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. GCSL policy for the group key.
-    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. The Google Cloud session length (GCSL) policy for the group key.
+    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
     "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
   },
 }

@@ -349,10 +349,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-              "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-              "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-              "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-              "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+              "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+              "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+              "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+              "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
               "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
             },
           },
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-              "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-              "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-              "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-              "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+              "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+              "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+              "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+              "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
               "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
             },
           },
@@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. GCSL policy for the group key.
-        "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-        "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-        "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-        "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+      "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. The Google Cloud session length (GCSL) policy for the group key.
+        "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+        "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+        "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+        "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
         "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
       },
     },
@@ -436,10 +436,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -448,10 +448,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. Session settings applied to user access on a given AccessScope.
-          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+          "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+          "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+          "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+          "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
           "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
         },
       },
@@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. GCSL policy for the group key.
-    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.
-    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
-    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
-    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.
+  "sessionSettings": { # Stores settings related to Google Cloud Session Length including session duration, the type of challenge (i.e. method) they should face when their session expires, and other related settings. # Optional. The Google Cloud session length (GCSL) policy for the group key.
+    "maxInactivity": "A String", # Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.
+    "sessionLength": "A String", # Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.
+    "sessionLengthEnabled": True or False, # Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.
+    "sessionReauthMethod": "A String", # Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.
     "useOidcMaxAge": True or False, # Optional. Only useful for OIDC apps. When false, the OIDC max_age param, if passed in the authentication request will be ignored. When true, the re-auth period will be the minimum of the session_length field and the max_age OIDC param.
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
index 77e238749d..586b26ce85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Defines an assignment of a role.
   "assignedTo": "A String", # The unique ID of the entity this role is assigned to—either the `user_id` of a user, the `group_id` of a group, or the `uniqueId` of a service account as defined in [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.serviceAccounts).
   "assigneeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the assignee (`USER` or `GROUP`).
-  "condition": "A String", # Optional. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. No additional setup is needed to use the feature. The condition associated with this role assignment. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, only two conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the two condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview).
+  "condition": "A String", # Optional. The condition associated with this role assignment. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, the following conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview). Additional conditions related to Locked Groups are available under Open Beta. - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Locked Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.locked']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` This condition can also be used in conjunction with a Security-related condition.
   "etag": "A String", # ETag of the resource.
   "kind": "admin#directory#roleAssignment", # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
   "orgUnitId": "A String", # If the role is restricted to an organization unit, this contains the ID for the organization unit the exercise of this role is restricted to.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Defines an assignment of a role.
   "assignedTo": "A String", # The unique ID of the entity this role is assigned to—either the `user_id` of a user, the `group_id` of a group, or the `uniqueId` of a service account as defined in [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.serviceAccounts).
   "assigneeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the assignee (`USER` or `GROUP`).
-  "condition": "A String", # Optional. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. No additional setup is needed to use the feature. The condition associated with this role assignment. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, only two conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the two condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview).
+  "condition": "A String", # Optional. The condition associated with this role assignment. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, the following conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview). Additional conditions related to Locked Groups are available under Open Beta. - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Locked Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.locked']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` This condition can also be used in conjunction with a Security-related condition.
   "etag": "A String", # ETag of the resource.
   "kind": "admin#directory#roleAssignment", # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
   "orgUnitId": "A String", # If the role is restricted to an organization unit, this contains the ID for the organization unit the exercise of this role is restricted to.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Defines an assignment of a role.
   "assignedTo": "A String", # The unique ID of the entity this role is assigned to—either the `user_id` of a user, the `group_id` of a group, or the `uniqueId` of a service account as defined in [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.serviceAccounts).
   "assigneeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the assignee (`USER` or `GROUP`).
-  "condition": "A String", # Optional. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. No additional setup is needed to use the feature. The condition associated with this role assignment. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, only two conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the two condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview).
+  "condition": "A String", # Optional. The condition associated with this role assignment. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, the following conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview). Additional conditions related to Locked Groups are available under Open Beta. - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Locked Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.locked']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` This condition can also be used in conjunction with a Security-related condition.
   "etag": "A String", # ETag of the resource.
   "kind": "admin#directory#roleAssignment", # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
   "orgUnitId": "A String", # If the role is restricted to an organization unit, this contains the ID for the organization unit the exercise of this role is restricted to.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Defines an assignment of a role.
       "assignedTo": "A String", # The unique ID of the entity this role is assigned to—either the `user_id` of a user, the `group_id` of a group, or the `uniqueId` of a service account as defined in [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.serviceAccounts).
       "assigneeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the assignee (`USER` or `GROUP`).
-      "condition": "A String", # Optional. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. No additional setup is needed to use the feature. The condition associated with this role assignment. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, only two conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the two condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview).
+      "condition": "A String", # Optional. The condition associated with this role assignment. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, the following conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview). Additional conditions related to Locked Groups are available under Open Beta. - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Locked Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.locked']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` This condition can also be used in conjunction with a Security-related condition.
       "etag": "A String", # ETag of the resource.
       "kind": "admin#directory#roleAssignment", # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
       "orgUnitId": "A String", # If the role is restricted to an organization unit, this contains the ID for the organization unit the exercise of this role is restricted to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
index 39f18096c7..a8084ea08d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

       AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE - The size code of an ad unit (e.g. "728x90", "responsive").
       CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME - Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.
       CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      HOSTED_CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a hosted client's custom channel.
       OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME - Domain name of a verified site (e.g. "example.com"). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.
       OWNED_SITE_ID - Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.
       PAGE_URL - URL of the page upon which the ad was served. This is a complete URL including scheme and query parameters. Note that the URL that appears in this dimension may be a canonicalized version of the one that was used in the original request, and so may not exactly match the URL that a user might have seen. Note that there are also some caveats to be aware of when using this dimension. For more information, see [Page URL breakdown](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11988478).
@@ -308,6 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

       AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE - The size code of an ad unit (e.g. "728x90", "responsive").
       CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME - Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.
       CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      HOSTED_CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a hosted client's custom channel.
       OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME - Domain name of a verified site (e.g. "example.com"). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.
       OWNED_SITE_ID - Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.
       PAGE_URL - URL of the page upon which the ad was served. This is a complete URL including scheme and query parameters. Note that the URL that appears in this dimension may be a canonicalized version of the one that was used in the original request, and so may not exactly match the URL that a user might have seen. Note that there are also some caveats to be aware of when using this dimension. For more information, see [Page URL breakdown](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11988478).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 87a5af851a..9c75d343c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
API Gateway API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index e692a6b47a..a2c4c0f1d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
API Gateway API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
index 886c269452..c8e4ea035c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "attributes": [ # Not used by Apigee.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
+  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
   "billingType": "A String", # Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing).
   "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`.
   "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "attributes": [ # Not used by Apigee.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
+  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
   "billingType": "A String", # Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing).
   "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`.
   "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "attributes": [ # Not used by Apigee.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
+  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
   "billingType": "A String", # Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing).
   "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`.
   "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "attributes": [ # Not used by Apigee.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
+  "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
   "billingType": "A String", # Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing).
   "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`.
   "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index eff450812e..06539da1af 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Batch API . pro
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
index 46f2655168..842e7b2e5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
BeyondCorp API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 118bae05b0..ae5cf0dd3c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
BeyondCorp API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.operations.html
index 898f33a84d..d8c8df65dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
BeyondCorp API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
index be3245f36d..5a785eb8d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
BeyondCorp API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html
index f0f359968d..4a241582b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "table": { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. # Required. The Table to create.
     "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
       "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-      "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+      "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
     },
     "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
       "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.
   "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
     "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
   },
   "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
     "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.
   "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
     "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
   },
   "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
     "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.
       "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
         "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-        "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+        "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
       },
       "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
         "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.
   "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
     "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
   },
   "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
     "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.
   "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled.
     "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours.
-    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.
+    "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.
   },
   "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained.
     "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 79eadab7b4..70f46d19ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Blockchain Node Engine API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 0de73461d4..17fcdc6881 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Certificate Manager API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
index 76e0adac7a..01687a2aa6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Updates one or more fields of a course work. See google.classroom.v1.CourseWork for details of which fields may be updated and who may change them. This request must be made by the Developer Console project of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project did not create the corresponding course work, if the user is not permitted to make the requested modification to the student submission, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested course work has already been deleted. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work does not exist.

 

   updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
index 763e304a0a..f2f395a00b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`

+
Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`

 

   delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

-
Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+
Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.

 

   get(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns a rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`
+  
Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
index 7a88f781d1..44022bfbca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -492,6 +492,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -524,6 +525,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -576,6 +578,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -608,6 +611,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index 9c8c843f88..366a31408d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -1380,6 +1380,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -1412,6 +1413,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -1464,6 +1466,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -1496,6 +1499,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -1890,6 +1894,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -1922,6 +1927,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -1974,6 +1980,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -2006,6 +2013,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
index 8ecc4fadc1..2294b0267b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -294,6 +294,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -326,6 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -378,6 +380,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -410,6 +413,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
index 3c67c39699..6fb1a30b64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -294,6 +294,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -326,6 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -378,6 +380,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -410,6 +413,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
               },
             ],
             "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
index f0a07cca3d..44451bbc95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
@@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -331,6 +332,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -383,6 +385,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -415,6 +418,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
             },
           ],
           "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
index c306b0420e..b7933a332e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "renderState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation.
   "skaffoldConfigPath": "A String", # Filepath of the Skaffold config inside of the config URI.
   "skaffoldConfigUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI of tar.gz archive containing Skaffold configuration.
-  "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
+  "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
   "targetArtifacts": { # Output only. Map from target ID to the target artifacts created during the render operation.
     "a_key": { # The artifacts produced by a target render operation.
       "artifactUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of a directory containing the artifacts. This contains deployment configuration used by Skaffold during a rollout, and all paths are relative to this location.
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "renderState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation.
   "skaffoldConfigPath": "A String", # Filepath of the Skaffold config inside of the config URI.
   "skaffoldConfigUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI of tar.gz archive containing Skaffold configuration.
-  "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
+  "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
   "targetArtifacts": { # Output only. Map from target ID to the target artifacts created during the render operation.
     "a_key": { # The artifacts produced by a target render operation.
       "artifactUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of a directory containing the artifacts. This contains deployment configuration used by Skaffold during a rollout, and all paths are relative to this location.
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "renderState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation.
       "skaffoldConfigPath": "A String", # Filepath of the Skaffold config inside of the config URI.
       "skaffoldConfigUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI of tar.gz archive containing Skaffold configuration.
-      "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
+      "skaffoldVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as "1.20.0". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.
       "targetArtifacts": { # Output only. Map from target ID to the target artifacts created during the render operation.
         "a_key": { # The artifacts produced by a target render operation.
           "artifactUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of a directory containing the artifacts. This contains deployment configuration used by Skaffold during a rollout, and all paths are relative to this location.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 537353d275..0b33f4fbcf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Deploy API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.operations.html
index 74d1f242ba..fec2f6010f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Scheduler API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.attachments.html
index ca3a7f56da..79bf2aba17 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.attachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.attachments.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the case for which attachments should be listed. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100. The size of each page can be smaller than the requested page size and can include zero. For example, you could request 100 attachments on one page, receive 0, and then on the next page, receive 90.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html
index 75b049643e..0e67ac44db 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.attachments.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the case for which attachments should be listed. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100. The size of each page can be smaller than the requested page size and can include zero. For example, you could request 100 attachments on one page, receive 0, and then on the next page, receive 90.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying the page of results to return. If unspecified, the first page is retrieved.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
index 4082c00f43..2ecdbad8c0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.

+
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+  
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The environment name to get workloads for, in the form: "projects/{projectId}/locations/{locationId}/environments/{environmentId}" (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
index 3835b13499..54353d1941 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.workloads.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.

+
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
+  
Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The environment name to get workloads for, in the form: "projects/{projectId}/locations/{locationId}/environments/{environmentId}" (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 98a11662ab..8ce9911e80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Contact Center AI Platform A
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.operations.html
index 45d1feae30..a6dee0a4e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Datastore API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.gitRepositoryLinks.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.gitRepositoryLinks.html
index 617735b213..ac8742277d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.gitRepositoryLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.gitRepositoryLinks.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the repository, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLinks/*`.
   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the GitRepositoryLink.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
   "webhookId": "A String", # Output only. External ID of the webhook created for the repository.
 }
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the repository, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLinks/*`.
   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the GitRepositoryLink.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
   "webhookId": "A String", # Output only. External ID of the webhook created for the repository.
 }

@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the repository, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/gitRepositoryLinks/*`.
       "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the GitRepositoryLink.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
       "webhookId": "A String", # Output only. External ID of the webhook created for the repository.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
index 33aea76f19..d4e3ec23ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the connection, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`.
   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the Connection.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
 }
 
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the connection, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`.
   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the Connection.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
 }

 

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the connection, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`.
       "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the Connection.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
     },
   ],
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the connection, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`.
   "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true when the connection is being set up or updated in the background.
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the Connection.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update timestamp
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index d8d426f656..44e008108d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Developer Connect API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 22c36fc528..52a9ff24f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Document AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index c2601b5f48..3e81a97f5d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -635,21 +635,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1658,21 +1658,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -1689,8 +1689,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index f6177a0068..20b544de94 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -228,21 +228,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index cadec2de2c..ec303e1eca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -727,21 +727,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -758,8 +758,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1750,21 +1750,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -1781,8 +1781,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
index a29be6a6c6..aa1d6f6782 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Document AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
index 6756879245..8eb27d0271 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
@@ -362,21 +362,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -393,8 +393,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index ced199d070..ce520efdab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -662,21 +662,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1604,21 +1604,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -1635,8 +1635,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -2643,21 +2643,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -2674,8 +2674,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index 4f97a9c8ab..ef59715905 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -195,21 +195,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1178,21 +1178,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -1209,8 +1209,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 285bb372bf..1bc9299c82 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -823,21 +823,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -854,8 +854,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -1765,21 +1765,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -1796,8 +1796,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -2804,21 +2804,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead.
         "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`.
         "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types.
-          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes.
@@ -2835,8 +2835,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
             "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
             "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+              "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+              "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
             },
             "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
             "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1.projects.locations.registrations.html
index c0792d0582..e0e40469d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1.projects.locations.registrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1.projects.locations.registrations.html
@@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -205,21 +205,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -227,21 +227,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -507,21 +507,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -530,21 +530,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -552,21 +552,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -636,21 +636,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -659,21 +659,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -681,21 +681,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -870,21 +870,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -893,21 +893,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -915,21 +915,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -999,21 +999,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1022,21 +1022,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1044,21 +1044,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1103,21 +1103,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1126,21 +1126,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1148,21 +1148,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1232,21 +1232,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1255,21 +1255,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1277,21 +1277,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1356,21 +1356,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1379,21 +1379,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1401,21 +1401,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1485,21 +1485,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1508,21 +1508,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1530,21 +1530,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2225,21 +2225,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2248,21 +2248,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2270,21 +2270,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2354,21 +2354,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2377,21 +2377,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2399,21 +2399,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
index 7d2ec82e9a..017b2c6b1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
@@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -205,21 +205,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -227,21 +227,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -507,21 +507,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -530,21 +530,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -552,21 +552,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -636,21 +636,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -659,21 +659,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -681,21 +681,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -871,21 +871,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -894,21 +894,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -916,21 +916,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1000,21 +1000,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1023,21 +1023,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1045,21 +1045,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1105,21 +1105,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1128,21 +1128,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1150,21 +1150,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1234,21 +1234,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1257,21 +1257,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1279,21 +1279,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1359,21 +1359,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1382,21 +1382,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1404,21 +1404,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1488,21 +1488,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1511,21 +1511,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1533,21 +1533,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2229,21 +2229,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2252,21 +2252,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2274,21 +2274,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2358,21 +2358,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2381,21 +2381,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2403,21 +2403,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html
index f8c810fe9b..fbe5b642cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html
@@ -182,21 +182,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -205,21 +205,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -227,21 +227,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -507,21 +507,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -530,21 +530,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -552,21 +552,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -636,21 +636,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -659,21 +659,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -681,21 +681,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -870,21 +870,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -893,21 +893,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -915,21 +915,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -999,21 +999,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1022,21 +1022,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1044,21 +1044,21 @@ 
Method Details

           "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
           "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
         },
@@ -1103,21 +1103,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1126,21 +1126,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1148,21 +1148,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1232,21 +1232,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1255,21 +1255,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1277,21 +1277,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
       "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
       "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
     },
@@ -1356,21 +1356,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1379,21 +1379,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1401,21 +1401,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1485,21 +1485,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1508,21 +1508,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -1530,21 +1530,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2225,21 +2225,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2248,21 +2248,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2270,21 +2270,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2354,21 +2354,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2377,21 +2377,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
@@ -2399,21 +2399,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact.
         "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`.
-        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.about.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.about.html
index 11e678d241..89d4607fde 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.about.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.about.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   get(x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities.

+
Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     get(x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities.
+  
Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.apps.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.apps.html
index f4f1aa6a73..161b7a5bd6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.apps.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   get(appId, x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets a specific app.

+
Gets a specific app. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).

 

   list(appFilterExtensions=None, appFilterMimeTypes=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists a user's installed apps.

+
Lists a user's installed apps. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     get(appId, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets a specific app.
+  
Gets a specific app. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).
 
 Args:
   appId: string, The ID of the app. (required)
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(appFilterExtensions=None, appFilterMimeTypes=None, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists a user's installed apps.
+  
Lists a user's installed apps. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).
 
 Args:
   appFilterExtensions: string, A comma-separated list of file extensions to limit returned results. All results within the given app query scope which can open any of the given file extensions are included in the response. If `appFilterMimeTypes` are provided as well, the result is a union of the two resulting app lists.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
index c4d82b2228..c9ceaf3af3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
@@ -79,16 +79,16 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   getStartPageToken(driveId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes.

+
Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).

 

   list(pageToken, driveId=None, includeCorpusRemovals=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeRemoved=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, pageSize=None, restrictToMyDrive=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists the changes for a user or shared drive.

+
Lists the changes for a user or shared drive. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   watch(pageToken, body=None, driveId=None, includeCorpusRemovals=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeRemoved=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, pageSize=None, restrictToMyDrive=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Subscribes to changes for a user.

+
Subscribes to changes for a user. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     getStartPageToken(driveId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes.
+  
Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).
 
 Args:
   driveId: string, The ID of the shared drive for which the starting pageToken for listing future changes from that shared drive will be returned.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(pageToken, driveId=None, includeCorpusRemovals=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeRemoved=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, pageSize=None, restrictToMyDrive=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists the changes for a user or shared drive.
+  
Lists the changes for a user or shared drive. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).
 
 Args:
   pageToken: string, The token for continuing a previous list request on the next page. This should be set to the value of 'nextPageToken' from the previous response or to the response from the getStartPageToken method. (required)
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-          { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+          { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
             "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
             "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
             "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     watch(pageToken, body=None, driveId=None, includeCorpusRemovals=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeRemoved=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, pageSize=None, restrictToMyDrive=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Subscribes to changes for a user.
+  
Subscribes to changes for a user. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).
 
 Args:
   pageToken: string, The token for continuing a previous list request on the next page. This should be set to the value of 'nextPageToken' from the previous response or to the response from the getStartPageToken method. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.channels.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.channels.html
index a97e1a01cf..4898aa76cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.channels.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.channels.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   stop(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Stops watching resources through this channel.

+
Stops watching resources through this channel. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     stop(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Stops watching resources through this channel.
+  
Stops watching resources through this channel. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
index a6c90ba793..6dc34b319b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(fileId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a comment on a file.

+
Creates a comment on a file. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 

   delete(fileId, commentId, x__xgafv=None)

-
Deletes a comment.

+
Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 

   get(fileId, commentId, includeDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Gets a comment by ID.

+
Gets a comment by ID. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 

   list(fileId, includeDeleted=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, startModifiedTime=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lists a file's comments.

+
Lists a file's comments. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   update(fileId, commentId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a comment with patch semantics.

+
Updates a comment with patch semantics. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(fileId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a comment on a file.
+  
Creates a comment on a file. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     delete(fileId, commentId, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Deletes a comment.
+  
Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     get(fileId, commentId, includeDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets a comment by ID.
+  
Gets a comment by ID. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(fileId, includeDeleted=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, startModifiedTime=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists a file's comments.
+  
Lists a file's comments. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     update(fileId, commentId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a comment with patch semantics.
+  
Updates a comment with patch semantics. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
index 76f2f99a93..d9b078f0dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "A String",
       ],
       "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-        { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+        { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
           "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
           "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
           "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "A String",
   ],
   "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html
index 99e0916348..b50a669aa7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
   "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
   "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
   "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
   "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
   "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
   "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "drive#permissionList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#permissionList"`.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.
   "permissions": [ # The list of permissions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched.
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
       "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
       "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
   "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
   "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
+    { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.
   "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`.
   "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index e37edd56a3..d3cb185fb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Firebase Data Connect API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index a072da15be..2051d03388 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
-          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
             "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
             "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
           },
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
           },
         },
-        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
           "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
           "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
         },
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
-          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
             "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
             "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
           },
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
           },
         },
-        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
           "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
           "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
         },
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
-            "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
               "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
               "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
             },
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
           },
-          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
             "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
             "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
           },
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
           },
         },
-        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
           "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
           "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
         },
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
               },
             },
-            "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "inlineData": { # Content blob. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
               "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
               "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.html
index 8087b4f84c..466df26c18 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request for FirebaseRulesService.TestRuleset.
-  "source": { # `Source` is one or more `File` messages comprising a logical set of rules. # Optional `Source` to be checked for correctness. This field must not be set when the resource name refers to a `Ruleset`.
+  "source": { # `Source` is one or more `File` messages comprising a logical set of rules. # Optional. Optional `Source` to be checked for correctness. This field must not be set when the resource name refers to a `Ruleset`.
     "files": [ # Required. `File` set constituting the `Source` bundle.
       { # `File` containing source content.
         "content": "A String", # Required. Textual Content.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "testSuite": { # `TestSuite` is a collection of `TestCase` instances that validate the logical correctness of a `Ruleset`. The `TestSuite` may be referenced in-line within a `TestRuleset` invocation or as part of a `Release` object as a pre-release check. # The tests to execute against the `Source`. When `Source` is provided inline, the test cases will only be run if the `Source` is syntactically and semantically valid. Inline `TestSuite` to run.
+  "testSuite": { # `TestSuite` is a collection of `TestCase` instances that validate the logical correctness of a `Ruleset`. The `TestSuite` may be referenced in-line within a `TestRuleset` invocation or as part of a `Release` object as a pre-release check. # Required. The tests to execute against the `Source`. When `Source` is provided inline, the test cases will only be run if the `Source` is syntactically and semantically valid. Inline `TestSuite` to run.
     "testCases": [ # Collection of test cases associated with the `TestSuite`.
       { # `TestCase` messages provide the request context and an expectation as to whether the given context will be allowed or denied. Test cases may specify the `request`, `resource`, and `function_mocks` to mock a function call to a service-provided function. The `request` object represents context present at request-time. The `resource` is the value of the target resource as it appears in persistent storage before the request is executed.
         "expectation": "A String", # Test expectation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
index 440b56c749..626978888c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the `Release`. Format: `projects/{project_id}/releases/{release_id}` (required)
-  executableVersion: string, The requested runtime executable version. Defaults to FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1.
+  executableVersion: string, Optional. The requested runtime executable version. Defaults to FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1.
     Allowed values
       RELEASE_EXECUTABLE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED - Executable format unspecified. Defaults to FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1
       FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1 - Firebase Rules syntax 'rules2' executable versions: Custom AST for use with Java clients.
@@ -211,9 +211,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name for the project. Format: `projects/{project_id}` (required)
-  filter: string, `Release` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on the `Release.name`, and `Release.ruleset_name`. Example 1: A filter of 'name=prod*' might return `Release`s with names within 'projects/foo' prefixed with 'prod': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v2 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid8888 Example 2: A filter of `name=prod* ruleset_name=uuid1234` would return only `Release` instances for 'projects/foo' with names prefixed with 'prod' referring to the same `Ruleset` name of 'uuid1234': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 In the examples, the filter parameters refer to the search filters are relative to the project. Fully qualified prefixed may also be used.
-  pageSize: integer, Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load fewer than `page_size` results due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, the caller should iterate until the `page_token` on the response is empty.
-  pageToken: string, Next page token for the next batch of `Release` instances.
+  filter: string, Optional. `Release` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on the `Release.name`, and `Release.ruleset_name`. Example 1: A filter of 'name=prod*' might return `Release`s with names within 'projects/foo' prefixed with 'prod': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v2 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid8888 Example 2: A filter of `name=prod* ruleset_name=uuid1234` would return only `Release` instances for 'projects/foo' with names prefixed with 'prod' referring to the same `Ruleset` name of 'uuid1234': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 In the examples, the filter parameters refer to the search filters are relative to the project. Fully qualified prefixed may also be used.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load fewer than `page_size` results due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, the caller should iterate until the `page_token` on the response is empty.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Next page token for the next batch of `Release` instances.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "rulesetName": "A String", # Required. Name of the `Ruleset` referred to by this `Release`. The `Ruleset` must exist for the `Release` to be created.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time the release was updated.
   },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # Specifies which fields to update.
+  "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which fields to update.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.rulesets.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.rulesets.html
index c700775e4b..6a98e8c7a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.rulesets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.rulesets.html
@@ -215,9 +215,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name for the project. Format: `projects/{project_id}` (required)
-  filter: string, `Ruleset` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on `Ruleset.name`. Filters on `Ruleset.create_time` should use the `date` function which parses strings that conform to the RFC 3339 date/time specifications. Example: `create_time > date("2017-01-01T00:00:00Z") AND name=UUID-*`
-  pageSize: integer, Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load less than `page_size` due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, caller should iterate until the `page_token` is empty.
-  pageToken: string, Next page token for loading the next batch of `Ruleset` instances.
+  filter: string, Optional. `Ruleset` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on `Ruleset.name`. Filters on `Ruleset.create_time` should use the `date` function which parses strings that conform to the RFC 3339 date/time specifications. Example: `create_time > date("2017-01-01T00:00:00Z") AND name=UUID-*`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load less than `page_size` due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, caller should iterate until the `page_token` is empty.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Next page token for loading the next batch of `Ruleset` instances.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.operations.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.operations.html
index 02e3dfb556..5e5ef22864 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Firestore API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index e0335d183d..59117def8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Backup for GKE API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 907deb4634..f8f58b91f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
GDC Virtual API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
index 7e57f540e8..56b79168f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
@@ -355,11 +355,11 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for ResetPassword.
-  "email": "A String", # The email of the account to be modified. Specify this and the old password in order to change an account's password without using an out-of-band code.
+  "email": "A String", # Optional. The email of the account to be modified. Specify this and the old password in order to change an account's password without using an out-of-band code.
   "newPassword": "A String", # The new password to be set for this account. Specifying this field will result in a change to the account and consume the out-of-band code if one was specified and it was of type PASSWORD_RESET.
   "oldPassword": "A String", # The current password of the account to be modified. Specify this and email to change an account's password without using an out-of-band code.
   "oobCode": "A String", # An out-of-band (OOB) code generated by GetOobCode request. Specify only this parameter (or only this parameter and a tenant ID) to get the out-of-band code's type in the response without mutating the account's state. Only a PASSWORD_RESET out-of-band code can be consumed via this method.
-  "tenantId": "A String", # The tenant ID of the Identity Platform tenant the account belongs to.
+  "tenantId": "A String", # Optional. The tenant ID of the Identity Platform tenant the account belongs to.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index f99fa4100d..18ffb127c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Looker (Google Cloud core) API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
index c5a66ac87d..750e218151 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account.
       "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation.
       },
-      "provider": "A String", # Required. The provider of the service. Format: `accounts/{account}`
+      "provider": "A String", # Required. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
     },
   ],
   "users": [ # Optional. Users to be added to the account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
index 08dd363d4d..fd8e7a4e5d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product, used to configure detailed tax nexus in account-level tax settings.
+    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
     "taxes": [ # Tax information.
       { # The Tax of the product.
         "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product, used to configure detailed tax nexus in account-level tax settings.
+    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
     "taxes": [ # Tax information.
       { # The Tax of the product.
         "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
index b3a7759211..d6b62ceacc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product, used to configure detailed tax nexus in account-level tax settings.
+    "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
     "taxes": [ # Tax information.
       { # The Tax of the product.
         "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
           "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
         },
-        "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product, used to configure detailed tax nexus in account-level tax settings.
+        "taxCategory": "A String", # The tax category of the product.
         "taxes": [ # Tax information.
           { # The Tax of the product.
             "country": "A String", # The country within which the item is taxed, specified as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html
index 0fa1eceea5..be93eaee37 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Response for PolicyBasedRouting.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.
+    { # Response for PolicyBasedRoutingService.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the List response. It should be used as page_token for the following request. An empty value means no more result.
   "policyBasedRoutes": [ # Policy-based routes to be returned.
     { # Policy-based routes route L4 network traffic based on not just destination IP address, but also source IP address, protocol, and more. If a policy-based route conflicts with other types of routes, the policy-based route always takes precedence.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.regionalEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.regionalEndpoints.html
index 3ab5eb3262..86879cbb35 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.regionalEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.regionalEndpoints.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # The RegionalEndpoint resource.
   "accessType": "A String", # Required. The access type of this regional endpoint. This field is reflected in the PSC Forwarding Rule configuration to enable global access.
-  "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}`
+  "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}` for an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the RegionalEndpoint was created.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this resource.
   "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The literal IP address of the PSC Forwarding Rule created on behalf of the customer. This field is deprecated. Use address instead.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # The RegionalEndpoint resource.
   "accessType": "A String", # Required. The access type of this regional endpoint. This field is reflected in the PSC Forwarding Rule configuration to enable global access.
-  "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}`
+  "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}` for an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the RegionalEndpoint was created.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this resource.
   "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The literal IP address of the PSC Forwarding Rule created on behalf of the customer. This field is deprecated. Use address instead.
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "regionalEndpoints": [ # Regional endpoints to be returned.
     { # The RegionalEndpoint resource.
       "accessType": "A String", # Required. The access type of this regional endpoint. This field is reflected in the PSC Forwarding Rule configuration to enable global access.
-      "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}`
+      "address": "A String", # Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}` for an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the RegionalEndpoint was created.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this resource.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The literal IP address of the PSC Forwarding Rule created on behalf of the customer. This field is deprecated. Use address instead.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.html
index be483bc181..757ad3558c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Message describing MirroringDeployment object
+{ # Message describing MirroringDeployment object NEXT ID: 10
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
   "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the mirrored traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
   "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Message describing MirroringDeployment object
+    { # Message describing MirroringDeployment object NEXT ID: 10
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
   "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the mirrored traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
   "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Message for response to listing MirroringDeployments
   "mirroringDeployments": [ # The list of MirroringDeployment
-    { # Message describing MirroringDeployment object
+    { # Message describing MirroringDeployment object NEXT ID: 10
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
       "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the mirrored traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
       "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Message describing MirroringDeployment object
+{ # Message describing MirroringDeployment object NEXT ID: 10
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
   "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the mirrored traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
   "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b9f4316adc..2d826a6d60 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
On-Demand Scanning API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index e8895b6bab..6a72cbae4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
On-Demand Scanning API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
index c1e02d1ba3..94ed0c845e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   projectId: string, The project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project.
-  regions: string, Optional. The regions to which to assert that the key was written. If unspecified, defaults to all regions. Regions are listed at https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region. (repeated)
+  regions: string, Optional. The regions to wait for a POSIX account to be written to before returning a response. If unspecified, defaults to all regions. Regions are listed at https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region. (repeated)
   view: string, The view configures whether to retrieve security keys information.
     Allowed values
       LOGIN_PROFILE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default login profile view. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/rapidmigrationassessment_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/rapidmigrationassessment_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index a3574b6ed9..72bfeaae32 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/rapidmigrationassessment_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/rapidmigrationassessment_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Rapid Migration Assessment APIInstance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 89be52b502..a629241840 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
         "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 6489455c9c..f9a84321a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index e01b0250c6..71942e5155 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 65617c2e71..e89c812cd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
                     "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                     "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                     "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
index 449619390e..1995e29bbf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
               "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-                { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+                { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
                   "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                   "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 4639e6d2b0..33f2f3eeb0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
         "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 78b9960179..dd3ad16436 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index 29d1b2e8fb..9222eb639e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 856858c373..cca6311f4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
                     "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                     "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                     "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 725eac4bb7..7daa3def09 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+        { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+    { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
       "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+      { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
         "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index f7bd2a6a3f..7f415e5745 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index edc0125168..70f71fa782 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+            { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
               "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
               "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 02686585b9..eb992a8eb0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+                  { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
                     "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                     "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                     "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "gtin": "A String", # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn), [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8), [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12), [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13), or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "id": "A String", # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is "id_1", if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         "images": [ # Product images for the product. We highly recommend putting the main image first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
-          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.
+          { # Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.
             "height": 42, # Height of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "uri": "A String", # Required. URI of the image. This field must be a valid UTF-8 encoded URI with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             "width": 42, # Width of the image in number of pixels. This field must be nonnegative. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
index d28116537e..913b8d2990 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
     "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
     "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
     "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
         "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
         },
-        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
           "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
             { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
               "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
     "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication configuration of data. # Required. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
     "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd36f2de67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API

+
Instance Methods

+

+  organizations()
+

+
Returns the organizations Resource.

+
+

+  projects()
+

+
Returns the projects Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  new_batch_http_request()

+
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    new_batch_http_request()
+  
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..122aaa73eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abbb289d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  postureDeployments()
+

+
Returns the postureDeployments Resource.

+
+

+  postureTemplates()
+

+
Returns the postureTemplates Resource.

+
+

+  postures()
+

+
Returns the postures Resource.

+
+

+  reports()
+

+
Returns the reports Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1bdc6e074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b57317b2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations . postureDeployments

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, postureDeploymentId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new PostureDeployment in a given project and location.

+

+  delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a PostureDeployment.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details for a PostureDeployment.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists every PostureDeployment in a project and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates an existing PostureDeployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture deployment: 1. Call GetPostureDeployment to get the current version of the deployment. 2. Update the fields in the deployment as needed. 3. Call UpdatePostureDeployment to update the deployment. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPostureDeployment response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePostureDeployment, then the updated deployment unconditionally overwrites the existing deployment.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, postureDeploymentId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new PostureDeployment in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Details for a Posture deployment on an organization, folder, or project. You can deploy at most one posture to each organization, folder, or project. The parent resource for a posture deployment is always the organization, even if the deployment applies to a folder or project.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture deployment. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture deployment belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture deployment.
+  "desiredPostureId": "A String", # Output only. The posture ID that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the posture deployment is in a failed state.
+  "desiredPostureRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the posture that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture deployment. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture deployment, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended posture deployment.
+  "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A description of why the posture deployment failed. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+  "postureId": "A String", # Required. The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "postureRevisionId": "A String", # Required. The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture deployment is in the process of being updated.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture deployment.
+  "targetResource": "A String", # Required. The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+  postureDeploymentId: string, Required. An identifier for the posture deployment.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a PostureDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{posture_id}`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. If you provide this value, then it must match the existing value. If the values don't match, then the request fails with an ABORTED error. If you omit this value, then the posture deployment is deleted regardless of its current `etag` value.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details for a PostureDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the PostureDeployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{posture_deployment_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details for a Posture deployment on an organization, folder, or project. You can deploy at most one posture to each organization, folder, or project. The parent resource for a posture deployment is always the organization, even if the deployment applies to a folder or project.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture deployment. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture deployment belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture deployment.
+  "desiredPostureId": "A String", # Output only. The posture ID that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the posture deployment is in a failed state.
+  "desiredPostureRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the posture that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture deployment. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture deployment, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended posture deployment.
+  "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A description of why the posture deployment failed. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+  "postureId": "A String", # Required. The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "postureRevisionId": "A String", # Required. The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture deployment is in the process of being updated.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture deployment.
+  "targetResource": "A String", # Required. The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was last updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists every PostureDeployment in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of posture deployments to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list posture deployments. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListPostureDeployments.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.
+  "postureDeployments": [ # The list of PostureDeployment resources.
+    { # Details for a Posture deployment on an organization, folder, or project. You can deploy at most one posture to each organization, folder, or project. The parent resource for a posture deployment is always the organization, even if the deployment applies to a folder or project.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture deployment. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture deployment belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture deployment.
+      "desiredPostureId": "A String", # Output only. The posture ID that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the posture deployment is in a failed state.
+      "desiredPostureRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the posture that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture deployment. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture deployment, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended posture deployment.
+      "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A description of why the posture deployment failed. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+      "postureId": "A String", # Required. The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+      "postureRevisionId": "A String", # Required. The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture deployment is in the process of being updated.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture deployment.
+      "targetResource": "A String", # Required. The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates an existing PostureDeployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture deployment: 1. Call GetPostureDeployment to get the current version of the deployment. 2. Update the fields in the deployment as needed. 3. Call UpdatePostureDeployment to update the deployment. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPostureDeployment response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePostureDeployment, then the updated deployment unconditionally overwrites the existing deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Details for a Posture deployment on an organization, folder, or project. You can deploy at most one posture to each organization, folder, or project. The parent resource for a posture deployment is always the organization, even if the deployment applies to a folder or project.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture deployment. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture deployment belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture deployment.
+  "desiredPostureId": "A String", # Output only. The posture ID that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the posture deployment is in a failed state.
+  "desiredPostureRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the posture that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture deployment. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture deployment, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended posture deployment.
+  "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A description of why the posture deployment failed. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+  "postureId": "A String", # Required. The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "postureRevisionId": "A String", # Required. The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture deployment is in the process of being updated.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture deployment.
+  "targetResource": "A String", # Required. The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The fields in the PostureDeployment to update. You can update only the following fields: * PostureDeployment.posture_id * PostureDeployment.posture_revision_id
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..432be49c84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.html
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations . postureTemplates

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a single revision of a PostureTemplate.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists every PostureTemplate in a given organization and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a single revision of a PostureTemplate.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the PostureTemplate, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureTemplates/{posture_template}`. (required)
+  revisionId: string, Optional. The posture template revision to retrieve. If not specified, the most recently updated revision is retrieved.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a posture template.
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture template belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # Output only. A description of the posture template.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the posture template, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureTemplates/{posture_template}`.
+  "policySets": [ # Output only. The PolicySet resources that the posture template includes.
+    { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+      "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+        { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+          "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+            { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+              "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+              "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+            "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+              "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+              "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+              },
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+              "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                  "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                    { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                      "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                  "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                  "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                },
+                "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                  "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+              },
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+              "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+              "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+          "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+        },
+      ],
+      "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+    },
+  ],
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. A string that identifies the revision of the posture template.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture template at the specified `revision_id`.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists every PostureTemplate in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of posture templates to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list posture templates. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListPostureTemplates.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.
+  "postureTemplates": [ # The list of PostureTemplate resources.
+    { # The details of a posture template.
+      "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture template belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. A description of the posture template.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the posture template, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureTemplates/{posture_template}`.
+      "policySets": [ # Output only. The PolicySet resources that the posture template includes.
+        { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+          "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+            { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+              "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+                { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+                  "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+                  "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+                },
+              ],
+              "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+                "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+                  "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+                  "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                    "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                    "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                    "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                    "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                    "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+                  },
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                    "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                      "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                        { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                    },
+                    "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                    "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                      "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+                  },
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+                  "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                  "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+                },
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+              "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+            },
+          ],
+          "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. A string that identifies the revision of the posture template.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the posture template at the specified `revision_id`.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postures.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postures.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cee301b60d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.postures.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1123 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations . postures

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, postureId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new Posture.

+

+  delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes all revisions of a Posture. You can only delete a posture if none of its revisions are deployed.

+

+  extract(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Extracts existing policies from an organization, folder, or project, and applies them to another organization, folder, or project as a Posture. If the other organization, folder, or project already has a posture, then the result of the long-running operation is an ALREADY_EXISTS error.

+

+  get(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a single revision of a Posture.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the most recent revisions of all Posture resources in a specified organization and location.

+

+  listRevisions(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all revisions of a single Posture.

+

+  listRevisions_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, revisionId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a revision of an existing Posture. If the posture revision that you update is currently deployed, then a new revision of the posture is created. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture: 1. Call GetPosture to get the current version of the posture. 2. Update the fields in the posture as needed. 3. Call UpdatePosture to update the posture. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPosture response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePosture, then the updated posture unconditionally overwrites the existing posture.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, postureId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new Posture.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The details of a posture.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "policySets": [ # Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.
+    { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+      "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+        { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+          "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+            { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+              "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+              "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+            "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+              "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+              "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+              },
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+              "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                  "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                    { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                      "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                  "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                  "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                },
+                "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                  "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+              },
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+              "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+              "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+          "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+        },
+      ],
+      "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+    },
+  ],
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.
+  "state": "A String", # Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.
+}
+
+  postureId: string, Required. An identifier for the posture.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes all revisions of a Posture. You can only delete a posture if none of its revisions are deployed.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture. If you provide this value, then it must match the existing value. If the values don't match, then the request fails with an ABORTED error. If you omit this value, then the posture is deleted regardless of its current `etag` value.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    extract(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Extracts existing policies from an organization, folder, or project, and applies them to another organization, folder, or project as a Posture. If the other organization, folder, or project already has a posture, then the result of the long-running operation is an ALREADY_EXISTS error.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ExtractPosture.
+  "postureId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the posture.
+  "workload": "A String", # Required. The organization, folder, or project from which policies are extracted. Must be within the organization defined in parent. Use one of the following formats: * `organization/{organization_number}` * `folder/{folder_number}` * `project/{project_number}`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a single revision of a Posture.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`. (required)
+  revisionId: string, Optional. The posture revision to retrieve. If not specified, the most recently updated revision is retrieved.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a posture.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "policySets": [ # Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.
+    { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+      "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+        { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+          "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+            { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+              "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+              "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+            "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+              "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+              "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+              },
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+              "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                  "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                    { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                      "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                  "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                  "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                },
+                "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                  "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+              },
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+              "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+              "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+          "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+        },
+      ],
+      "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+    },
+  ],
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.
+  "state": "A String", # Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists the most recent revisions of all Posture resources in a specified organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of postures to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous request to list postures. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListPostures.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.
+  "postures": [ # The list of Posture resources.
+    { # The details of a posture.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+      "policySets": [ # Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.
+        { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+          "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+            { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+              "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+                { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+                  "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+                  "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+                },
+              ],
+              "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+                "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+                  "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+                  "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                    "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                    "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                    "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                    "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                    "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+                  },
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                    "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                      "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                        { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                    },
+                    "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                    "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                      "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+                  },
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+                  "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                  "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+                },
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+              "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+            },
+          ],
+          "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.
+      "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.
+      "state": "A String", # Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    listRevisions(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all revisions of a single Posture.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of posture revisions to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token from a previous request to list posture revisions. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListPostureRevisions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.
+  "revisions": [ # The list of revisions for the Posture.
+    { # The details of a posture.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+      "policySets": [ # Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.
+        { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+          "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+            { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+              "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+                { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+                  "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+                  "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+                },
+              ],
+              "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+                "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+                  "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+                  "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                    "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                    "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                    "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                    "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                    "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+                  },
+                  "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                    { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                      "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                      "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                      "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                        "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                        "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                    "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                      "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                        { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                    },
+                    "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                    "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                      "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+                  },
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+                  "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                },
+                "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+                  "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+                  "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+                },
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+              "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+            },
+          ],
+          "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.
+      "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.
+      "state": "A String", # Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    listRevisions_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, revisionId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a revision of an existing Posture. If the posture revision that you update is currently deployed, then a new revision of the posture is created. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture: 1. Call GetPosture to get the current version of the posture. 2. Update the fields in the posture as needed. 3. Call UpdatePosture to update the posture. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPosture response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePosture, then the updated posture unconditionally overwrites the existing posture.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The details of a posture.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "categories": [ # Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the posture.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+  "policySets": [ # Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.
+    { # A group of one or more Policy resources.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy set.
+      "policies": [ # Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.
+        { # The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.
+          "complianceStandards": [ # Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.
+            { # Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.
+              "control": "A String", # Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.
+              "standard": "A String", # Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "constraint": { # Metadata for a constraint in a Policy. # Required. The constraints that the policy includes.
+            "orgPolicyConstraint": { # A predefined organization policy constraint. # Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint.
+              "cannedConstraintId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "orgPolicyConstraintCustom": { # A custom organization policy constraint. # Optional. A custom organization policy constraint.
+              "customConstraint": { # A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce). # Required. Metadata for the constraint.
+                "actionType": "A String", # Whether to allow or deny the action.
+                "condition": "A String", # A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.
+                "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.
+                "methodTypes": [ # The types of operations that the constraint applies to.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.
+                "resourceTypes": [ # Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.
+              },
+              "policyRules": [ # Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.
+                { # A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.
+                  "allowAll": True or False, # Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                    "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                    "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                  },
+                  "denyAll": True or False, # Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                  "enforce": True or False, # Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "resourceTypes": { # Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details. # Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS.
+                    "included": [ # Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "values": { # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference). # The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.
+                    "allowedValues": [ # The allowed values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "deniedValues": [ # The denied values for the constraint.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": { # A custom module for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics.
+              "config": { # A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. Configuration settings for the custom module.
+                "customOutput": { # Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings. # Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings.
+                  "properties": [ # Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.
+                    { # A name-value pair used as a custom source property.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the custom source property.
+                      "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+                "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+                  "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+                  "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+                },
+                "recommendation": "A String", # Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.
+                "resourceSelector": { # A selector for the resource types to run the detector on. # Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on.
+                  "resourceTypes": [ # Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+                "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.
+              },
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.
+              "id": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+            },
+            "securityHealthAnalyticsModule": { # A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics. # Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.
+              "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.
+              "moduleName": "A String", # Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the policy.
+          "policyId": "A String", # Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.
+        },
+      ],
+      "policySetId": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the policy set.
+    },
+  ],
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.
+  "state": "A String", # Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.
+}
+
+  revisionId: string, Required. The revision ID of the posture to update. If the posture revision that you update is currently deployed, then a new revision of the posture is created.
+  updateMask: string, Required. The fields in the Posture to update. You can update only the following fields: * Posture.description * Posture.policy_sets * Posture.state
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.reports.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.reports.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51926fba02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.organizations.locations.reports.html
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . organizations . locations . reports

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  createIaCValidationReport(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Validates a specified infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration, and creates a Report with the validation results. Only Terraform configurations are supported. Only modified assets are validated.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details for a Report.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists every Report in a given organization and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    createIaCValidationReport(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Validates a specified infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration, and creates a Report with the validation results. Only Terraform configurations are supported. Only modified assets are validated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CreateIaCValidationReport.
+  "iac": { # Details of an infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration. # Required. The infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration to validate.
+    "tfPlan": "A String", # Optional. A Terraform plan file, formatted as a stringified JSON object. To learn how to generate a Terraform plan file in JSON format, see [JSON output format](https://developer.hashicorp.com/terraform/internals/json-format) in the Terraform documentation.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details for a Report.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the report, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/reports/{report_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Details of a report.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the report was created.
+  "iacValidationReport": { # Details of an infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report. # Output only. An infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report.
+    "note": "A String", # Additional information about the report.
+    "violations": [ # A list of every Violation found in the IaC configuration.
+      { # Details of a violation.
+        "assetId": "A String", # The full resource name of the asset that caused the violation. For details about the format of the full resource name for each asset type, see [Resource name format](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format).
+        "nextSteps": "A String", # A description of the steps that you can take to fix the violation.
+        "policyId": "A String", # The policy that was violated.
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity of the violation.
+        "violatedAsset": { # Details of a Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused a violation. # Details of the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused the violation.
+          "asset": "A String", # Information about the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that violated a policy. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.
+          "assetType": "A String", # The type of Cloud Asset Inventory asset. For a list of asset types, see [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types).
+        },
+        "violatedPolicy": { # Details of a policy that was violated. # Details of the policy that was violated.
+          "complianceStandards": [ # The compliance standards that the policy maps to. For example, `CIS-2.0 1.15`.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "constraint": "A String", # Information about the constraint that was violated. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.
+          "constraintType": "A String", # The type of constraint that was violated.
+          "description": "A String", # A description of the policy.
+        },
+        "violatedPosture": { # Details of a posture deployment. # Details for the posture that was violated. This field is present only if the violated policy belongs to a deployed posture.
+          "policySet": "A String", # The identifier for the PolicySet that the relevant policy belongs to.
+          "posture": "A String", # The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+          "postureDeployment": "A String", # The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+          "postureDeploymentTargetResource": "A String", # The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+          "postureRevisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the report, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/reports/{report_id}`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the report was last updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists every Report in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter to apply to the list of reports, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of reports to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list reports. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListReports.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.
+  "reports": [ # The list of Report resources.
+    { # Details of a report.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the report was created.
+      "iacValidationReport": { # Details of an infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report. # Output only. An infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report.
+        "note": "A String", # Additional information about the report.
+        "violations": [ # A list of every Violation found in the IaC configuration.
+          { # Details of a violation.
+            "assetId": "A String", # The full resource name of the asset that caused the violation. For details about the format of the full resource name for each asset type, see [Resource name format](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format).
+            "nextSteps": "A String", # A description of the steps that you can take to fix the violation.
+            "policyId": "A String", # The policy that was violated.
+            "severity": "A String", # The severity of the violation.
+            "violatedAsset": { # Details of a Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused a violation. # Details of the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused the violation.
+              "asset": "A String", # Information about the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that violated a policy. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.
+              "assetType": "A String", # The type of Cloud Asset Inventory asset. For a list of asset types, see [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types).
+            },
+            "violatedPolicy": { # Details of a policy that was violated. # Details of the policy that was violated.
+              "complianceStandards": [ # The compliance standards that the policy maps to. For example, `CIS-2.0 1.15`.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "constraint": "A String", # Information about the constraint that was violated. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.
+              "constraintType": "A String", # The type of constraint that was violated.
+              "description": "A String", # A description of the policy.
+            },
+            "violatedPosture": { # Details of a posture deployment. # Details for the posture that was violated. This field is present only if the violated policy belongs to a deployed posture.
+              "policySet": "A String", # The identifier for the PolicySet that the relevant policy belongs to.
+              "posture": "A String", # The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.
+              "postureDeployment": "A String", # The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.
+              "postureDeploymentTargetResource": "A String", # The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`
+              "postureRevisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the report, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/reports/{report_id}`.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the report was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dab1180259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . projects

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75f4754fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/securityposture_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+
+
+
+
Security Posture API . projects . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets information about a location.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
index 1280932faa..de0d82c75b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
@@ -239,6 +239,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+          "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -546,6 +547,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+      "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
       "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
       "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
       "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -768,6 +770,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+          "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
index fd4a8a3ebd..afa30dd190 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
@@ -363,6 +363,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+      "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
       "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
       "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
       "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -585,6 +586,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+          "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.buildingInsights.html b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.buildingInsights.html
index 95523d1fe1..749f091ae6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.buildingInsights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.buildingInsights.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
   },
   "imageryQuality": "A String", # The quality of the imagery used to compute the data for this building.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the building, of the format `building/`.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the building, of the format `buildings/{place_id}`.
   "postalCode": "A String", # Postal code (e.g., US zip code) this building is contained by.
   "regionCode": "A String", # Region code for the country (or region) this building is in.
   "solarPotential": { # Information about the solar potential of a building. A number of fields in this are defined in terms of "panels". The fields panel_capacity_watts, panel_height_meters, and panel_width_meters describe the parameters of the model of panel used in these calculations. # Solar potential of the building.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 969e423de4..71b0c56b74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud TPU API . pro
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 17f827b1a6..3e8e541b3c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud TPU API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
index 5ae177b973..c76d620c4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud TPU API . pro
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 72fd348fa9..03e68e9c2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud TPU API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index eac87679a4..0b363ed852 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@
 },
 "sessionSettings": {
 "$ref": "SessionSettings",
-"description": "Optional. GCSL policy for the group key."
+"description": "Optional. The Google Cloud session length (GCSL) policy for the group key."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2476,21 +2476,21 @@
 "id": "SessionSettings",
 "properties": {
 "maxInactivity": {
-"description": "Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Presently only set for Cloud Apps.",
+"description": "Optional. How long a user is allowed to take between actions before a new access token must be issued. Only set for Google Cloud apps.",
 "format": "google-duration",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sessionLength": {
-"description": "Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling. Session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.",
+"description": "Optional. The session length. Setting this field to zero is equal to disabling session. Also can set infinite session by flipping the enabled bit to false below. If use_oidc_max_age is true, for OIDC apps, the session length will be the minimum of this field and OIDC max_age param.",
 "format": "google-duration",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sessionLengthEnabled": {
-"description": "Optional. Big red button to turn off GCSL. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.",
+"description": "Optional. This field enables or disables Google Cloud session length. When false, all fields set above will be disregarded and the session length is basically infinite.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "sessionReauthMethod": {
-"description": "Optional. Session method when users GCP session is up.",
+"description": "Optional. Session method when user's Google Cloud session is up.",
 "enum": [
 "SESSION_REAUTH_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED",
 "LOGIN",
@@ -2498,9 +2498,9 @@
 "PASSWORD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"If method undefined in API, we will use LOGIN by default.",
-"The user will prompted to perform regular login. Users who are enrolled for two-step verification and haven't chosen to \"Remember this computer\" will be prompted for their second factor.",
-"The user will be prompted to autheticate using their security key. If no security key has been configured, then we will fallback to LOGIN.",
+"If method is undefined in the API, LOGIN will be used by default.",
+"The user will be prompted to perform regular login. Users who are enrolled for two-step verification and haven't chosen \"Remember this computer\" will be prompted for their second factor.",
+"The user will be prompted to authenticate using their security key. If no security key has been configured, then authentication will fallback to LOGIN.",
 "The user will be prompted for their password."
 ],
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index cd8e5fde11..cd2b4fc0f5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241126",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Alias": {
@@ -7494,7 +7494,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "condition": {
-"description": "Optional. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. No additional setup is needed to use the feature. The condition associated with this role assignment. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, only two conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the two condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview).",
+"description": "Optional. The condition associated with this role assignment. Note: Feature is available to Enterprise Standard, Enterprise Plus, Google Workspace for Education Plus and Cloud Identity Premium customers. A `RoleAssignment` with the `condition` field set will only take effect when the resource being accessed meets the condition. If `condition` is empty, the role (`role_id`) is applied to the actor (`assigned_to`) at the scope (`scope_type`) unconditionally. Currently, the following conditions are supported: - To make the `RoleAssignment` only applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Security Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.security']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` Currently, the condition strings have to be verbatim and they only work with the following [pre-built administrator roles](https://support.google.com/a/answer/2405986): - Groups Editor - Groups Reader The condition follows [Cloud IAM condition syntax](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview). Additional conditions related to Locked Groups are available under Open Beta. - To make the `RoleAssignment` not applicable to [Locked Groups](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/groups#group_types): `!api.getAttribute('cloudidentity.googleapis.com/groups.labels', []).hasAny(['groups.locked']) && resource.type == 'cloudidentity.googleapis.com/Group'` This condition can also be used in conjunction with a Security-related condition.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index 518d6f2164..f1d3736701 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -971,6 +971,7 @@
 "AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE",
 "CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME",
 "CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID",
+"HOSTED_CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID",
 "OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME",
 "OWNED_SITE_ID",
 "PAGE_URL",
@@ -1021,6 +1022,7 @@
 "The size code of an ad unit (e.g. \"728x90\", \"responsive\").",
 "Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.",
 "Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.",
+"Unique ID of a hosted client's custom channel.",
 "Domain name of a verified site (e.g. \"example.com\"). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.",
 "Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.",
 "URL of the page upon which the ad was served. This is a complete URL including scheme and query parameters. Note that the URL that appears in this dimension may be a canonicalized version of the one that was used in the original request, and so may not exactly match the URL that a user might have seen. Note that there are also some caveats to be aware of when using this dimension. For more information, see [Page URL breakdown](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11988478).",
@@ -1291,6 +1293,7 @@
 "AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE",
 "CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME",
 "CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID",
+"HOSTED_CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID",
 "OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME",
 "OWNED_SITE_ID",
 "PAGE_URL",
@@ -1341,6 +1344,7 @@
 "The size code of an ad unit (e.g. \"728x90\", \"responsive\").",
 "Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.",
 "Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.",
+"Unique ID of a hosted client's custom channel.",
 "Domain name of a verified site (e.g. \"example.com\"). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.",
 "Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.",
 "URL of the page upon which the ad was served. This is a complete URL including scheme and query parameters. Note that the URL that appears in this dimension may be a canonicalized version of the one that was used in the original request, and so may not exactly match the URL that a user might have seen. Note that there are also some caveats to be aware of when using this dimension. For more information, see [Page URL breakdown](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11988478).",
@@ -1912,7 +1916,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index f8d81e7d89..89c9eb39fc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "apigateway.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240617",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApigatewayApi": {
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index 8f873cafed..0c68de99b6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "apigateway.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240617",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApigatewayApi": {
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index 5aa0d9bf8f..2022bc7897 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -10385,7 +10385,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241116",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -15472,7 +15472,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "authorizedNetwork": {
-"description": "Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.",
+"description": "Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "billingType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
index 08738d642d..517d73212d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "batch.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Accelerator": {
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
index 2d4d896c55..db143a5e87 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AllocatedConnection": {
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3404,7 +3404,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
index 0dd0082728..fead03dec0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -3810,7 +3810,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -4380,7 +4380,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AllocatedConnection": {
@@ -4528,7 +4528,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5034,7 +5034,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5230,7 +5230,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5342,7 +5342,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5514,7 +5514,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5753,7 +5753,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
index 7c49d23791..9220690177 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241008",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppProfile": {
@@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "retentionPeriod": {
-"description": "Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.",
+"description": "Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.",
 "format": "google-duration",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -4010,7 +4010,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "optimizeTableOperationName": {
-"description": "If exists, the name of the long-running operation that will be used to track the post-restore optimization process to optimize the performance of the restored table. The metadata type of the long-running operation is OptimizeRestoreTableMetadata. The response type is Empty. This long-running operation may be automatically created by the system if applicable after the RestoreTable long-running operation completes successfully. This operation may not be created if the table is already optimized or the restore was not successful.",
+"description": "If exists, the name of the long-running operation that will be used to track the post-restore optimization process to optimize the performance of the restored table. The metadata type of the long-running operation is OptimizeRestoredTableMetadata. The response type is Empty. This long-running operation may be automatically created by the system if applicable after the RestoreTable long-running operation completes successfully. This operation may not be created if the table is already optimized or the restore was not successful.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "progress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
index 08b0daffd6..ee0fbeecd0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "blockchainnodeengine.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240701",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://blockchainnodeengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "BlockchainNode": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json
index 46f946acc9..f703c93d13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "certificatemanager.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240729",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AllowlistedCertificate": {
@@ -1441,9 +1441,9 @@
 "ALL_REGIONS"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Certificates with default scope are served from core Google data centers. If unsure, choose this option.",
-"Certificates with scope EDGE_CACHE are special-purposed certificates, served from Edge Points of Presence. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations.",
-"Certificates with ALL_REGIONS scope are served from all Google Cloud regions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones."
+"Use the DEFAULT scope if you plan to use the certificate with global external Application Load Balancer, global external proxy Network Load Balancer, or any of the regional Google Cloud services.",
+"Use the EDGE_CACHE scope if you plan to use the certificate with Media CDN. The certificates are served from Edge Points of Presence. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations.",
+"Use the ALL_REGIONS scope if you plan to use the certificate with cross-region internal Application Load Balancer. The certificates are served from all Google Cloud regions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "statusMessage": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index fdb7d8c008..368f9738bc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241121",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
@@ -1462,6 +1462,24 @@
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_STANDALONE_BROWSER_EXTENSION",
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_BRUSCHETTA"
 ],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+true,
+false
+],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Application type unknown.",
 "Application type arc (Android app).",
@@ -1471,13 +1489,13 @@
 "Application type web.",
 "Application type Mac OS.",
 "Application type Plugin VM.",
-"Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
 "Application type remote.",
 "Application type borealis.",
 "Application type system web.",
-"Application type standalone browser chrome app (hosted in Lacros).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser chrome app.",
 "Application type extension.",
-"Application type standalone browser extension.",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser extension.",
 "Application type bruschetta."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -3793,6 +3811,24 @@
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_STANDALONE_BROWSER_EXTENSION",
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_BRUSCHETTA"
 ],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+true,
+false
+],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Application type unknown.",
 "Application type arc (Android app).",
@@ -3802,13 +3838,13 @@
 "Application type web.",
 "Application type Mac OS.",
 "Application type Plugin VM.",
-"Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
 "Application type remote.",
 "Application type borealis.",
 "Application type system web.",
-"Application type standalone browser chrome app (hosted in Lacros).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser chrome app.",
 "Application type extension.",
-"Application type standalone browser extension.",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser extension.",
 "Application type bruschetta."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -3940,6 +3976,24 @@
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_STANDALONE_BROWSER_EXTENSION",
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_BRUSCHETTA"
 ],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+true,
+false
+],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Application type unknown.",
 "Application type arc (Android app).",
@@ -3949,13 +4003,13 @@
 "Application type web.",
 "Application type Mac OS.",
 "Application type Plugin VM.",
-"Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
 "Application type remote.",
 "Application type borealis.",
 "Application type system web.",
-"Application type standalone browser chrome app (hosted in Lacros).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser chrome app.",
 "Application type extension.",
-"Application type standalone browser extension.",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser extension.",
 "Application type bruschetta."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -3991,6 +4045,24 @@
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_STANDALONE_BROWSER_EXTENSION",
 "APPLICATION_TYPE_BRUSCHETTA"
 ],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+true,
+false,
+true,
+false
+],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Application type unknown.",
 "Application type arc (Android app).",
@@ -4000,13 +4072,13 @@
 "Application type web.",
 "Application type Mac OS.",
 "Application type Plugin VM.",
-"Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser (Lacros browser app).",
 "Application type remote.",
 "Application type borealis.",
 "Application type system web.",
-"Application type standalone browser chrome app (hosted in Lacros).",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser chrome app.",
 "Application type extension.",
-"Application type standalone browser extension.",
+"Deprecated. This vaule is no longer used. Application type standalone browser extension.",
 "Application type bruschetta."
 ],
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index c6bfef8709..feb626a590 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "updateRubric": {
-"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubric",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.updateRubric",
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@
 "rubrics": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`",
+"description": "Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.create",
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.delete",
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.patch",
@@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddOnAttachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index 59e18f1f5c..6717bcc6cb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSelector": {
@@ -2871,6 +2871,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2962,6 +2966,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index a82c9f602f..ad4871d031 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1181,6 +1181,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1272,6 +1276,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index ea3fbbea40..25bf81cf2e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -883,6 +883,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -974,6 +978,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index 12bd9ac36f..456a56f105 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -888,6 +888,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -979,6 +983,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index 7376f3969f..6792f3335c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -957,6 +957,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1048,6 +1052,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
index a9b562beee..5f28c94f69 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "clouddeploy.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241029",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbandonReleaseRequest": {
@@ -4772,7 +4772,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5328,7 +5328,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "skaffoldVersion": {
-"description": "The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as \"1.20.0\". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.",
+"description": "Optional. The Skaffold version to use when operating on this release, such as \"1.20.0\". Not all versions are valid; Cloud Deploy supports a specific set of versions. If unset, the most recent supported Skaffold version will be used.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "targetArtifacts": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
index 6b0f180450..08e4461108 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -1226,7 +1226,8 @@
 "ROLLBACK_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_TRAFFIC",
 "SETUP_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_CONFIG",
 "ABORT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
-"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE"
+"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
+"DETACH_FUNCTION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified",
@@ -1237,7 +1238,8 @@
 "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic",
 "SetupFunctionUpgradeConfig",
 "AbortFunctionUpgrade",
-"CommitFunctionUpgrade"
+"CommitFunctionUpgrade",
+"DetachFunction"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
index 6438bebe0e..fe28b96dc6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -1226,7 +1226,8 @@
 "ROLLBACK_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_TRAFFIC",
 "SETUP_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_CONFIG",
 "ABORT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
-"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE"
+"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
+"DETACH_FUNCTION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified",
@@ -1237,7 +1238,8 @@
 "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic",
 "SetupFunctionUpgradeConfig",
 "AbortFunctionUpgrade",
-"CommitFunctionUpgrade"
+"CommitFunctionUpgrade",
+"DetachFunction"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
index 616c0cccba..d0561474e1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -1226,7 +1226,8 @@
 "ROLLBACK_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_TRAFFIC",
 "SETUP_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_CONFIG",
 "ABORT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
-"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE"
+"COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE",
+"DETACH_FUNCTION"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified",
@@ -1237,7 +1238,8 @@
 "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic",
 "SetupFunctionUpgradeConfig",
 "AbortFunctionUpgrade",
-"CommitFunctionUpgrade"
+"CommitFunctionUpgrade",
+"DetachFunction"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
index 7eb9fbc934..dcf1993ae3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudscheduler.operations.cancel",
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241113",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json
index 559fa738dc..afe9cd0506 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100.",
+"description": "The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100. The size of each page can be smaller than the requested page size and can include zero. For example, you could request 100 attachments on one page, receive 0, and then on the next page, receive 90.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Actor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
index 883883f886..53ab6f1c36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100.",
+"description": "The maximum number of attachments fetched with each request. If not provided, the default is 10. The maximum page size that will be returned is 100. The size of each page can be smaller than the requested page size and can include zero. For example, you could request 100 attachments on one page, receive 0, and then on the next page, receive 90.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Actor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
index f18db53d23..695d3c72a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@
 "workloads": {
 "methods": {
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.",
+"description": "Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/workloads",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "composer.projects.locations.environments.workloads.list",
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
index bad0a43d2a..8191cef736 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
 "workloads": {
 "methods": {
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.",
+"description": "Lists workloads in a Cloud Composer environment. Workload is a unit that runs a single Composer component. This method is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/workloads",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "composer.projects.locations.environments.workloads.list",
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json
index 147f20c944..f3694a8296 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "contactcenteraiplatform.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241107",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdminUser": {
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json
index 3be980ca15..3a57cc0ac4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240828",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json
index 639a75d524..681f0f31df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240828",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index 288f447223..e162c86910 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "datastore.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241018",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json
index d6b8422dc2..15b8545e47 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "developerconnect.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241107",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "uid": {
-"description": "Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.",
+"description": "Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the Connection.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "uid": {
-"description": "Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for a the GitRepositoryLink.",
+"description": "Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for the GitRepositoryLink.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
index 6fe6802b50..fb72b01930 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
@@ -9267,7 +9267,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241205",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -9881,7 +9881,12 @@
 "ASSET_ROLE_IOS_APP_ID",
 "ASSET_ROLE_RATING",
 "ASSET_ROLE_ICON",
-"ASSET_ROLE_COVER_IMAGE"
+"ASSET_ROLE_COVER_IMAGE",
+"ASSET_ROLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR",
+"ASSET_ROLE_ACCENT_COLOR",
+"ASSET_ROLE_REQUIRE_LOGO",
+"ASSET_ROLE_REQUIRE_IMAGE",
+"ASSET_ROLE_ENABLE_ASSET_ENHANCEMENTS"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Asset role is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -9900,7 +9905,12 @@
 "The ID of an iOS app in the Apple app store. This ID number can be found in the Apple App Store URL as the string of numbers directly after \"id\". For example, in https://apps.apple.com/us/app/gmail-email-by-google/id422689480 the ID is 422689480. Assets of this role are read-only.",
 "The rating of an app in the Google play store or iOS app store. Note that this value is not automatically synced with the actual rating in the store. It will always be the one provided when save the creative. Assets of this role are read-only.",
 "The icon of a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE` * `CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_SITE_SQUARE`",
-"The cover image of a native video creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_VIDEO`"
+"The cover image of a native video creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_VIDEO`",
+"The main color to use in a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"The accent color to use in a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether the creative must use a logo asset. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether the creative must use an image asset. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether asset enhancements can be applied to the creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -12476,7 +12486,8 @@ false
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_AUDIO",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_PUBLISHER_HOSTED",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_VIDEO",
-"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO"
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO",
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -12493,7 +12504,8 @@ false
 "Audio creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
 "Publisher hosted creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
 "Native video creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
-"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type."
+"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
+"Asset based creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -12753,7 +12765,8 @@ false
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_AUDIO",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_PUBLISHER_HOSTED",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_VIDEO",
-"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO"
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO",
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -12770,7 +12783,8 @@ false
 "Audio creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
 "Publisher hosted creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
 "Native video creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
-"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type."
+"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
+"Asset based creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
index aed4bb9563..d64916286d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
@@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241205",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": {
@@ -10727,7 +10727,12 @@
 "ASSET_ROLE_IOS_APP_ID",
 "ASSET_ROLE_RATING",
 "ASSET_ROLE_ICON",
-"ASSET_ROLE_COVER_IMAGE"
+"ASSET_ROLE_COVER_IMAGE",
+"ASSET_ROLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR",
+"ASSET_ROLE_ACCENT_COLOR",
+"ASSET_ROLE_REQUIRE_LOGO",
+"ASSET_ROLE_REQUIRE_IMAGE",
+"ASSET_ROLE_ENABLE_ASSET_ENHANCEMENTS"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Asset role is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -10746,7 +10751,12 @@
 "The ID of an iOS app in the Apple app store. This ID number can be found in the Apple App Store URL as the string of numbers directly after \"id\". For example, in https://apps.apple.com/us/app/gmail-email-by-google/id422689480 the ID is 422689480. Assets of this role are read-only.",
 "The rating of an app in the Google play store or iOS app store. Note that this value is not automatically synced with the actual rating in the store. It will always be the one provided when save the creative. Assets of this role are read-only.",
 "The icon of a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE` * `CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_SITE_SQUARE`",
-"The cover image of a native video creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_VIDEO`"
+"The cover image of a native video creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_VIDEO`",
+"The main color to use in a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"The accent color to use in a creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether the creative must use a logo asset. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether the creative must use an image asset. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`",
+"Whether asset enhancements can be applied to the creative. This role is only supported and required in following creative_type: * `CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE`"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -13326,7 +13336,8 @@ false
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_AUDIO",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_PUBLISHER_HOSTED",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_VIDEO",
-"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO"
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO",
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -13343,7 +13354,8 @@ false
 "Audio creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
 "Publisher hosted creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
 "Native video creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
-"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type."
+"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
+"Asset based creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -13603,7 +13615,8 @@ false
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_AUDIO",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_PUBLISHER_HOSTED",
 "CREATIVE_TYPE_NATIVE_VIDEO",
-"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO"
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_TEMPLATED_APP_INSTALL_VIDEO",
+"CREATIVE_TYPE_ASSET_BASED_CREATIVE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -13620,7 +13633,8 @@ false
 "Audio creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
 "Publisher hosted creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
 "Native video creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`",
-"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type."
+"Templated app install mobile video creative. Create and update methods are **not** supported for this creative type.",
+"Asset based creative. Create and update methods are supported for this creative type if the hosting_source is `HOSTING_SOURCE_HOSTED`."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index 5f929f3746..0d7a0a6207 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240911",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -6188,18 +6188,18 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleTypePostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -6215,7 +6215,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -6235,7 +6235,7 @@ true
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
@@ -6250,11 +6250,11 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index 63ec94a1b8..e680d354cd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -6835,18 +6835,18 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleTypePostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -6862,7 +6862,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -6882,7 +6882,7 @@ true
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
@@ -6897,11 +6897,11 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json
index 3998b66e3c..f7252ceea6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240724",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1939,18 +1939,18 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json
index 5cd7240f6c..a534109049 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240724",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1939,18 +1939,18 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json
index 7b19bd36fd..5589f50c12 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240724",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1939,18 +1939,18 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index 65d407c5c4..d7560f8b36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 "about": {
 "methods": {
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities.",
+"description": "Gets information about the user, the user's Drive, and system capabilities. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "about",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.about.get",
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
 "apps": {
 "methods": {
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets a specific app.",
+"description": "Gets a specific app. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).",
 "flatPath": "apps/{appId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.apps.get",
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists a user's installed apps.",
+"description": "Lists a user's installed apps. For more information, see [Return user info](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/user-info).",
 "flatPath": "apps",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.apps.list",
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 "changes": {
 "methods": {
 "getStartPageToken": {
-"description": "Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes.",
+"description": "Gets the starting pageToken for listing future changes. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).",
 "flatPath": "changes/startPageToken",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.changes.getStartPageToken",
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists the changes for a user or shared drive.",
+"description": "Lists the changes for a user or shared drive. For more information, see [Retrieve changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-changes).",
 "flatPath": "changes",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.changes.list",
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
 "supportsSubscription": true
 },
 "watch": {
-"description": "Subscribes to changes for a user.",
+"description": "Subscribes to changes for a user. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).",
 "flatPath": "changes/watch",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "drive.changes.watch",
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
 "channels": {
 "methods": {
 "stop": {
-"description": "Stops watching resources through this channel.",
+"description": "Stops watching resources through this channel. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/push).",
 "flatPath": "channels/stop",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "drive.channels.stop",
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
 "comments": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a comment on a file.",
+"description": "Creates a comment on a file. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "drive.comments.create",
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a comment.",
+"description": "Deletes a comment. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments/{commentId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
 "id": "drive.comments.delete",
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets a comment by ID.",
+"description": "Gets a comment by ID. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments/{commentId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.comments.get",
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists a file's comments.",
+"description": "Lists a file's comments. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "drive.comments.list",
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "update": {
-"description": "Updates a comment with patch semantics.",
+"description": "Updates a comment with patch semantics. For more information, see [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/manage-comments). Required: The `fields` parameter must be set. To return the exact fields you need, see [Return specific fields](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter).",
 "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/comments/{commentId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "drive.comments.update",
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241206",
 "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "About": {
@@ -4620,7 +4620,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "Permission": {
-"description": "A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.",
+"description": "A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. By default, permissions requests only return a subset of fields. Permission kind, ID, type, and role are always returned. To retrieve specific fields, see https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/fields-parameter. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.",
 "id": "Permission",
 "properties": {
 "allowFileDiscovery": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json
index cade338ce9..7b789d54b6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "firebasedataconnect.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241108",
+"revision": "20241208",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
index af0f41dd1b..1929a92451 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241204",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Date": {
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Blob": {
-"description": "Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes.",
+"description": "Content blob.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Blob",
 "properties": {
 "data": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json
index 9acc0ac57d..a4d34afca1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "executableVersion": {
-"description": "The requested runtime executable version. Defaults to FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1.",
+"description": "Optional. The requested runtime executable version. Defaults to FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1.",
 "enum": [
 "RELEASE_EXECUTABLE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "FIREBASE_RULES_EXECUTABLE_V1",
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "`Release` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on the `Release.name`, and `Release.ruleset_name`. Example 1: A filter of 'name=prod*' might return `Release`s with names within 'projects/foo' prefixed with 'prod': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v2 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid8888 Example 2: A filter of `name=prod* ruleset_name=uuid1234` would return only `Release` instances for 'projects/foo' with names prefixed with 'prod' referring to the same `Ruleset` name of 'uuid1234': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 In the examples, the filter parameters refer to the search filters are relative to the project. Fully qualified prefixed may also be used.",
+"description": "Optional. `Release` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on the `Release.name`, and `Release.ruleset_name`. Example 1: A filter of 'name=prod*' might return `Release`s with names within 'projects/foo' prefixed with 'prod': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v2 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid8888 Example 2: A filter of `name=prod* ruleset_name=uuid1234` would return only `Release` instances for 'projects/foo' with names prefixed with 'prod' referring to the same `Ruleset` name of 'uuid1234': Name -> Ruleset Name: * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v1 -> projects/foo/rulesets/1234 In the examples, the filter parameters refer to the search filters are relative to the project. Fully qualified prefixed may also be used.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -293,13 +293,13 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load fewer than `page_size` results due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, the caller should iterate until the `page_token` on the response is empty.",
+"description": "Optional. Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load fewer than `page_size` results due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, the caller should iterate until the `page_token` on the response is empty.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Next page token for the next batch of `Release` instances.",
+"description": "Optional. Next page token for the next batch of `Release` instances.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "`Ruleset` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on `Ruleset.name`. Filters on `Ruleset.create_time` should use the `date` function which parses strings that conform to the RFC 3339 date/time specifications. Example: `create_time > date(\"2017-01-01T00:00:00Z\") AND name=UUID-*`",
+"description": "Optional. `Ruleset` filter. The list method supports filters with restrictions on `Ruleset.name`. Filters on `Ruleset.create_time` should use the `date` function which parses strings that conform to the RFC 3339 date/time specifications. Example: `create_time > date(\"2017-01-01T00:00:00Z\") AND name=UUID-*`",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -451,13 +451,13 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load less than `page_size` due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, caller should iterate until the `page_token` is empty.",
+"description": "Optional. Page size to load. Maximum of 100. Defaults to 10. Note: `page_size` is just a hint and the service may choose to load less than `page_size` due to the size of the output. To traverse all of the releases, caller should iterate until the `page_token` is empty.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Next page token for loading the next batch of `Ruleset` instances.",
+"description": "Optional. Next page token for loading the next batch of `Ruleset` instances.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240623",
+"revision": "20241125",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaserules.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Arg": {
@@ -964,11 +964,11 @@
 "properties": {
 "source": {
 "$ref": "Source",
-"description": "Optional `Source` to be checked for correctness. This field must not be set when the resource name refers to a `Ruleset`."
+"description": "Optional. Optional `Source` to be checked for correctness. This field must not be set when the resource name refers to a `Ruleset`."
 },
 "testSuite": {
 "$ref": "TestSuite",
-"description": "The tests to execute against the `Source`. When `Source` is provided inline, the test cases will only be run if the `Source` is syntactically and semantically valid. Inline `TestSuite` to run."
+"description": "Required. The tests to execute against the `Source`. When `Source` is provided inline, the test cases will only be run if the `Source` is syntactically and semantically valid. Inline `TestSuite` to run."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@
 "description": "Required. `Release` to update."
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Specifies which fields to update.",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies which fields to update.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index 45f23d22c3..3b5ead8a9d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/databases/{databasesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "firestore.projects.databases.operations.cancel",
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241018",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
index 6a085deb61..6523882599 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 "baseUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
 "batchPath": "batch",
 "canonicalName": "Games",
-"description": "The Google Play games service allows developers to enhance games with social leaderboards, achievements, game state, sign-in with Google, and more.",
+"description": "The Google Play Games Service allows developers to enhance games with social leaderboards, achievements, game state, sign-in with Google, and more.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/games/",
 "icons": {
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ false
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240701",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AchievementDefinition": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
index bcf536f6ed..1d24bf2578 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 "baseUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "batchPath": "batch",
 "canonicalName": "Games Management",
-"description": "The Google Play Game Management API allows developers to manage resources from the Google Play Game service.",
+"description": "The Google Play Games Management API allows developers to manage resources from the Google Play Game service.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/games/",
 "icons": {
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240701",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AchievementResetAllResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
index af9c9ab74e..66ece8d0c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkebackup.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241203",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
index 1512965189..73bcc0eb71 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
@@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "gkeonprem.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Authorization": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json
index a621144021..8229714a97 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": {
@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1ResetPasswordRequest",
 "properties": {
 "email": {
-"description": "The email of the account to be modified. Specify this and the old password in order to change an account's password without using an out-of-band code.",
+"description": "Optional. The email of the account to be modified. Specify this and the old password in order to change an account's password without using an out-of-band code.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "newPassword": {
@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ true
 "type": "string"
 },
 "tenantId": {
-"description": "The tenant ID of the Identity Platform tenant the account belongs to.",
+"description": "Optional. The tenant ID of the Identity Platform tenant the account belongs to.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json
index 49895eef6d..a0121965bf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "looker.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://looker.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdminSettings": {
@@ -1155,7 +1155,10 @@
 "LOOKER_CORE_STANDARD",
 "LOOKER_CORE_STANDARD_ANNUAL",
 "LOOKER_CORE_ENTERPRISE_ANNUAL",
-"LOOKER_CORE_EMBED_ANNUAL"
+"LOOKER_CORE_EMBED_ANNUAL",
+"LOOKER_CORE_NONPROD_STANDARD_ANNUAL",
+"LOOKER_CORE_NONPROD_ENTERPRISE_ANNUAL",
+"LOOKER_CORE_NONPROD_EMBED_ANNUAL"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Platform edition is unspecified.",
@@ -1163,7 +1166,10 @@
 "Standard.",
 "Subscription Standard.",
 "Subscription Enterprise.",
-"Subscription Embed."
+"Subscription Embed.",
+"Nonprod Subscription Standard.",
+"Nonprod Subscription Enterprise.",
+"Nonprod Subscription Embed."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
index 850d820552..382382a744 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241124",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Accepted": {
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@
 "description": "The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation."
 },
 "provider": {
-"description": "Required. The provider of the service. Format: `accounts/{account}`",
+"description": "Required. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
index 49bc761e1d..84f2ed7d44 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241119",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Attributes": {
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
 "description": "Number of periods (months or years) and amount of payment per period for an item with an associated subscription contract."
 },
 "taxCategory": {
-"description": "The tax category of the product, used to configure detailed tax nexus in account-level tax settings.",
+"description": "The tax category of the product.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "taxes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
index 3770dabec3..febe8adee8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
@@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241030",
+"revision": "20241112",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": {
@@ -3950,7 +3950,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ListPolicyBasedRoutesResponse": {
-"description": "Response for PolicyBasedRouting.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.",
+"description": "Response for PolicyBasedRoutingService.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.",
 "id": "ListPolicyBasedRoutesResponse",
 "properties": {
 "nextPageToken": {
@@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestedCancellation": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -4729,7 +4729,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "address": {
-"description": "Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}`",
+"description": "Optional. The IP Address of the Regional Endpoint. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated. Use one of the following formats: * IPv4 address as in `10.0.0.1` * Address resource URI as in `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address_name}` for an IPv4 or IPv6 address.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "createTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index c748cd6287..46458f9624 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -4887,7 +4887,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241202",
+"revision": "20241208",
 "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
@@ -6924,7 +6924,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "MirroringDeployment": {
-"description": "Message describing MirroringDeployment object",
+"description": "Message describing MirroringDeployment object NEXT ID: 10",
 "id": "MirroringDeployment",
 "properties": {
 "createTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index 529a97940c..50aae613f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "ondemandscanning.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240715",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index 8dd69ba675..9cc468f02b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "ondemandscanning.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240715",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index 02b3ee363d..34c62fd7a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "regions": {
-"description": "Optional. The regions to which to assert that the key was written. If unspecified, defaults to all regions. Regions are listed at https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region.",
+"description": "Optional. The regions to wait for a POSIX account to be written to before returning a response. If unspecified, defaults to all regions. Regions are listed at https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region.",
 "location": "query",
 "repeated": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240630",
+"revision": "20241208",
 "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
index cb715793dc..00a67fd9bb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 "canonicalName": "Parallelstore",
 "description": "",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/",
+"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
index 97a87ffba5..d01c7f3d70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 "canonicalName": "Parallelstore",
 "description": "",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/",
+"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241204",
 "rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "DestinationGcsBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json
index 5684dafb54..a1c4be09a3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "rapidmigrationassessment.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240628",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://rapidmigrationassessment.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
index d5e4511943..be5c8d6471 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241208",
 "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": {
@@ -1175,9 +1175,9 @@ true
 "DISABLED"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default, unspecified setting. If opted in for automatic detection, `fraud_prevention_assessment` is returned based on the request. Otherwise, `fraud_prevention_assessment` is returned if `transaction_data` is present in the `Event` and Fraud Prevention is enabled in the Google Cloud console.",
+"Default, unspecified setting. `fraud_prevention_assessment` is returned if `transaction_data` is present in `Event` and Fraud Prevention is enabled in the Google Cloud console.",
 "Enable Fraud Prevention for this assessment, if Fraud Prevention is enabled in the Google Cloud console.",
-"Disable Fraud Prevention for this assessment, regardless of opt-in status or Google Cloud console settings."
+"Disable Fraud Prevention for this assessment, regardless of Google Cloud console settings."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index 227f27a339..ae4a545478 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -2082,7 +2082,9 @@
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_SUPERUSER_WRITING_TO_USER_TABLES",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_USER_GRANTED_ALL_PERMISSIONS",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_EXTERNAL_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_WEAK_PASSWORD_HASH_ALGORITHM",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_USER_PASSWORD_POLICY"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2163,6 +2165,8 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2244,7 +2248,9 @@ false
 "Detects events where a Cloud SQL superuser (postgres for PostgreSQL servers or root for MySQL users) writes to non-system tables.",
 "Detects events where a database user or role has been granted all privileges to a database, or to all tables, procedures, or functions in a schema.",
 "Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket outside of the organization.",
-"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible."
+"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible.",
+"Detects if a database instance is using a weak password hash algorithm.",
+"Detects if a database instance has no user password policy set."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2615,7 +2621,9 @@ false
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_SUPERUSER_WRITING_TO_USER_TABLES",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_USER_GRANTED_ALL_PERMISSIONS",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_EXTERNAL_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_WEAK_PASSWORD_HASH_ALGORITHM",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_USER_PASSWORD_POLICY"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2696,6 +2704,8 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2777,7 +2787,9 @@ false
 "Detects events where a Cloud SQL superuser (postgres for PostgreSQL servers or root for MySQL users) writes to non-system tables.",
 "Detects events where a database user or role has been granted all privileges to a database, or to all tables, procedures, or functions in a schema.",
 "Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket outside of the organization.",
-"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible."
+"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible.",
+"Detects if a database instance is using a weak password hash algorithm.",
+"Detects if a database instance has no user password policy set."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 4f2f682b87..f177e6d6f0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241203",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -2082,7 +2082,9 @@
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_SUPERUSER_WRITING_TO_USER_TABLES",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_USER_GRANTED_ALL_PERMISSIONS",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_EXTERNAL_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_WEAK_PASSWORD_HASH_ALGORITHM",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_USER_PASSWORD_POLICY"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2163,6 +2165,8 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2244,7 +2248,9 @@ false
 "Detects events where a Cloud SQL superuser (postgres for PostgreSQL servers or root for MySQL users) writes to non-system tables.",
 "Detects events where a database user or role has been granted all privileges to a database, or to all tables, procedures, or functions in a schema.",
 "Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket outside of the organization.",
-"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible."
+"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible.",
+"Detects if a database instance is using a weak password hash algorithm.",
+"Detects if a database instance has no user password policy set."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2615,7 +2621,9 @@ false
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_SUPERUSER_WRITING_TO_USER_TABLES",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_USER_GRANTED_ALL_PERMISSIONS",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_EXTERNAL_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_DATA_EXPORT_TO_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_BUCKET",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_WEAK_PASSWORD_HASH_ALGORITHM",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_USER_PASSWORD_POLICY"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2696,6 +2704,8 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2777,7 +2787,9 @@ false
 "Detects events where a Cloud SQL superuser (postgres for PostgreSQL servers or root for MySQL users) writes to non-system tables.",
 "Detects events where a database user or role has been granted all privileges to a database, or to all tables, procedures, or functions in a schema.",
 "Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket outside of the organization.",
-"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible."
+"Detects if database instance data exported to a Cloud Storage bucket that is owned by the organization and is publicly accessible.",
+"Detects if a database instance is using a weak password hash algorithm.",
+"Detects if a database instance has no user password policy set."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
index 26477995f5..773c3ffc8a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2Image": {
-"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.",
+"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2Image",
 "properties": {
 "height": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
index e39fe405a4..5360233296 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
@@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -4902,7 +4902,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaImage": {
-"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.",
+"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaImage",
 "properties": {
 "height": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
index eaf4198ca0..990ec48a04 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -5168,7 +5168,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaImage": {
-"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search do not use product images to improve prediction and search results. However, product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console.",
+"description": "Product image. Recommendations AI and Retail Search use product images to improve prediction and search results. Product images can be returned in results, and are shown in prediction or search previews in the console. Please try to provide correct product images and avoid using images with size too small.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaImage",
 "properties": {
 "height": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
index 8f8ef5b442..108f9cfe6f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240726",
+"revision": "20241209",
 "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "UserManaged": {
-"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas",
+"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas",
 "id": "UserManaged",
 "properties": {
 "replicas": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..727fb927e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json
@@ -0,0 +1,2136 @@
+{
+"auth": {
+"oauth2": {
+"scopes": {
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
+"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"basePath": "",
+"baseUrl": "https://securityposture.googleapis.com/",
+"batchPath": "batch",
+"canonicalName": "Security Posture",
+"description": "Defines, assesses, and monitors the overall status of your security in Google Cloud. You can use security postures to evaluate your current cloud security against defined benchmarks and help maintain the level of security that your organization requires. ",
+"discoveryVersion": "v1",
+"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center",
+"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
+"icons": {
+"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
+"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
+},
+"id": "securityposture:v1",
+"kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+"mtlsRootUrl": "https://securityposture.mtls.googleapis.com/",
+"name": "securityposture",
+"ownerDomain": "google.com",
+"ownerName": "Google",
+"parameters": {
+"$.xgafv": {
+"description": "V1 error format.",
+"enum": [
+"1",
+"2"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"v1 error format",
+"v2 error format"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"access_token": {
+"description": "OAuth access token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"alt": {
+"default": "json",
+"description": "Data format for response.",
+"enum": [
+"json",
+"media",
+"proto"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"callback": {
+"description": "JSONP",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fields": {
+"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"oauth_token": {
+"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"prettyPrint": {
+"default": "true",
+"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"quotaUser": {
+"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uploadType": {
+"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"upload_protocol": {
+"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"protocol": "rest",
+"resources": {
+"organizations": {
+"resources": {
+"locations": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"postureDeployments": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new PostureDeployment in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureDeployments",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureDeploymentId": {
+"description": "Required. An identifier for the posture deployment.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postureDeployments",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "PostureDeployment"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a PostureDeployment.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureDeployments/{postureDeploymentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. If you provide this value, then it must match the existing value. If the values don't match, then the request fails with an ABORTED error. If you omit this value, then the posture deployment is deleted regardless of its current `etag` value.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{posture_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postureDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details for a PostureDeployment.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureDeployments/{postureDeploymentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the PostureDeployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{posture_deployment_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postureDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "PostureDeployment"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists every PostureDeployment in a project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureDeployments",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of posture deployments to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list posture deployments. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postureDeployments",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListPostureDeploymentsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates an existing PostureDeployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture deployment: 1. Call GetPostureDeployment to get the current version of the deployment. 2. Update the fields in the deployment as needed. 3. Call UpdatePostureDeployment to update the deployment. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPostureDeployment response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePostureDeployment, then the updated deployment unconditionally overwrites the existing deployment.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureDeployments/{postureDeploymentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureDeployments.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postureDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. The fields in the PostureDeployment to update. You can update only the following fields: * PostureDeployment.posture_id * PostureDeployment.posture_revision_id",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "PostureDeployment"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"postureTemplates": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a single revision of a PostureTemplate.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureTemplates/{postureTemplatesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the PostureTemplate, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureTemplates/{posture_template}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postureTemplates/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Optional. The posture template revision to retrieve. If not specified, the most recently updated revision is retrieved.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "PostureTemplate"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists every PostureTemplate in a given organization and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postureTemplates",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postureTemplates.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of posture templates to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list posture templates. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postureTemplates",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListPostureTemplatesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"postures": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new Posture.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureId": {
+"description": "Required. An identifier for the posture.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postures",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Posture"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes all revisions of a Posture. You can only delete a posture if none of its revisions are deployed.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures/{posturesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture. If you provide this value, then it must match the existing value. If the values don't match, then the request fails with an ABORTED error. If you omit this value, then the posture is deleted regardless of its current `etag` value.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postures/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"extract": {
+"description": "Extracts existing policies from an organization, folder, or project, and applies them to another organization, folder, or project as a Posture. If the other organization, folder, or project already has a posture, then the result of the long-running operation is an ALREADY_EXISTS error.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures:extract",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.extract",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postures:extract",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExtractPostureRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a single revision of a Posture.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures/{posturesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postures/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Optional. The posture revision to retrieve. If not specified, the most recently updated revision is retrieved.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Posture"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists the most recent revisions of all Posture resources in a specified organization and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. A filter to apply to the list of postures, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of postures to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token returned from a previous request to list postures. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/postures",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListPosturesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"listRevisions": {
+"description": "Lists all revisions of a single Posture.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures/{posturesId}:listRevisions",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.listRevisions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postures/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of posture revisions to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A pagination token from a previous request to list posture revisions. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:listRevisions",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListPostureRevisionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates a revision of an existing Posture. If the posture revision that you update is currently deployed, then a new revision of the posture is created. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always follow the read-modify-write pattern when you update a posture: 1. Call GetPosture to get the current version of the posture. 2. Update the fields in the posture as needed. 3. Call UpdatePosture to update the posture. Ensure that your request includes the `etag` value from the GetPosture response. **Important:** If you omit the `etag` when you call UpdatePosture, then the updated posture unconditionally overwrites the existing posture.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/postures/{posturesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.postures.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/postures/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Required. The revision ID of the posture to update. If the posture revision that you update is currently deployed, then a new revision of the posture is created.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. The fields in the Posture to update. You can update only the following fields: * Posture.description * Posture.policy_sets * Posture.state",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Posture"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"reports": {
+"methods": {
+"createIaCValidationReport": {
+"description": "Validates a specified infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration, and creates a Report with the validation results. Only Terraform configurations are supported. Only modified assets are validated.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reports:createIaCValidationReport",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.reports.createIaCValidationReport",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/reports:createIaCValidationReport",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "CreateIaCValidationReportRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details for a Report.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reports/{reportsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.reports.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the report, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/reports/{report_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reports/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Report"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists every Report in a given organization and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reports",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.organizations.locations.reports.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. A filter to apply to the list of reports, in the format defined in [AIP-160: Filtering](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of reports to return. The default value is `500`. If you exceed the maximum value of `1000`, then the service uses the maximum value.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A pagination token returned from a previous request to list reports. Provide this token to retrieve the next page of results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource name, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/reports",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListReportsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"projects": {
+"resources": {
+"locations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets information about a location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.projects.locations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "securityposture.projects.locations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/locations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20241212",
+"rootUrl": "https://securityposture.googleapis.com/",
+"schemas": {
+"AssetDetails": {
+"description": "Details of a Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused a violation.",
+"id": "AssetDetails",
+"properties": {
+"asset": {
+"description": "Information about the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that violated a policy. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"assetType": {
+"description": "The type of Cloud Asset Inventory asset. For a list of asset types, see [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CancelOperationRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.",
+"id": "CancelOperationRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ComplianceStandard": {
+"description": "Information about a compliance standard that the policy helps enforce.",
+"id": "ComplianceStandard",
+"properties": {
+"control": {
+"description": "Optional. The control in the compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `AC-3`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"standard": {
+"description": "Optional. The compliance standard that the policy helps enforce. For example, `NIST SP 800-53`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Constraint": {
+"description": "Metadata for a constraint in a Policy.",
+"id": "Constraint",
+"properties": {
+"orgPolicyConstraint": {
+"$ref": "OrgPolicyConstraint",
+"description": "Optional. A predefined organization policy constraint."
+},
+"orgPolicyConstraintCustom": {
+"$ref": "OrgPolicyConstraintCustom",
+"description": "Optional. A custom organization policy constraint."
+},
+"securityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": {
+"$ref": "SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule",
+"description": "Optional. A custom module for Security Health Analytics."
+},
+"securityHealthAnalyticsModule": {
+"$ref": "SecurityHealthAnalyticsModule",
+"description": "Optional. A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CreateIaCValidationReportRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for CreateIaCValidationReport.",
+"id": "CreateIaCValidationReportRequest",
+"properties": {
+"iac": {
+"$ref": "IaC",
+"description": "Required. The infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration to validate."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CustomConfig": {
+"description": "A custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use `CustomConfig` to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify.",
+"id": "CustomConfig",
+"properties": {
+"customOutput": {
+"$ref": "CustomOutputSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Definitions of custom source properties to include in findings."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A description of the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. The description appears in each finding. Provide enough information to help an investigator understand the finding. The value must be enclosed in quotation marks.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"predicate": {
+"$ref": "Expr",
+"description": "Required. The Common Expression Language (CEL) expression to evaluate. When the expression evaluates to `true` for a resource, a finding is generated."
+},
+"recommendation": {
+"description": "Required. An explanation of the steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. The explanation appears in each finding.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resourceSelector": {
+"$ref": "ResourceSelector",
+"description": "Required. The resource types that the custom module operates on."
+},
+"severity": {
+"description": "Required. The severity of findings generated by the custom module.",
+"enum": [
+"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CRITICAL",
+"HIGH",
+"MEDIUM",
+"LOW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Critical severity.",
+"High severity.",
+"Medium severity.",
+"Low severity."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CustomOutputSpec": {
+"description": "Definitions of custom source properties that can appear in findings.",
+"id": "CustomOutputSpec",
+"properties": {
+"properties": {
+"description": "Optional. The custom source properties that can appear in findings.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Property"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Empty": {
+"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
+"id": "Empty",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Expr": {
+"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+"id": "Expr",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"expression": {
+"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"location": {
+"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExtractPostureRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for ExtractPosture.",
+"id": "ExtractPostureRequest",
+"properties": {
+"postureId": {
+"description": "Required. An identifier for the posture.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"workload": {
+"description": "Required. The organization, folder, or project from which policies are extracted. Must be within the organization defined in parent. Use one of the following formats: * `organization/{organization_number}` * `folder/{folder_number}` * `project/{project_number}`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1CustomConstraint": {
+"description": "A custom, user-defined constraint. You can apply the constraint only to the resource types specified in the constraint, and only within the organization where the constraint is defined. _When you create a custom constraint, it is not enforced automatically._ You must use an organization policy to [enforce the constraint](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/enforce).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1CustomConstraint",
+"properties": {
+"actionType": {
+"description": "Whether to allow or deny the action.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALLOW",
+"DENY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Allow the action.",
+"Deny the action."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"condition": {
+"description": "A Common Expression Language (CEL) condition expression that must evaluate to `true` for the constraint to be enforced. The maximum length is 1000 characters. For example: + `resource.instanceName.matches('(production|test)_(.+_)?[\\d]+')`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `instanceName` attribute contains the following: + The prefix `production` or `test` + An underscore (`_`) + Optional: One or more characters, followed by an underscore (`_`) + One or more digits + `resource.management.auto_upgrade == true`: Evaluates to `true` if the resource's `management.auto_upgrade` attribute is `true`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "A description of the constraint. The maximum length is 2000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "A display name for the constraint. The maximum length is 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"methodTypes": {
+"description": "The types of operations that the constraint applies to.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"METHOD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATE",
+"UPDATE",
+"DELETE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Constraint applied when creating the resource.",
+"Constraint applied when updating the resource.",
+"Not supported. Constraint applied when deleting the resource."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. The name of the constraint, in the format `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.{custom_constraint_id}`. For example, `organizations/123456789012/customConstraints/custom.createOnlyE2TypeVms`. Must contain 1 to 62 characters, excluding the prefix `organizations/{organization_id}/customConstraints/custom.`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resourceTypes": {
+"description": "Immutable. The resource type that the constraint applies to, in the format `{canonical_service_name}/{resource_type_name}`. For example, `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The last time at which the constraint was updated or created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRule": {
+"description": "A rule that defines the allowed and denied values for an organization policy constraint.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRule",
+"properties": {
+"allowAll": {
+"description": "Whether to allow any value for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"condition": {
+"$ref": "Expr",
+"description": "A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()` or `resource.matchTagId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')`"
+},
+"denyAll": {
+"description": "Whether to deny all values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enforce": {
+"description": "Whether to enforce the constraint. Valid only for boolean constraints.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { \"allowedLocations\" : [\"us-east1\", \"us-west1\"], \"allowAll\" : true }",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"resourceTypes": {
+"$ref": "ResourceTypes",
+"description": "Optional. The resource types policy can support, only used for Google managed constraint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS."
+},
+"values": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRuleStringValues",
+"description": "The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. Valid only for list constraints."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRuleStringValues": {
+"description": "The allowed and denied values for a list constraint. For all constraints, these fields can contain literal values. Optionally, you can add the `is:` prefix to these values. If the value contains a colon (`:`), then the `is:` prefix is required. Some constraints allow you to specify a portion of the resource hierarchy, known as a [_hierarchy subtree_](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/hierarchy-subtree), that the constraint applies to. To specify a hierarchy subtree, use the `under:` prefix, followed by a value with one of these formats: - `projects/{project_id}` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/{folder_id}` (for example, `folders/1234567890123`) - `organizations/{organization_id}` (for example, `organizations/123456789012`) A constraint's `supports_under` field indicates whether you can specify a hierarchy subtree. To learn which predefined constraints let you specify a hierarchy subtree, see the [constraints reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/help/organization-policy/constraints/reference).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRuleStringValues",
+"properties": {
+"allowedValues": {
+"description": "The allowed values for the constraint.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"deniedValues": {
+"description": "The denied values for the constraint.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"IaC": {
+"description": "Details of an infrastructure-as-code (IaC) configuration.",
+"id": "IaC",
+"properties": {
+"tfPlan": {
+"description": "Optional. A Terraform plan file, formatted as a stringified JSON object. To learn how to generate a Terraform plan file in JSON format, see [JSON output format](https://developer.hashicorp.com/terraform/internals/json-format) in the Terraform documentation.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"IaCValidationReport": {
+"description": "Details of an infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report.",
+"id": "IaCValidationReport",
+"properties": {
+"note": {
+"description": "Additional information about the report.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"violations": {
+"description": "A list of every Violation found in the IaC configuration.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Violation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListLocationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+"id": "ListLocationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"locations": {
+"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListOperationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
+"id": "ListOperationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"operations": {
+"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListPostureDeploymentsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListPostureDeployments.",
+"id": "ListPostureDeploymentsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureDeployments": {
+"description": "The list of PostureDeployment resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PostureDeployment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListPostureRevisionsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListPostureRevisions.",
+"id": "ListPostureRevisionsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"revisions": {
+"description": "The list of revisions for the Posture.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Posture"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListPostureTemplatesResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListPostureTemplates.",
+"id": "ListPostureTemplatesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureTemplates": {
+"description": "The list of PostureTemplate resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PostureTemplate"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListPosturesResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListPostures.",
+"id": "ListPosturesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postures": {
+"description": "The list of Posture resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Posture"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListReportsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListReports.",
+"id": "ListReportsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A pagination token. To retrieve the next page of results, call the method again with this token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reports": {
+"description": "The list of Report resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Report"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that were temporarily unavailable and could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Location": {
+"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.",
+"id": "Location",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"locationId": {
+"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Operation": {
+"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
+"id": "Operation",
+"properties": {
+"done": {
+"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "Status",
+"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"response": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"OperationMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata for an Operation.",
+"id": "OperationMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"apiVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. The API version used to start the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the operation was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the operation finished running.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"errorMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. An error message. Returned when a PostureDeployment enters a failure state like UPDATE_FAILED.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestedCancellation": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether a request to cancel the operation has been received. For operations that have been cancelled successfully, the Operation.error field contains the error code CANCELLED.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"statusMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. The status of the operation, if any.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"target": {
+"description": "Output only. The server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"verb": {
+"description": "Output only. The name of the action executed by the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"OrgPolicyConstraint": {
+"description": "A predefined organization policy constraint.",
+"id": "OrgPolicyConstraint",
+"properties": {
+"cannedConstraintId": {
+"description": "Required. A unique identifier for the constraint.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyRules": {
+"description": "Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"OrgPolicyConstraintCustom": {
+"description": "A custom organization policy constraint.",
+"id": "OrgPolicyConstraintCustom",
+"properties": {
+"customConstraint": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1CustomConstraint",
+"description": "Required. Metadata for the constraint."
+},
+"policyRules": {
+"description": "Required. The rules enforced by the constraint.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritypostureV1PolicyRule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Policy": {
+"description": "The details of a policy, including the constraints that it includes.",
+"id": "Policy",
+"properties": {
+"complianceStandards": {
+"description": "Optional. The compliance standards that the policy helps enforce.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ComplianceStandard"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"constraint": {
+"$ref": "Constraint",
+"description": "Required. The constraints that the policy includes."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A description of the policy.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyId": {
+"description": "Required. A user-specified identifier for the policy. In a PolicySet, each policy must have a unique identifier.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PolicyDetails": {
+"description": "Details of a policy that was violated.",
+"id": "PolicyDetails",
+"properties": {
+"complianceStandards": {
+"description": "The compliance standards that the policy maps to. For example, `CIS-2.0 1.15`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"constraint": {
+"description": "Information about the constraint that was violated. The format of this information can change at any time without prior notice. Your application must not depend on this information in any way.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"constraintType": {
+"description": "The type of constraint that was violated.",
+"enum": [
+"CONSTRAINT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SECURITY_HEALTH_ANALYTICS_CUSTOM_MODULE",
+"ORG_POLICY_CUSTOM",
+"SECURITY_HEALTH_ANALYTICS_MODULE",
+"ORG_POLICY",
+"REGO_POLICY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"A custom module for Security Health Analytics.",
+"A custom organization policy constraint.",
+"A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.",
+"A predefined organization policy constraint.",
+"A custom rego policy constraint."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "A description of the policy.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PolicySet": {
+"description": "A group of one or more Policy resources.",
+"id": "PolicySet",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A description of the policy set.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policies": {
+"description": "Required. The Policy resources in the policy set. Each policy must have a policy_id that's unique within the policy set.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Policy"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"policySetId": {
+"description": "Required. An identifier for the policy set.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Posture": {
+"description": "The details of a posture.",
+"id": "Posture",
+"properties": {
+"annotations": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"categories": {
+"description": "Output only. The categories that the posture belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AI",
+"AWS",
+"GCP",
+"AZURE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Artificial intelligence (AI).",
+"Amazon Web Services (AWS) policies.",
+"Google Cloud policies.",
+"Microsoft Azure policies."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the posture was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A description of the posture.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture at the specified `revision_id`. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended version of the posture.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier. The name of the posture, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policySets": {
+"description": "Required. The PolicySet resources that the posture includes.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PolicySet"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the posture is in the process of being updated.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Output only. Immutable. An opaque eight-character string that identifies the revision of the posture. A posture can have multiple revisions; when you deploy a posture, you deploy a specific revision of the posture.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Required. The state of the posture at the specified `revision_id`.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DEPRECATED",
+"DRAFT",
+"ACTIVE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The posture is deprecated and can no longer be deployed.",
+"The posture is a draft and is not ready to deploy.",
+"The posture is complete and ready to deploy."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the posture was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostureDeployment": {
+"description": "Details for a Posture deployment on an organization, folder, or project. You can deploy at most one posture to each organization, folder, or project. The parent resource for a posture deployment is always the organization, even if the deployment applies to a folder or project.",
+"id": "PostureDeployment",
+"properties": {
+"annotations": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The user-specified annotations for the posture deployment. For details about the values you can use in an annotation, see [AIP-148: Standard fields](https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations).",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"categories": {
+"description": "Output only. The categories that the posture deployment belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AI",
+"AWS",
+"GCP",
+"AZURE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Artificial intelligence (AI).",
+"Amazon Web Services (AWS) policies.",
+"Google Cloud policies.",
+"Microsoft Azure policies."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A description of the posture deployment.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"desiredPostureId": {
+"description": "Output only. The posture ID that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the posture deployment is in a failed state.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"desiredPostureRevisionId": {
+"description": "Output only. The revision ID of the posture that was specified for the deployment. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the posture deployment. To prevent concurrent updates from overwriting each other, always provide the `etag` when you update a posture deployment. You can also provide the `etag` when you delete a posture deployment, to help ensure that you're deleting the intended posture deployment.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"failureMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. A description of why the posture deployment failed. Present only if the deployment is in a failed state.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier. The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureId": {
+"description": "Required. The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureRevisionId": {
+"description": "Required. The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the posture deployment is in the process of being updated.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The state of the posture deployment.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"UPDATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CREATE_FAILED",
+"UPDATE_FAILED",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The posture deployment is being created.",
+"The posture deployment is being deleted.",
+"The posture deployment is being updated.",
+"The posture deployment is active and in use.",
+"The posture deployment could not be created.",
+"The posture deployment could not be updated.",
+"The posture deployment could not be deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetResource": {
+"description": "Required. The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the posture deployment was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostureDetails": {
+"description": "Details of a posture deployment.",
+"id": "PostureDetails",
+"properties": {
+"policySet": {
+"description": "The identifier for the PolicySet that the relevant policy belongs to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"posture": {
+"description": "The posture used in the deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postures/{posture_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureDeployment": {
+"description": "The name of the posture deployment, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureDeployments/{deployment_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureDeploymentTargetResource": {
+"description": "The organization, folder, or project where the posture is deployed. Uses one of the following formats: * `organizations/{organization_number}` * `folders/{folder_number}` * `projects/{project_number}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"postureRevisionId": {
+"description": "The revision ID of the posture used in the deployment.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostureTemplate": {
+"description": "The details of a posture template.",
+"id": "PostureTemplate",
+"properties": {
+"categories": {
+"description": "Output only. The categories that the posture template belongs to, as determined by the Security Posture API.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AI",
+"AWS",
+"GCP",
+"AZURE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Artificial intelligence (AI).",
+"Amazon Web Services (AWS) policies.",
+"Google Cloud policies.",
+"Microsoft Azure policies."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Output only. A description of the posture template.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. Identifier. The name of the posture template, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/postureTemplates/{posture_template}`.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policySets": {
+"description": "Output only. The PolicySet resources that the posture template includes.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PolicySet"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Output only. A string that identifies the revision of the posture template.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The state of the posture template at the specified `revision_id`.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DEPRECATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The posture template follows the latest controls and standards.",
+"The posture template uses outdated controls and standards. We recommend that you use a newer revision of the posture template."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Property": {
+"description": "A name-value pair used as a custom source property.",
+"id": "Property",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the custom source property.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"valueExpression": {
+"$ref": "Expr",
+"description": "Optional. The CEL expression for the value of the custom source property. For resource properties, you can return the value of the property or a string enclosed in quotation marks."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Report": {
+"description": "Details of a report.",
+"id": "Report",
+"properties": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the report was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"iacValidationReport": {
+"$ref": "IaCValidationReport",
+"description": "Output only. An infrastructure-as-code (IaC) validation report.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the report, in the format `organizations/{organization}/locations/global/reports/{report_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the report was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ResourceSelector": {
+"description": "A selector for the resource types to run the detector on.",
+"id": "ResourceSelector",
+"properties": {
+"resourceTypes": {
+"description": "Required. The resource types to run the detector on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ResourceTypes": {
+"description": "Set multiple resource types for one policy, eg: resourceTypes: included: - compute.googleapis.com/Instance - compute.googleapis.com/Disk Constraint definition contains an empty resource type in order to support multiple resource types in the policy. Only support Google managed constriaint and method type is GOVERN_TAGS Refer go/multi-resource-support-force-tags-gmc to get more details.",
+"id": "ResourceTypes",
+"properties": {
+"included": {
+"description": "Optional. The resource type we currently support. cloud/orgpolicy/customconstraintconfig/prod/resource_types.prototext",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule": {
+"description": "A custom module for Security Health Analytics.",
+"id": "SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule",
+"properties": {
+"config": {
+"$ref": "CustomConfig",
+"description": "Required. Configuration settings for the custom module."
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Optional. The display name of the custom module. This value is used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the custom module returns. The display name must contain between 1 and 128 alphanumeric characters or underscores, and it must start with a lowercase letter.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Output only. Immutable. The unique identifier for the custom module. Contains 1 to 20 digits.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"moduleEnablementState": {
+"description": "Whether the custom module is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.",
+"enum": [
+"ENABLEMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENABLED",
+"DISABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The detector or custom module is enabled.",
+"The detector or custom module is disabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SecurityHealthAnalyticsModule": {
+"description": "A built-in detector for Security Health Analytics.",
+"id": "SecurityHealthAnalyticsModule",
+"properties": {
+"moduleEnablementState": {
+"description": "Whether the detector is enabled at a specified level of the resource hierarchy.",
+"enum": [
+"ENABLEMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENABLED",
+"DISABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The detector or custom module is enabled.",
+"The detector or custom module is disabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"moduleName": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the detector. For example, `BIGQUERY_TABLE_CMEK_DISABLED`. This field is also used as the finding category for all the asset violation findings that the detector returns.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Status": {
+"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+"id": "Status",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"details": {
+"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+"items": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Violation": {
+"description": "Details of a violation.",
+"id": "Violation",
+"properties": {
+"assetId": {
+"description": "The full resource name of the asset that caused the violation. For details about the format of the full resource name for each asset type, see [Resource name format](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nextSteps": {
+"description": "A description of the steps that you can take to fix the violation.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyId": {
+"description": "The policy that was violated.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"severity": {
+"description": "The severity of the violation.",
+"enum": [
+"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CRITICAL",
+"HIGH",
+"MEDIUM",
+"LOW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Critical severity.",
+"High severity.",
+"Medium severity.",
+"Low severity."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"violatedAsset": {
+"$ref": "AssetDetails",
+"description": "Details of the Cloud Asset Inventory asset that caused the violation."
+},
+"violatedPolicy": {
+"$ref": "PolicyDetails",
+"description": "Details of the policy that was violated."
+},
+"violatedPosture": {
+"$ref": "PostureDetails",
+"description": "Details for the posture that was violated. This field is present only if the violated policy belongs to a deployed posture."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"servicePath": "",
+"title": "Security Posture API",
+"version": "v1",
+"version_module": true
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index a4475f89c6..0addadbd3b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Api": {
@@ -1218,6 +1218,10 @@
 "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
 "id": "Documentation",
 "properties": {
+"additionalIamInfo": {
+"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "documentationRootUrl": {
 "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 2780949f05..693772e757 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -1968,6 +1968,10 @@
 "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
 "id": "Documentation",
 "properties": {
+"additionalIamInfo": {
+"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "documentationRootUrl": {
 "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index ec31bd81b6..32de8540e4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241113",
+"revision": "20241212",
 "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -1080,6 +1080,10 @@
 "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
 "id": "Documentation",
 "properties": {
+"additionalIamInfo": {
+"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "documentationRootUrl": {
 "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index d508d67183..8cb04af9a8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -1231,6 +1231,10 @@
 "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
 "id": "Documentation",
 "properties": {
+"additionalIamInfo": {
+"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "documentationRootUrl": {
 "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 496af851a7..153a557886 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241205",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -1808,6 +1808,10 @@
 "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
 "id": "Documentation",
 "properties": {
+"additionalIamInfo": {
+"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "documentationRootUrl": {
 "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json
index 34279cf09a..2fd64a15ed 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240820",
+"revision": "20241211",
 "rootUrl": "https://solar.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "BuildingInsights": {
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "The resource name for the building, of the format `building/`.",
+"description": "The resource name for the building, of the format `buildings/{place_id}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
index 0ef39200c9..ad7af5b7bf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "tpu.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241009",
+"revision": "20241126",
 "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
index 294c545fdb..9b071e23ed 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "tpu.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241009",
+"revision": "20241126",
 "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
index f2a3a96346..3d96c6516e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "tpu.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241009",
+"revision": "20241126",
 "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -906,7 +906,8 @@
 "V3",
 "V4",
 "V5LITE_POD",
-"V5P"
+"V5P",
+"V6E"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified version.",
@@ -914,7 +915,8 @@
 "TPU v3.",
 "TPU v4.",
 "TPU v5lite pod.",
-"TPU v5p"
+"TPU v5p",
+"TPU v6e"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
index 1738c5d41b..732424eaba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "tpu.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241126",
 "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
index 8fb95ea46d..6907ecd2cc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241210",
 "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ListSubscriptionsResponse": {